As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2010

Registration No. 333-169621

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



 

   
Delaware   7372   13-4068197
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



 

Adam L. Miller
Chief Executive Officer
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



 

Copies to:

   
Herbert P. Fockler
Rachel B. Proffitt
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 493-9300
  Perry A. Wallack
Chief Financial Officer
1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200
  Christopher L. Kaufman
Minji Cho
Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 328-4600


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company o
 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS



 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated November 9, 2010.

          Shares

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

Common Stock



 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. is offering            of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional            shares. Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $       and $      . Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. intends to apply to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CSOD.”

See “Risk Factors” on page 9 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.



 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 

   
  Per Share   Total
Initial price to public   $              $           
Underwriting discount   $              $           
Proceeds, before expenses, to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.   $              $           
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders   $              $           

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than            shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional            shares from the selling stockholders at the initial price to public less the underwriting discount.



 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about               , 2010.

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Barclays Capital


 

 
William Blair & Company
Pacific Crest Securities
  Piper Jaffray
JMP Securities

Prospectus dated               , 2010.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary     1  
Risk Factors     9  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements     30  
Use of Proceeds     31  
Dividend Policy     31  
Capitalization     32  
Dilution     34  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data     36  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     39  
Business     74  
Management     91  
Executive Compensation     98  
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions     125  
Principal and Selling Stockholders     129  
Description of Capital Stock     133  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale     138  
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock     141  
Underwriting     145  
Legal Matters     149  
Experts     149  
Where You Can Find More Information     149  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-1  

Through and including         , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.



 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “Cornerstone OnDemand,” “we,” “company,” “us” and “our” refer to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

Overview

Cornerstone OnDemand is a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. We currently empower over 4.36 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.

Our solution consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. Our clients use our solution to develop employees throughout their careers, engage all employees effectively, improve business execution, cultivate future leaders and integrate with their external networks of customers, vendors and distributors.

Our over 410 clients include multi-national corporations, large domestic enterprises, mid-market companies, state and local public sector organizations, higher education institutions and non-profit entities, such as Barclays Bank PLC, BJC HealthCare, Flextronics International USA, Inc., Kelly Services, Inc., Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Pearson, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., State of Nebraska, Teach for America and Virgin Media Limited. We support multiple client deployments of over 150,000 users, including one client with over 700,000 users.

We sell our solution domestically and internationally through both direct and indirect channels, including direct sales teams in North America and Europe, a global distributor agreement with ADP, and other distributor relationships with payroll, consulting and human resource services companies. We generate most of our revenue from sales of our solution pursuant to multi-year subscription agreements, which typically have terms of three years. We also generate revenue from consulting services for configuration, integration and training, as well as from providing third-party e-learning content.

We have grown our business each of the last 10 years, and since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate, as defined in “ Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Metrics .” Since 2001, our contracted business with existing clients has increased each year. Our revenue has grown from $11.0 million in 2007 to $19.6 million in 2008 to $29.3 million in 2009, and from $21.2 million in the first nine months of 2009 to $32.6 million in the first nine months of 2010.

The Market

Based on the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data as of June 2010, total compensation paid to the United States civilian workforce of approximately 154 million people is expected to exceed $8.1 trillion in 2010. Given the significance of these costs, organizations have sought to maximize the return on their investments in human capital. We believe the major challenges that organizations face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their internal and external human capital are developing talent, engaging employees, improving business execution, building a leadership pipeline and integrating with their extended enterprise of customers, vendors and distributors.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To deal with these challenges, organizations have deployed a variety of solutions, including written tracking systems and software based solutions. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management was $3.6 billion in 2009. 1 Historically, many of these software solutions have been human resource applications running on hardware located on organizations’ premises. However, we believe that just as organizations have increasingly chosen software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they will also increasingly adopt SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets. 2

Many existing learning and talent management solutions suffer from shortcomings such as narrow functionality, limited configurability, difficulty of use, inability to scale and high costs of deployment, maintenance and upgrades. As a result, we believe a market opportunity exists for a comprehensive, integrated solution that helps organizations manage all aspects of their internal and external human capital and link talent management to their business strategy.

The Cornerstone OnDemand Answer

We deliver a comprehensive SaaS solution that consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for talent management analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation and delivery. We also provide consulting services for configuration, integration and training for our solution. We believe that our solution delivers the following benefits:

Comprehensive Functionality.   We offer five integrated platforms that address all stages of the employee lifecycle and can be used to manage processes that span multiple learning and talent management functions.
Flexible and Highly Configurable.   Clients can match the use of our solution with their specific business processes and workflows. The flexibility of our solution also allows our clients to deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination.
Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.   Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution.
Software-as-a-Service Model Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.   Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments by clients in implementation time, personnel, hardware and consulting services that are typical of legacy on-premises software solutions.
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.   We have built a highly scalable, multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that supports the complex needs of global corporations yet is capable of supporting deployments of any size.
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development .  The vast majority of the thousands of features in our solution were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.

1 IDC, Worldwide HCM Applications 2008 Vendor Shares: Analysis of 25 Vendors in Core HR, eLearning, eRecruiting, Intelligent Compensation, Performance Management, and Workforce Management, Doc.# 221284, Dec 2009.
2 IDC, Worldwide Software as a Service 2010-2014 Forecast: Software Will Never Be the Same, Doc.#223628, Jun 2010.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Strategy

Our goal is to empower people, organizations and communities with our comprehensive learning and talent management solution. Key elements of our strategy include:

Retain and Expand Business with Existing Clients.   We strive to maintain our strong rate of retention by continuing to provide our clients with high levels of service and support. We also intend to continue to sell additional platforms and services to our existing clients.
Strengthen Current Sales Channels.   We plan to invest aggressively in our direct sales teams targeting enterprise and mid-market clients in North America and to grow our Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, operations. We also intend to grow our distribution channels through key alliances, including continued expansion of our relationships with regional distributors.
Target New Markets.   We recently began selling to the public sector and intend to expand our public sector sales operations. We also intend to expand our sales presence and tailor our solution for small organizations. In addition, we intend to build sales and services operations in Asia Pacific that are modeled after our EMEA operations.
Continue to Innovate and Extend Our Technological Leadership.   We plan to continue to use our expertise in learning and talent management in collaboration with our clients to develop new applications, features and functionality to enhance our solution and expand our addressable market.
Make Cornerstone Built to Last.   Our growth strategy since inception has been deliberate, disciplined and focused on long-term success. This has allowed us to weather periods of economic turmoil and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to continue to take the same systematic approach to growth in the future.

We are also committed to empowering our employees and the communities around us, in part demonstrated by our creation of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation.

Summary Risk Factors

There are a number of risks and uncertainties that may affect our business, financial and operating performance and growth prospects. You should carefully consider all of the risks discussed in “ Risk Factors ,” which begin on page 9 , the other information contained in this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes before investing in our common stock. These risks include, among others:

we have a history of losses, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability;
unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy, or reductions in information technology spending, could limit our ability to grow and negatively affect our operating results;
our financial results may fluctuate due to our long, variable and therefore unpredictable sales cycle and our focus on large and mid-market organizations;
our financial results may fluctuate due to other factors, some of which may be beyond our control;
the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business may not grow at similar rates or at all;

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our business depends substantially on clients renewing their subscriptions to our solution, purchasing additional platforms from us and adding additional users;
our market is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could suffer; and
our business and operations are experiencing rapid growth and organizational change, which we must manage effectively to preserve the key aspects of our corporate culture and avoid negative effects on our business and operating results.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 1999 under the name “CyberU, Inc.” and changed our name to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. in 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, CA 90404, and our telephone number is (310) 752-0200. Our website address is www.csod.com . Information contained on our website, however, is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“Cornerstone,” “Cornerstone OnDemand,” the Cornerstone OnDemand logo, “CyberU” and other trademarks or service marks of Cornerstone OnDemand appearing in this prospectus are the property of Cornerstone OnDemand. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

Industry and Market Data

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, while other information is based on our internal sources. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, the information contained in such sources involve a number of assumptions and limitations and has not been independently verified. As a result, you should be aware that the industry and market industry data contained in this prospectus, and beliefs and estimates based on such data, may not be reliable.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Common stock offered:    
by us    
          shares.
by the selling stockholders    
             shares (or       shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).
Shares outstanding after the offering    
          shares.
Use of proceeds    
    We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $     million from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, the redemption of a senior subordinated promissory note, which we may be required to redeem at the option of the holder, if the consummation of this offering occurs prior to March 31, 2011, the repayment of the outstanding balance under our credit facility, and acquisitions, although we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions. See “ Use of Proceeds ” for additional information.
    We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares offered by the selling stockholders.
Risk factors    
    See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9 and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol    
    CSOD

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 39,113,746 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2010, and excludes:

1,090,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering;
4,728,921 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.98 per share; and
an aggregate of    additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.

Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation prior to completion of this offering;
the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share; and
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present our consolidated financial and other data for our business for the periods indicated. We derived the summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Summary consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and at September 30, 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

         
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                            
Revenue   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 21,212     $ 32,572  
Cost of revenue (1)     3,911       6,116       8,676       6,071       10,125  
Gross profit     7,065       13,510       20,646       15,141       22,447  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Selling and marketing (1)     9,343       16,914       18,886       13,265       19,901  
Research and development (1)     1,754       2,724       2,791       1,978       3,548  
General and administrative (1)     2,653       2,564       4,329       2,854       5,550  
Total operating expenses     13,750       22,202       26,006       18,097       28,999  
Loss from operations     (6,685 )       (8,692 )       (5,360 )       (2,956 )       (6,552 )  
Other income (expense):
                                            
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (144 )       (639 )       (813 )       (546 )       (762 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities (4)     1,147       (790 )       (2,147 )       (1,550 )       (24,077 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (5,682 )       (10,121 )       (8,320 )       (5,052 )       (31,391 )  
Provision for income taxes     (20 )       (62 )       (72 )       (54 )       (69 )  
Net loss     (5,702 )       (10,183 )       (8,392 )       (5,106 )       (31,460 )  
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock     (2,425 )                          
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock     (211 )       (337 )       (2,072 )       (1,524 )       (4,724 )  
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (8,338 )     $ (10,520 )     $ (10,464 )     $ (6,630 )     $ (36,184 )  
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)   $ (0.97 )     $ (1.25 )     $ (1.24 )     $ (0.78 )     $ (4.11 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     8,562       8,387       8,467       8,460       8,803  
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (3)               $ (0.20 )           $ (0.23 )  
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted                 31,786             32,556  
As adjusted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (5)               $           $  
As adjusted pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (5)                                          

(1) The following table sets forth stock-based compensation included in the above line items:

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
     (in thousands)
Stock-based compensation:
                                            
Cost of revenue   $ 24     $ 30     $ 27     $ 19     $ 45  
Selling and marketing     91       143       221       141       204  
Research and development     16       24       22       9       38  
General and administrative     89       45       61       39       85  
Total   $ 220     $ 242     $ 331     $ 208     $ 372  
(2) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed conversion of all our convertible preferred stock as though the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.
(4) Upon the completion of this offering, all of our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statements of operations.
(5) Basic and diluted as adjusted pro forma net loss attributable per share to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to (i) the assumed conversion of all our convertible preferred stock as though the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later, and (ii) the assumed number of shares at an offering price of $    per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) sold to retire the debt as described in “Use of Proceeds” and the add back of interest expense relating to such debt.

     
  As of September 30, 2010
     Actual   Pro Forma (1)   Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2) (3)
     (in thousands)
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,972           $  
Property and equipment, net     4,071              
Working capital, excluding deferred revenue     16,121              
Total assets     35,469              
Deferred revenue, current and non-current portions     23,491              
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     1,769              
Long-term debt, net of current portion     11,479              
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     29,760              
Convertible preferred stock     38,578              
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity     (80,420 )                 

(1) The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants outstanding at September 30, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, (iii) the conversion of warrants to purchase preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2010 into warrants to purchase 520,625 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share and the related reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to stockholders’ (deficit) equity and (iv) the reclassification of a $4.0 million subordinated promissory note ($3.6 million net of debt discount) from long-term debt to short-term debt as the note may be redeemed at the option of the noteholder if the consummation of this offering takes place between March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data give effect to the pro forma adjustments and the sale of shares of common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expense payable by us.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of such risks actually occur, our business, operating results, financial condition or growth prospects could be materially adversely affected. In those cases, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred annual losses since our inception. We experienced net losses of $5.7 million, $10.2 million, $8.4 million and $31.5 million in 2007, 2008, and 2009 and for the first nine months of 2010, respectively. At September 30, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit and total stockholders’ deficit of $79.9 million and $80.4 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur operating losses as a result of expenses associated with the continued development and expansion of our business. Our expenses include sales and marketing, research and development and other costs relating to the development, marketing and sale of our solution and consulting services that may not generate revenue until later periods, if at all. Any failure to increase revenue or manage our cost structure as we implement initiatives to grow our business could prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability. In addition, our ability to achieve profitability is subject to a number of the risks and uncertainties discussed below, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy or reductions in information technology spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our clients. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depends on demand for enterprise application software and services generally and for learning and talent management solutions in particular. We sell our solution primarily to large and mid-sized organizations whose businesses fluctuate based on general economic and business conditions. In addition, a portion of our revenue is attributable to the number of users of our solution at each of our clients, which in turn is influenced by the employment and hiring patterns of our clients and potential clients. To the extent that weak economic conditions cause our clients and potential clients to freeze or reduce their headcount, demand for our solution may be negatively affected. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in spending on information technology and learning and talent management solutions as well as pressure for extended billing terms, as occurred during the recent recession. If economic conditions deteriorate or do not materially improve, our clients and potential clients may elect to decrease their information technology and learning and talent management budgets by deferring or reconsidering product purchases, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to our long, variable and, therefore, unpredictable sales cycle and our focus on large and mid-market organizations.

We plan our expenses based on certain assumptions about the length and variability of our sales cycle. If our sales cycle becomes longer or more variable, our results may be adversely affected. Our sales cycle generally varies in duration between two to nine months and, in some cases, even longer depending on the size of the potential client. Factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:

the need to educate potential clients about the uses and benefits of our solution;
the relatively long duration of the commitment clients make in their agreements with us;

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the discretionary nature of potential clients’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;
the competitive nature of potential clients’ evaluation and purchasing processes;
evolving functionality demands of potential clients;
fluctuations in the learning and talent management needs of potential clients;
announcements or planned introductions of new products by us or our competitors; and
lengthy purchasing approval processes of potential clients.

The fluctuations that result from the length and variability of our sales cycle may be magnified by our focus on sales to large and mid-sized organizations. If we are unable to close an expected significant transaction with one or more of these companies in a particular period, or if an expected transaction is delayed until a subsequent period, our operating results for that period, and for any future periods in which revenue from such transaction would otherwise have been recognized, may be adversely affected.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to other factors, some of which may be beyond our control.

There are a number of other factors that may cause our financial results to fluctuate from period to period, including:

the extent to which new clients are attracted to our solution to satisfy their learning and talent management needs;
the timing and rate at which we sign agreements with new clients;
the extent to which we retain existing clients and satisfy their requirements;
the extent to which existing clients renew their subscriptions to our solution and the timing of those renewals;
the extent to which existing clients purchase or discontinue use of additional platforms in our solution and add or decrease the number of users;
the addition or loss of large clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations;
the number and size of new clients, as compared to the number and size of renewal clients in a particular period;
the mix of clients between small, mid-sized and large organizations;
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
changes in billing cycles and the size of advance payments relative to overall contract value in client agreements;
seasonal factors affecting demand for our solution or potential clients purchasing decisions;
the financial condition and creditworthiness of our clients;
the amount and timing of operating expenses, including those related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us;
the timing and success of current and new competitive products and services by our competitors;
other changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, clients or strategic partners;
the timing of expenses related to the development of new products and technologies, including enhancements to our solution;

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including in terms of additional clients, incremental users and new geographic regions;
expenses related to our data centers and the expansion of such data centers;
the effects and expenses of acquisition of third-party technologies or businesses and any potential future charges for impairment of goodwill resulting from those acquisitions;
general economic, industry and market conditions; and
various factors related to disruptions in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure, defects in our solution, privacy and data security, and exchange rate fluctuations, each of which is described elsewhere in these risk factors.

In light of the foregoing factors, we believe that our financial results, including our revenue and deferred revenue levels, may vary significantly from period-to-period. As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied on as an indication of future performance.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. Forecasts relating to the expected growth in the SaaS market or learning and talent management market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our businesses at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Our business depends substantially on clients renewing their agreements and purchasing additional platforms from us or adding additional users. Any decline in our client renewals, purchases of additional platforms or additional users would harm our future operating results.

In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our clients renew their agreements with us when the initial contract term expires and also purchase additional platforms or add additional users. Our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the initial subscription period, and we cannot assure you that clients will renew subscriptions at the same or higher level of service, if at all. In fact, in the past, some of our clients have elected not to renew their agreements with us. Moreover, certain of our clients have the right to cancel their agreements for convenience, subject to certain notice requirements and, in some cases, early termination fees. Our clients’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solution, pricing, the prices of competing products or services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our client base, reduced hiring by our clients or reductions in our clients’ spending levels. If our clients do not renew their subscriptions, renew on less favorable terms, fail to purchase additional platforms, or fail to add new users, our revenue may decline, and our operating results may be harmed.

The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for learning and talent management software is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. Many of our competitors and potential competitors are larger and have greater brand name recognition, much longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets and significantly greater resources than we do, and, with the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, our business will be harmed. Some of our principal competitors offer their products or services at a lower price, which has resulted in pricing pressures. Similarly, some competitors offer different billing terms which has

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

resulted in pressures on our billing terms. If we are unable to maintain our pricing levels and our billing terms, our operating results would be negatively impacted. In addition, pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our solution to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.

We face competition from paper-based processes and desktop software tools. We also face competition from custom-built software that is designed to support the needs of a single organization, as well as from third-party human resource application providers. These software vendors include, without limitation, Halogen Software, Inc., Jive Software, Inc., Oracle Corporation, Plateau Systems, Ltd, Saba Software, Inc., SAP AG, Softscape, Inc., StepStone ASA, a subsidiary of Axel Springer AG, SuccessFactors, Inc., SumTotal Systems, Inc., and Taleo Corporation.

Many of our competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services. In addition, many of our competitors have established marketing relationships, access to larger client bases and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and distributors. Moreover, many software vendors could bundle human resource products or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale. In addition, some competitors may offer software that addresses one, or a limited number, of learning or talent management functions at a lower price point or with greater depth than our solution. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements. Further, some potential clients, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal solutions. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

Our business and operations are experiencing rapid growth and organizational change. If we fail to effectively manage such growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, rapid growth and organizational change, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. For example, our headcount has grown from approximately 190 employees on September 30, 2009 to approximately 290 employees on September 30, 2010. In addition, we have established offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Israel and India, and we may continue to expand our international operations into other countries in the future. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our SaaS hosting infrastructure supports. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex as we improve our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas without undermining our corporate culture of rapid innovation, teamwork and attention to client success that has been central to our growth so far. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, the quality of our solution may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract clients.

For a detailed discussion of the risks related to our ability to expand our business internationally, manage growth in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure, and expand parts of our organization to implement improved operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems, see the following risk factors “  — We currently have only a limited number of international offices and may expand our international operations, but we do not have substantial experience in international markets and may not achieve the results that we expect ” and “  — As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We and our independent registered public accountants have determined that we have experienced significant deficiencies in internal controls. If we do not remediate these significant deficiencies and complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

manner, or if our internal controls are determined to be ineffective, investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock may be adversely affected.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We and our independent registered public accountants have determined that we have experienced significant deficiencies in internal controls. If we do not remediate these significant deficiencies and complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or if our internal controls are determined to be ineffective, investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock may be adversely affected.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. Our auditors may also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

Two significant deficiencies in internal controls were identified in connection with the preparation of our financial statements and the audit of our financial results for 2009. We determined that we had a significant deficiency relating to the proper accrual of certain bonuses for non-executive employees in prior years. In addition, we determined that we had a significant deficiency relating to errors discovered by us and our independent registered public accountants in our manual input of amounts necessary for the calculation of revenue under new guidance for reporting revenue from multiple-deliverables arrangements. None of these errors resulted in a revenue adjustment that we determined to be material, either individually or in the aggregate, to our financial statements.

We have taken actions to remediate both of these significant deficiencies including instituting more detailed recording, review and approval processes, establishing additional internal controls, providing additional training and fully implementing our new financial accounting system. These efforts are ongoing and we cannot assure you that they will be successful.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling our system of internal controls over financial reporting and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may discover, and not be able to remediate, future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, nor be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Security and privacy breaches may hurt our business.

Our solution involves the storage and transmission of clients’ proprietary and confidential information over the Internet, and security breaches, unauthorized access, unauthorized usage, virus or similar breach or disruption could result in loss of this information, damage to our reputation, early termination of our contracts, litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to client data, our reputation will be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived security breach occurs, the market perception of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and clients.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any significant violations of data privacy could result in the loss of business, litigation and regulatory investigations and penalties that could damage our reputation and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, if a high profile security breach occurs with respect to another SaaS provider, our clients and potential clients may lose trust in the security of the SaaS business model generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain existing clients or attract new ones.

Any significant disruption in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure could harm our reputation, require us to provide credits or refunds, result in early termination of a client agreement or a loss of clients, and adversely affect our business.

Our SaaS hosting network infrastructure is a critical part of our business operations. Our clients access our solution through a standard web browser. Our clients depend on us for fast and reliable access to our solution. Our software is proprietary, and we rely on the expertise of members of our engineering and software development teams for the continued performance of our solution. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions in our computing and communications infrastructure. Factors that may cause such disruptions include:

human error;
security breaches;
telecommunications outages from third-party providers;
computer viruses;
acts of terrorism, sabotage or other intentional acts of vandalism;
unforeseen interruption or damages experienced in moving hardware to a new location;
fire, earthquake, flood and other natural disasters; and
power loss.

Although we generally back up our client databases hourly and store our data in more than one geographically distinct location at least weekly, our infrastructure does not currently include the real-time mirroring of data. Thus, in the event of any of the factors described above, or certain other failures of our computing infrastructure, client data from recent transactions may be permanently lost. Moreover, some of our agreements include performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits, or refunds or termination rights in the event of a significant disruption in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure or other technical problems that relate to the functionality or design of our solution.

Defects in our solution could affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solution and related services.

Defects in our solution could adversely affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solution in the future. The costs incurred in correcting any solution defects may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Although we continually test our solution for defects and work with clients through our client support organization to identify and correct errors, defects in our solution are likely to occur in the future. Any defects that cause interruptions to the availability of our solution could result in:

lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our solution;
early termination of client agreements or loss of clients;
credits or refunds to clients;
product liability suits against us;
diversion of development resources;
injury to our reputation; and
increased maintenance and warranty costs.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While our client agreements typically contain limitations and disclaimers that purport to limit our liability for damages related to defects in our solution, such limitations and disclaimers may not be enforced by a court or other tribunal or otherwise effectively protect us from such claims.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

In the future, we may seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are ultimately consummated.

We do not have any experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We may also not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;
incurrence of acquisition-related costs;
diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
harm to our existing relationships with distributors and clients as a result of the acquisition;
the potential loss of key employees;
the use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and
the use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

We anticipate that we will continue to depend on various third-party relationships in order to grow our business. In addition to growing our indirect sales channels, we intend to pursue additional relationships with other third parties, such as technology and content providers and implementation consultants. Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with third parties require significant time and resources as does integrating third-party content and technology. Our agreements with distributors and providers of technology, content and consulting services are typically non-exclusive, do not prohibit them from working with our competitors or from offering competing services and generally do not have minimum purchase commitments. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our solution. In addition, these distributors and providers may not perform as expected under our agreements, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation. A global economic slowdown could also adversely affect the businesses of our distributors, and it is possible that they may not be able to devote the resources we expect to the relationship.

If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, including our relationship with ADP, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

could be impaired and our operating results would suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in improved operating results.

Failure to effectively expand our direct sales teams and develop and expand our indirect sales channel will impede our growth.

We will need to continue to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure in order to grow our client base and our business. We plan to significantly expand our direct sales teams and engage additional third-party distributors, both domestically and internationally. Identifying, recruiting and training these people and entities will require significant time, expense and attention. Our business will be seriously harmed and our financial resources will be wasted if our efforts to expand our direct and indirect sales channels do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if our new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve expected productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to significantly increase our revenue and grow our business.

If we fail to retain key employees and recruit qualified technical and sales personnel, our business could be harmed.

We believe that our success depends on the continued employment of our senior management and other key employees, such as our chief executive officer. In addition, because our future success is dependent on our ability to continue to enhance and introduce new software and services, we are heavily dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified engineers with the requisite education, background and industry experience. As we expand our business, our continued success will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified sales, marketing and operational personnel capable of supporting a larger and more diverse client base. The loss of the services of a significant number of our engineers or sales people could be disruptive to our development efforts or business relationships. In addition, if any of our key employees joins a competitor or decides to otherwise compete with us, we may experience a material disruption of our operations and development plans, which may cause us to lose clients or increase operating expenses as the attention of our remaining senior managers is diverted to recruit replacements for the departed key employees.

In cases where we are asked by clients to deploy our solution on their behalf, failure to effectively manage such client deployments by us or our third-party service providers could adversely impact our business.

Clients have the option of implementing our solution themselves or relying on us to do so on their behalf. In cases where we are asked to deploy our solution for a client, we need to have a substantial understanding of such client’s business so that we can configure our solution in a manner that complements its existing business processes and integrates our solution into its existing systems. It may be difficult for us to manage the timeliness of these deployments and the allocation of personnel and resources by us or our clients. In certain situations, we also work with third-party service providers in the deployment of our solution, and we may experience difficulties managing such third parties. Failure to successfully manage client deployments by us or our third-party service providers could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing clients, face potential client disputes or limit the rate at which new clients purchase our solution.

Because we recognize revenue from client subscriptions over the term of the agreement, a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We recognize revenue from subscription agreements monthly over the terms of these agreements, which is typically three years. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from client agreements entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not impact our financial performance in that quarter, but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. If a

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

number of contracts expire and are not renewed in the same quarter, our revenue will decline significantly in that quarter and subsequent quarters. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our fixed costs in response to reduced revenue. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in sales and market acceptance of our solution may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics are difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into client agreements for our solution. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, and renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and a significant portion of these agreements are signed during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the client agreement, which is generally three years. We expect this seasonality to continue, or possibly increase, in the future, which may cause fluctuations in certain of our operating results and financial metrics, and thus difficulties in predictability.

If we fail to manage our SaaS hosting network infrastructure capacity, our existing clients may experience service outages and our new clients may experience delays in the deployment of our learning and talent management solution.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our clients. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new client deployments and the expansion of existing client deployments. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, our existing clients may experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties, financial liabilities and client losses. If our hosting infrastructure capacity fails to keep pace with increased sales, clients may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our revenue growth.

Because we generally recognize subscription revenue from our clients over the terms of their agreements but incur most costs associated with generating such agreements upfront, rapid growth in our client base may put downward pressure on our operating income in the short term.

The expenses associated with generating client agreements are generally incurred up front but the resulting subscription revenue is generally recognized over the life of the agreements; therefore, increased growth in the number of clients will result in our recognition of more costs than revenue during the early periods covered by such agreements, even in cases where the agreements are expected to be profitable for us over their full terms.

Integrated, comprehensive SaaS solutions such as ours represent a relatively recent approach to addressing organizations’ talent management challenges, and we may be forced to change the prices we charge for our solution, or the pricing model upon which they are based, as the market for this type of solution evolves.

Providing organizations with applications to address their talent management challenges through integrated, comprehensive SaaS solutions is a developing market. The market for these solutions is therefore still evolving, and competitive dynamics may cause pricing levels, as well as pricing models generally, to change, as the market matures and as existing and new market participants introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their talent management needs. As a result, we may be forced to reduce the prices we charge for our solution or the pricing model on which they are based, and may be unable to renew existing client agreements

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or enter into new client agreements at the same prices and upon the same terms that we have historically, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, gross margin and other operating results.

Existing or future laws and regulations relating to privacy or data security could increase the cost of our solution and subject us or our clients to litigation, regulatory investigations and other potential liabilities.

Our learning and talent management solution enables our clients to collect, manage and store a wide range of data related to every phase of the employee performance and management cycle. The United States and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution and use of personal information. Several foreign jurisdictions, including the European Union and the United Kingdom, have adopted legislation (including directives or regulations) that increase or change the requirements governing data collection and storage in these jurisdictions. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. Moreover, if future laws and regulations limit our clients’ ability to use and share employee data or our ability to store, process and share data with our clients over the Internet, demand for our solution could decrease, our costs could increase, and our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Evolving regulation of the Internet or changes in the infrastructure underlying the Internet may adversely affect our financial condition by increasing our expenditures and causing client dissatisfaction.

As Internet commerce continues to evolve, regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies may increase. We are particularly sensitive to these risks because the Internet is a critical component of our business model. In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may also be imposed. Legislation has been proposed that may impact the way that Internet service providers treat Internet traffic. The outcome of such proposals is uncertain but certain outcomes may negatively impact our business or increase our operating costs. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchanged over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could harm our business.

In addition, the rapid and continual growth of traffic on the Internet has resulted at times in slow connection and download speeds among Internet users. Our business expansion may be harmed if the Internet infrastructure cannot handle our clients’ demands or if hosting capacity becomes insufficient. If our clients become frustrated with the speed at which they can utilize our solution over the Internet, our clients may discontinue the use of our learning and talent management solution and choose not to renew their contracts with us.

We currently have only a limited number of international offices and may expand our international operations, but we do not have substantial experience in international markets and may not achieve the results that we expect.

We currently have international offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Israel and India, and we may expand our international operations into other countries in the future. International operations involve a variety of risks, including:

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;
differing labor regulations;
regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information;
greater difficulty in supporting and localizing our products;

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;
challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;
limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection; and
restrictions on repatriation of earnings.

We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our products and services abroad. Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will suffer.

Even if demand for learning and talent management products and services increases generally, there is no guarantee that demand for SaaS solutions like ours will increase to a corresponding degree.

The widespread adoption of our solution depends not only on strong demand for learning and talent management products and services generally, but also for products and services delivered via a SaaS business model in particular. There are still a significant number of organizations that have adopted no talent management functions at all, and it is unclear whether such organizations ever will adopt such functions and, if they do, whether they will desire a SaaS learning and talent management solution like ours. As a result, we cannot assure you that our SaaS learning and talent management solution will achieve and sustain the high level of market acceptance that is critical for the success of our business.

Mergers of or other strategic transactions by our competitors could weaken our competitive position or reduce our revenue.

If one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future strategic distributors, systems integrators, payroll services companies, third-party consulting firms or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solution and limiting the number of consultants available to implement our solution. Disruptions in our business caused by these events could reduce our revenue.

If we fail to develop our brand cost-effectively, our business may suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of the Cornerstone OnDemand brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our existing and future solutions and is an important element in attracting new clients. Furthermore, we believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide reliable and useful services at competitive prices. In the past, our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expenses. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. In addition, the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation shares our company name and any negative perceptions of any kind about the Foundation could adversely affect our brand and reputation. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract enough new clients or retain our existing clients to the extent necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, and our business could suffer.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies could result in currency transactions losses.

We currently have foreign sales denominated in Great British Pounds and Euros and, may in the future, have sales denominated in the currencies of additional countries in which we establish or have established sales offices. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in Great British Pounds and Euros and, to a much lesser extent, other foreign currencies. Any fluctuation in the exchange rate of these foreign currencies may negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging. If we decide to hedge our foreign currency exposure, we may not be able to hedge effectively due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets.

We face risks associated with our sales to governmental entities.

Sales to governmental entities currently account for a small portion of our revenue, but we may increase sales to such entities in the future. The risks associated with doing business with governmental entities include, but are not limited to, the following:

Selling to governmental entities can be more competitive, expensive and time consuming than selling to private entities;
Governmental entities may have significant leverage in negotiations, thereby enabling such entities to demand contract terms that differ from what we generally agree to in our standard agreements, including, for example, most favored nation clauses and terms allowing contract termination for convenience;
Government demand and payment for our solution may be influenced by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays having an adverse impact on public sector demand for our solution; and
Government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations, including termination of contracts, refund of a portion of fees received, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from future government business.

While our experience dealing with governmental entities has so far been limited, to the extent that we become more reliant on contracts with government clients in the future, our exposure to such risks could increase, which, in turn, could adversely impact our business.

If for any reason we are not able to develop enhancements and new features, keep pace with technological developments or respond to future disruptive technologies, our business will be harmed.

Our future success will depend on our ability to adapt and innovate. To attract new clients and increase revenue from existing clients, we will need to enhance and improve our existing solution and introduce new features. The success of any enhancement or new feature depends on several factors, including timely completion, introduction and market acceptance. If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new features or platforms or enhance our existing solution to meet client needs, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

In addition, because our solution is designed to operate on a variety of network, hardware and software platforms using Internet tools and protocols, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solution to keep pace with changes in internet-related hardware, software, communication, browser and database technologies. If we are unable to respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to these rapid technological developments, our solution may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete and our operating results may be negatively impacted.

Finally, our ability to grow is subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver learning and talent management solutions at lower prices, more efficiently or more conveniently, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features and platforms or enhance our existing solution, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary rights, our competitive advantage could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products and services. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our licensed products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Further, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and proprietary information may increase.

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solution.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously harm our brand and adversely impact our business.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. We have and may in the future obtain licenses from third parties to forestall or settle any potential claims of alleged infringement of our products and technology upon the intellectual property rights of others. Discussions and negotiations with such third parties, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could seriously harm our business. In the future, we may receive claims that our products and technology infringe or violate the claimant’s intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology or products. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify our clients or distributors in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify products, or refund fees, which could further exhaust our resources. In addition, we may pay substantial settlement costs which could include royalty payments in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify products, or refund fees, which could further exhaust our resources. Furthermore, we may pay substantial settlement costs which could include royalty payments in connection with any claim or litigation, whether or not successfully asserted against us. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected if we are subject to a protracted infringement claim or a claim that results in a significant damage award.

We expect that software product developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Our competitors or other third parties may challenge the validity or scope of our intellectual property rights. A claim may also be made relating to technology that we acquire or license from third parties. If we were subject to a claim of infringement, regardless of the merit of the claim or our defenses, the claim could:

require costly litigation to resolve and the payment of substantial damages;
require significant management time;
cause us to enter into unfavorable royalty or license agreements;
require us to discontinue the sale of our products;
require us to indemnify our clients or third-party service providers; or
require us to expend additional development resources to redesign our products.

We depend, in part, on technology of third parties licensed to us for our solution, and the loss or inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, reduced service levels or delayed sales of our solution.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

Our agreements with clients and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our products, services, or other contractual obligations. The term of these indemnity

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provisions generally survives termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. From time to time, we are requested by clients to indemnify them for breach of confidentiality with respect to personal data. Although we normally do not agree to, or contractually limit our liability with respect to, such requests the existence of such a dispute with a client may have adverse effects on our client relationships and reputation.

We use open source software in our products, which could subject us to litigation or other actions.

We use open source software in our products and may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary software products with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software products. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may be required to re-engineer our products, discontinue the sale of our products or take other remedial actions.

We rely on third-party computer hardware and software that may be difficult to replace or which could cause errors or failures of our service.

We rely on computer hardware, purchased or leased, and software licensed from third parties in order to deliver our solution. This hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in our ability to provide our solution until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained and integrated. In addition, errors or defects in third-party hardware or software used in our solution could result in errors or a failure of our solution, which could harm our business. In addition, we recently completed the transition of our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed, co-location facilities. If our co-location facilities do not scale and support our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than a fully managed third-party environment, our business may be negatively impacted.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our solution is subject to export controls, including the Commerce Department's Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and exports of our solution must be made in compliance with these laws. If we fail to comply with these U.S. export control laws and import laws, including U.S. Customs regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges; fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers; and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our distributors fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming and is not guaranteed, and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, the U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our solution from being shipped or provided to U.S. sanctions targets, our solution and services could be

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

shipped to those targets or provided by our distributors despite such precautions. Any such shipment could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting/licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our solution or could limit our clients’ ability to implement our solution in those countries. Changes in our solution or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our solution in international markets, prevent our clients with international operations from deploying our solution or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solution to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solution, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solution to existing or potential clients with international operations. Any decreased use of our solution or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solution would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.

A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. For example, we retrospectively adopted the amended guidance for revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables on January 1, 2009, which had a material impact to our financial position and results of operations.

The subleases for our corporate headquarters are subject, and subordinate, to a master lease, and any early termination of the master lease could materially and adversely affect our business.

We occupy our Santa Monica headquarters pursuant to two subleases from the primary tenant of the facility. The subleases are subject, and subordinate, to the terms and conditions of the tenant’s master lease with the building owner. Either or both subleases could be terminated early if the master lease is terminated for any reason, including, but not limited to, the tenant’s default or in the event the tenant exercises its right to terminate the master lease due to casualty or condemnation. Such a termination of our subleases could significantly disrupt our operations, including if we have to relocate our headquarters to another facility. Such disruptions could materially adversely affect our business and financial results.

Risks Related to Tax Issues

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and results of operations. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

We conduct operations world-wide through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our subsidiaries. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length and that contemporaneous documentation is maintained to support the transfer prices. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us. In addition, if the country from which the income is reallocated does not agree with the reallocation, both countries could tax the same income, resulting in double taxation. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a higher tax jurisdiction, subject our income to double taxation or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited if we experience a change in ownership, or if taxable income does not reach sufficient levels.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income may be limited. We may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this initial public offering and subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, we may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

Our stock price is likely to be volatile and could decline following this offering, resulting in a substantial loss on your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained, which could affect your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of your shares. In addition, the initial public offering price has been determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders, if any, and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade upon the completion of this offering. The stock market in general, and the market for technology-related stocks in particular, has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those listed in this “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus and others, such as:

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;
the overall performance of the equity markets;
developments with respect to intellectual property rights;
publication of unfavorable research reports about us or our industry or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
speculation in the press or investment community;

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the size of our public float;
terrorist acts;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new technologies, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and
global economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few securities or industry analysts cover our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the NASDAQ Global Market. In addition, our management team will have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company. We expect that complying with these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

The increased costs associated with operating as a public company will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our solution. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

As a public company, we also expect that it may be more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

Our principal stockholders will have a controlling influence over our business affairs and may make business decisions with which you disagree and which may adversely affect the value of your investment.

After this offering, it is anticipated that, based on share ownership at September 30, 2010, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates will beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly,          shares of our common stock, which in the aggregate will represent approximately     % of the outstanding shares of common stock, or     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. As a result, if some of these persons or entities act together, they will have the ability to control matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any business combination. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent our stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares.

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquiror than other investors or may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

There may be sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after this offering, which could cause our common stock price to decline significantly.

Additional sales of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have    shares of common stock outstanding. The    shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters and us that restrict their ability to transfer their stock for 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, approximately    additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject in most cases to the limitations of either Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

In addition, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may in their sole discretion, at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements, which would result in more shares being available for sale in the public market at earlier dates. Sales of common stock by existing stockholders in the public market, the availability of these shares for sale, our issuance of securities or the perception that any of these events might occur could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, the sale of these shares by these stockholders could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.

As a new investor, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $   share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, and new investors will own   % of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having generally paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, the exercise of outstanding options and warrants will, and future equity issuances may, result in further dilution to investors. Assuming the exercise in full of all of our employee stock options and warrants as of September 30, 2010, investors purchasing common stock in this offering would incur immediate dilution of $   per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and would own   % of our outstanding common stock.

The issuance of additional stock in connection with acquisitions, our stock incentive plans, warrants or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

After this offering, we will have an aggregate of    shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans or otherwise. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders. We intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions in the future. We may pay for such acquisitions, partly or in full, through the issuance of additional equity.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any issuance of shares in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of stock options, warrants or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.

After the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our existing credit facilities prohibit us from paying cash dividends, and any future financing agreements may prohibit us from paying any type of dividends. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.

We could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return. We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, capital expenditures, repayment of indebtedness and potential acquisitions of or investments in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses. Until we use the proceeds of this offering, we plan to invest the net proceeds in investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, which may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, include provisions that:

authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by the board without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;
create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;
specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president;
establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;
provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;
provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;
specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and
require supermajority votes of the holders of our common stock to amend specified provisions of our charter documents.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

To the extent that our pre-tax income or loss is relatively small, our ability to conclude that a control deficiency is not a material weakness or that an accounting error does not require a restatement could be adversely affected.

Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is required to assess the impact of control deficiencies based upon both quantitative and qualitative factors, and depending upon that analysis we classify such identified deficiencies as either a control deficiency, significant deficiency or a material weakness. One element of our analysis of the significance of any control deficiency is its actual or potential financial impact. This assessment will vary depending on our level of pre-tax income or loss. For example, a smaller pre-tax income or loss will increase the likelihood of a quantitative assessment of a control deficiency as a significant deficiency or material weakness.

To the extent that our pre-tax income or loss is relatively small, if management or our independent registered public accountants identify an error in our interim or annual financial statements, it is more likely that such an error may be determined to be a material weakness or be considered a material error that could, depending upon the complete quantitative and qualitative analysis, result in our having to restate previously issued financial statements.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as guarantees of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the date of this prospectus and our management’s good faith belief as of such date with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

our ability to attract new clients to enter into subscriptions for our solution;
our ability to service those clients effectively and induce them to renew and upgrade their deployments of our solution;
our ability to expand our sales organization to address effectively the new industries, geographies and types of organizations we intend to target;
our ability to accurately forecast revenues and appropriately plan our expenses;
market acceptance of enhanced solutions, alternate ways of addressing learning and talent management needs or new technologies generally by us and our competitors;
continued acceptance of SaaS as an effective method for delivering learning and talent management solutions and other business management applications;
the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;
our ability to protect and defend our intellectual property;
costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;
events in the markets for our solution and alternatives to our solution, as well as in the United States and global markets generally;
future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes in our industry;
changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets in which we operate; and
other factors discussed under “ Risk Factors  ” and “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” in this prospectus.

In addition, in this prospectus, the words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential” and similar expressions, as they relate to our company, business and management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statement. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting future performance or results, except to the extent required by applicable laws. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us will be approximately $     million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $     million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders, including if the underwriters’ exercise their option to purchase additional shares, although we may pay the expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of those shares. See “ Principal and Selling Stockholders .”

We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for repayment of outstanding indebtedness. Our senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LLP, or Ironwood, includes a redemption right at Ironwood’s option if the consummation of this offering takes place between March 31, 2010 and March 30, 2011. If this offering is consummated prior to March 30, 2011, Ironwood could require us to redeem the outstanding principal amount of the note, which was $4.0 million at September 30, 2010, at 103% of the principal balance, or $4.1 million, together with accrued interest. The senior subordinated promissory note currently bears interest at 11.3% per annum, which is payable monthly and has a maturity date of March 31, 2014. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, which was approximately $7.9 million and bore interest at a rate of 6.5% per annum as of September 30, 2010. All borrowings under the credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank are due in August 2012. We used our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank to repay our prior line of credit with Comerica Bank and to fund general operating expenses. Net proceeds received by us from this offering may also be used for general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing activities, research and development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures, and the remainder for working capital. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments.

The amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the cash used in or generated by our operations, the status of our development, the level of our sales and marketing, accounting services and consulting services activities, and our technology investments and acquisitions. Our management has discretion over many of these factors. Therefore, we are unable estimate the amount of net proceeds from this offering that will be used for any of the purposes described above. Our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the above uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Currently, our credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank prohibits our payment of dividends.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization at September 30, 2010:

on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, (iii) the conversion of other outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock into warrants to purchase 520,625 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share and the related reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to stockholders’ (deficit) equity, (iv) the reclassification of a $4.0 million subordinated promissory note ($3.6 million net of debt discount) from long-term debt to short-term debt as the note may be redeemed at the option of the noteholder if the consummation of this offering takes place between March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 and (v) the retirement of 650,000 shares of treasury stock, each as if such event had occurred on September 30, 2010; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and the issuance of     shares of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

     
  As of September 30, 2010
     Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma as
Adjusted (1)
     (in thousands, except share data)
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,972     $          $       
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion   $ 1,769     $     $       
Long-term debt, net of current portion     11,479                    
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     29,760                    
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 29,726,859 shares authorized, 23,752,616 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted     38,578                    
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
                          
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted                        
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 10,280,073 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 39,113,746 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted     1                    
Treasury stock, at cost; 650,000 shares actual; no shares pro forma and pro forma as adjusted     (462 )                    
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (54 )                    
Additional paid-in capital                        
Accumulated deficit     (68,745 )                    
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity     (69,260 )                    
Total capitalization   $ 12,326     $          $       

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of common stock set forth in the table above excludes:

1,090,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering;
4,710,921 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.98 per share; and
an aggregate of    additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your shares. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

The historical net tangible book value of our common stock at September 30, 2010 was $(42.6) million, or $(4.15) per share, based on 10,280,073 shares of common stock outstanding at such date. Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

After giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) the issuance of         shares of our common stock in this offering, and (iv) receipt by us of the net proceeds of $     from our sale such shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2010 would have been approximately $     million, or $     per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $     per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $     per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis (unaudited) to new investors:

   
Assumed initial public offering price              $       
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share at September 30, 2010   $ (4.15 )             
Increase per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock and exercise of warrants                      
Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering                  
Increase per share attributable to this offering                      
Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering                      
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering              $       

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $     per share and the dilution to new investors by $     per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table below summarizes at September 30, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, before deducting underwriters’ discounts and estimated expenses payable by us.

         
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average
Price Per
Share
     Number   Percent   Amount   Percent
     (in thousands, other than per share data and percentages)
Existing stockholders     39,113,746         %     $         %     $       
New investors                                              
Total                100.0 %     $            100.0 %        

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration by all stockholders by approximately $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same.

Sales by selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to        shares, or       % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders would be further reduced to        shares, or       % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, or additional options or warrants are issued, new investors will experience further dilution. At September 30, 2010, we had outstanding:

options that are exercisable for 4,710,921 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.98 per share; and
warrants that will be, after this offering, exercisable for 1,090,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share.

In addition, we have reserved an aggregate of          additional shares of common stock for issuance under our equity incentive plans. For a description of our equity incentive plans, see “ Executive Compensation — 2010 Equity Incentive Plan ” and “  — 2009 Equity Incentive Plan .”

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and balance sheet data at September 30, 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

             
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                                              
Revenue   $ 4,953     $ 7,280     $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 21,212     $ 32,572  
Cost of revenue     1,773       2,246       3,911       6,116       8,676       6,071       10,125  
Gross profit     3,180       5,034       7,065       13,510       20,646       15,141       22,447  
Operating expenses:
                                                              
Selling and marketing     3,079       4,915       9,343       16,914       18,886       13,265       19,901  
Research and development     904       947       1,754       2,724       2,791       1,978       3,548  
General and administrative     978       1,426       2,653       2,564       4,329       2,854       5,550  
Total operating expenses     4,961       7,288       13,750       22,202       26,006       18,097       28,999  
Loss from operations     (1,781 )       (2,254 )       (6,685 )       (8,692 )       (5,360 )       (2,956 )       (6,552 )  
Other income (expense):
                                                              
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (391 )       (442 )       (144 )       (639 )       (813 )       (546 )       (762 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities (1)     31             1,147       (790 )       (2,147 )       (1,550 )       (24,077 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (2,141 )       (2,696 )       (5,682 )       (10,121 )       (8,320 )       (5,052 )       (31,391 )  
Provision for income taxes                 (20 )       (62 )       (72 )       (54 )       (69 )  
Net loss   $ (2,141 )     $ (2,696 )     $ (5,702 )     $ (10,183 )     $ (8,392 )     $ (5,106 )     $ (31,460 )  

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

             
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock                 (2,425 )                          
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock                 (211 )       (337 )       (2,072 )       (1,524 )       (4,724 )  
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (2,141 )     $ (2,696 )     $ (8,338 )     $ (10,520 )     $ (10,464 )     $ (6,630 )     $ (36,184 )  
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)   $ (0.25 )     $ (0.31 )     $ (0.97 )     $ (1.25 )     $ (1.24 )     $ (0.78 )     $ (4.11 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     8,462       8,833       8,562       8,387       8,467       8,460       8,803  
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (unaudited) (3)                           $ (0.20 )           $ (0.23 )  
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)                             31,786             32,556  
As adjusted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (4)                           $           $  
As adjusted pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (4)                                                    

(1) Upon the completion of this offering, all of our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statements of operations.
(2) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed conversion of all our convertible preferred stock as though the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.
(4) Basic and diluted as adjusted pro forma net loss attributable per share to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to (i) the assumed conversion of all our convertible preferred stock as though the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later, and (ii) the assumed number of shares at an offering price of $____ per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) sold to retire the debt as described in “Use of Proceeds” and the add back of interest expense relating to such debt.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
     At December 31,   At
September 30,
2010
     2005   2006   2007   2008   2009
     (in thousands)     
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                                     
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 695     $ 548     $ 11,109     $ 3,290     $ 8,061     $ 5,792  
Property and equipment, net     320       369       758       1,018       2,229       4,071  
Working capital (deficit), excluding deferred revenue     (3 )       (388 )       10,111       5,540       14,399       16,121  
Total assets     4,948       5,543       19,247       15,934       27,017       35,469  
Deferred revenue, current and non-current portion     2,419       5,088       9,131       14,361       19,507       23,491  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     17       33       236       338       1,158       1,769  
Long-term debt, net of current portion     757             2,639       2,552       4,045       11,479  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     338       338       1,493       2,282       5,683       29,760  
Convertible preferred stock     11,619       11,619       23,493       23,830       33,854       38,578  
Total stockholders’ deficit     (14,029 )       (16,536 )       (25,094 )       (35,270 )       (45,378 )       (80,420 )  

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with “ Prospectus Summary — Summary Consolidated Financial Data ,” “ Selected Consolidated Financial Data ” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those discussed in the sections entitled “ Risk Factors ” and “ Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements .”

Overview

We are a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service, or SaaS. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders and enabling an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content. We currently have over 410 clients who use our solution to empower over 4.36 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.

Our solution consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. Clients can purchase these platforms individually and easily add and integrate additional platforms at any time. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation. We also provide consulting services for configuration and training for our solution as well as third-party e-learning content for use with our solution.

We founded our business in 1999 to improve access to education through the distribution of online educational content to individuals, small businesses and large corporations. Our distribution platform was built using Internet technologies that are now known as software-as-a-service. When the Internet “bubble” burst in 2000, we focused on corporations that needed tools to manage compliance and on-boarding of employees as well as to link learning to employee performance, leadership development and knowledge management. As a result of our work with clients to address their particular challenges, we had as early as 2001 developed the foundation for a comprehensive learning and talent management solution that included platforms for learning management, succession planning, performance management, and knowledge management, which has evolved into enterprise social networking. In 2006, we added our extended enterprise platform.

Global 500 companies were among our first clients. In our early years, we focused primarily on building our account management and support capabilities to be able to service these large clients more effectively. Sales were initially constrained by the resistance of some large corporations to purchase SaaS solutions. By the mid-2000s, however, our market opportunity increased significantly with both the adoption of SaaS solutions generally by large enterprises and the market’s recognition of learning and talent management as a distinct industry.

In response to these positive trends, we raised our first round of institutional venture capital in May 2007. We used this capital to serve clients across multiple industries, geographies and enterprise types by increasing the number of our direct sales personnel, both domestically and internationally, and by expanding our indirect channels through distribution relationships. Between September 2007 and September 2010, our number of users increased from 702,000 to 4,364,000. In 2009, after a highly competitive process involving a number of potential providers, ADP chose to enter into a distributor agreement with us that allows ADP to sell our solution globally.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We generate most of our revenue from sales of our solution pursuant to multi-year client agreements. Our sales typically involve competitive processes, with sales cycles that generally vary in duration from two to nine months depending on the size of the potential client. We price our solution based on the number of platforms the client can access and the permitted number of users with access to each platform. Our client agreements typically have terms of three years. We also generate revenue from consulting services for configuration, training, and consulting, as well as from the resale or hosting of third-party e-learning content.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the client agreement and revenue from consulting services as these services are performed. We generally invoice clients annually in advance for multi-year subscriptions and also in advance for any consulting services. We record amounts invoiced for portions of annual subscription periods that have not occurred or services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our balance sheet. With the growth in the number of client agreements related to our solution, our deferred revenue has grown from $9.1 million at December 31, 2007 to $23.5 million at September 30, 2010.

We generate sales of our solution primarily through our direct sales teams and, to a lesser extent, indirectly through our distributors. We intend to accelerate our investment in our direct sales and distribution activities to continue to address our market opportunity.

We target our sales and marketing efforts at large and mid-sized clients, and our solution can be used in all industry vertical segments. We also continue to market and sell to existing clients, who may renew their subscriptions, add platforms, broaden the deployment of our solution across their organizations and increase the usage of our solution over time. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, no single client or distributor accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Our number of clients has grown from 105 at December 31, 2007 to 413 at September 30, 2010.

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into client agreements for our solution. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, as well as renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and usually sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter. We believe this seasonality is driven by several factors, most notably the tendency of procurement departments at our enterprise clients to purchase technology at the end of a quarter or calendar year, possibly in order to use up their available quarterly or annual funding allocations, or to be able to deploy new talent management capabilities prior to the beginning of a new financial or performance period. As the terms of most of our client agreements are measured in full year increments, agreements initially entered into the fourth quarter or last month of any quarter will generally come up for renewal at that same time in subsequent years. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the client agreement, which is generally three years. We expect this seasonality to continue in the future, which may cause fluctuations in certain of our operating results and financial metrics, and thus limit our ability to predict future results.

We believe the market for learning and talent management remains large and underpenetrated, providing us with significant growth opportunities. We expect businesses and other organizations to continue to increase their spending on learning and talent management solutions in order to maximize productivity of their employees, manage changing workforce demographics and ensure compliance with global regulatory requirements. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on SaaS and legacy software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management was $3.6 billion in 2009. 1 Historically, many of these software solutions have been human resource applications running on hardware located on organizations’ premises. However, we believe that just as organizations have increasingly chosen SaaS solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they are also increasingly adopting SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets. 2

1 IDC, Worldwide HCM Applications 2008 Vendor Shares: Analysis of 25 Vendors in Core HR, eLearning, eRecruiting, Intelligent Compensation, Performance Management, and Workforce Management, Doc.# 221284, Dec 2009.
2 IDC, Worldwide Software as a Service 2010-2014 Forecast: Software Will Never Be the Same, Doc.#223628, Jun 2010.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have focused on growing our business to pursue this significant market opportunity, and we plan to continue to invest in building for growth. As a result, we expect our cost of revenue and operating expenses will increase in future periods. Sales and marketing expenses are expected to increase, as we continue to expand our direct sales teams, increase our marketing activities, and grow our international operations. Research and development expenses are expected to increase as we improve the existing functionality for our solution. We also believe that we must invest in maintaining a high degree of client service and support that is critical for our continued success. We plan to continue our policy of implementing best practices across our organization, expanding our technical operations and investing in our network infrastructure and services capabilities in order to support continued future growth. We also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of both our growth and transition to becoming a public company.

Since inception, we have raised $37 million of equity capital, and at September 30, 2010, we had $11.9 million of debt outstanding. Our deliberate and disciplined capital deployment and growth strategy has enabled us to weather periods of economic down-turns and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to employ a similar approach to capital deployment and growth in the future.

Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

         
  At or For Year Ended
December 31,
  At or For Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 15,019     $ 24,857     $ 34,467     $ 20,063     $ 36,555  
Annual dollar retention rate     96.1 %       89.9 %       94.8 %       N/A       N/A  
Number of clients     105       168       280       227       413  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     859,000       2,065,000       3,347,000       2,919,000       4,364,000  

 

Bookings .  Under our revenue recognition policy, we generally recognize subscription revenue from our client agreements ratably over the terms of those agreements. For this reason, the major portion of our revenue for a period will be from client agreements signed in prior periods rather than new business activity during the current period. In order to assess our business performance with a metric that more fully reflects current period business activity, we track bookings, which we define as the sum of revenue and the change in the deferred revenue balance for the period. We include changes in the deferred revenue balance in bookings to reflect new business activity in the period evidenced by prepayments or billings under our billing policies arising from acquisition of new clients, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, the addition of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. Bookings are affected by our billing terms, and any changes in those billing terms may shift bookings between periods. Due to the seasonality of our sales, bookings growth is highly inconsistent from quarter to quarter throughout a calendar year.
Annual dollar retention rate .  We define annual dollar retention rate as the implied monthly recurring revenue under client agreements at the end of a fiscal year, divided by the implied monthly recurring revenue, for that same client base, at the end of the prior fiscal year. This ratio does not reflect implied monthly recurring revenue for new clients added during the current fiscal year. We define implied monthly recurring revenue as the total amount of minimum recurring revenue contractually committed to, under each of our client agreements over the entire term of the agreement, but excluding non-recurring support, consulting and maintenance fees, divided by the

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

number of months in the term of the agreement. Implied monthly recurring revenue is substantially comprised of subscriptions to our solution. We believe that our annual dollar retention rate is an important metric to measure the long-term value of client agreements and our ability to retain our clients.
Number of clients .  We believe that our ability to expand our client base is an indicator of our market penetration and the growth of our business as we continue to invest in our direct sales teams and distributors.
Number of users.   Since our clients generally pay fees based on the number of users of our solution within their organizations, we believe the total number of users is an indicator of the growth of our business.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Sources of Revenue and Revenue Recognition

Our solution is designed to enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in maximizing the productivity of their human capital. We generate revenue from the following sources:

Subscriptions to Our Solution.   Clients pay subscription fees for access to our comprehensive learning and talent management solution for a specified period of time, typically three years. Fees are based primarily on the number of platforms the client can access and the number of users having access to those platforms. We generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement.
Consulting Services.   We offer our clients assistance in implementing our solution and optimizing its use. Consulting services include application configuration, system integration, business process re-engineering, change management and training services. Services are billed either on a time-and-material or a fixed-fee basis. These services are generally purchased as part of a subscription arrangement and are typically performed within the first several months of the arrangement. Clients may also purchase consulting services at any other time. Our consulting services are performed by us directly or by third-party service providers we hire. Clients may also choose to perform these services themselves or hire their own third-party service providers. We generally recognize revenue from consulting services using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.
E-learning Content.   We resell third-party on-line training content, which we refer to as e-learning content, to our clients. We also host other e-learning content provided to us by our clients. We generally recognize revenue from the resale of e-learning content as it is delivered and recognize revenue from hosting as the hosting services are provided.

Our client agreements generally include both a subscription to access our solution and related consulting services, and may also include e-learning content. Our agreements generally do not contain any cancellation or refund provisions other than in the event of our default. See “ Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Revenue Recognition, Deferred Revenue and Offsets to Revenue ” for a description of the accounting policies relating to revenue recognition, including accounting policies relating to arrangements that include multiple deliverables.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting our solution; personnel and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for network infrastructure, IT support, consulting services and on-going client support; payments to external service providers; amortization of capitalized software costs and trademarks; licensing fees; and referral fees. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. The costs associated with providing consulting services are significantly higher as a percentage of revenue than the costs associated with providing access to our solution due to the labor costs to provide the consulting services.

We plan to continue our efforts to manage cost of revenue. For example, we are automating certain client integration services, and we recently completed the transition of our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed co-location facilities. We expect the co-location facilities to scale and support our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than a fully managed third-party environment, although the costs of the transition, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2010, will negatively affect our cost of revenue in the near term.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are as follows:

Sales and Marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions; costs of marketing and promotional events, corporate communications, online marketing, product marketing and other brand-building activities; and allocated overhead.

We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing and expect spending in these areas to increase as we continue to expand our business both domestically and internationally. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.

Research and Development.   Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; the cost of certain third-party service providers; and allocated overhead. Research and development costs, other than software development expenses qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.

We have focused our research and development efforts on continuously improving our solution. We believe that our research and development activities are efficient, because we benefit from maintaining a single software code base for our solution. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the future, as we scale our research and development department and expand out our network infrastructure.

General and Administrative.   General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for administrative, legal, finance and human resource staffs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; professional fees; insurance premiums; other corporate expenses; and allocated overhead.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase as we continue to expand our operations, hire additional personnel and transition from being a private company to a public company. In transitioning to a public company, we expect to incur increased expenses related to increased outside legal counsel assistance, accounting

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and auditing activities, compliance with the SEC requirements and enhancing our internal control environment through the adoption and administration of new corporate policies.

Other

Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net.   Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest expense from borrowings under our credit facility and our promissory notes; capital lease payments; amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts; and income and expense associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net, was insignificant as a percentage of revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010.
Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities.   Preferred warrant liabilities are the result of warrants issued in connection with our long-term debt and preferred stock financings. Changes in the fair value of our preferred stock occur in connection with changes in the overall value of our company. Upon the completion of this offering, all of our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statements of operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is related to certain state and foreign income taxes. As we have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we have not historically recorded a provision for federal income taxes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses, other income and expenses, provision for income taxes and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are material differences between our estimates and our actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe the assumptions and estimates associated with the following have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements: revenue recognition; sales commissions; stock-based compensation; allowance for doubtful accounts; capitalized software costs; impairment of our long-lived assets, including software capitalized software costs; income taxes; and fair value of warrants.

Revenue Recognition, Deferred Revenue and Offsets to Revenue

We recognize revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of our solution or consulting services exists, (ii) our solution has been made available or delivered, or our services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount we recognize as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each client arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

signed client agreement. We consider that delivery of our software has commenced once we provide the client with log-in information to access and use our solution. If non-standard acceptance periods or non-standard performance criteria exist, revenue recognition commences upon the satisfaction of the acceptance or performance criteria, as applicable. Our fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in the client agreement. We assess collectability based in part on an analysis of the creditworthiness of each client, as well as other relevant economic or financial factors. If we do not consider collection reasonably assured, we defer the revenue until the fees are actually collected. We record amounts that have been invoiced to our clients in accounts receivable and as either deferred revenues on our balance sheet or revenues on our statement of operations, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

The majority of our client arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to our software solution accompanied by consulting services. We, therefore, recognize revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update 2009-13 “ Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force ,” or ASU 2009-13 (formerly known as EITF 08-1, “ Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables ”). As our clients do not have the right to the underlying software code of our solution, our revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software client recognition guidance.

For such arrangements, we first assess whether each deliverable has value to the client on a standalone basis. Our solution has standalone value because once we give a client access, our solution is fully functional and does not require any additional development, modification or customization. Our consulting services have standalone value because third-party service providers, distributors or our clients themselves can perform these services without our involvement. The consulting services we provide are to assist clients with the configuration and integration of our solution. The performance of these services does not require highly specialized individuals.

Based on the standalone value of our deliverables, and, since clients generally do not have a right of return relative to the included consulting services, we allocate revenue among the separate deliverables under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverables arrangement to be based on, in declining order of preference, (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of fair value, or TPE, (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price, or BESP.

We are not able to determine VSOE or TPE for our deliverables because we sell them separately and within a sufficiently narrow price range only infrequently, and because we have determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to our solution. Accordingly, we determine the selling prices of subscriptions to our solution, consulting services and e-learning content based on BESP. In determining BESP for subscriptions to our solution, we consider the size of client arrangements, as measured by number of users; whether the sales were made by our direct sales team or distributors; and whether the sales are to a domestic or international clients. We group sales of our solution into multiple different categories based on these criteria. We then compute an average selling price for each group. This average selling price represents our BESP for that type of client arrangement. For consulting services, we analyze both bundled arrangements that include subscriptions to our solution and consulting services, as well as standalone purchases of different types of consulting services made subsequent to the original subscription. For these consulting services arrangements, we then examine the actual rate per hour we charge or, for fixed fee arrangements, the implied average rate per hour based on the fixed fee divided by the estimated hours to complete the service. The BESP is then the product of this average rate per hour and our estimate of the hours needed to complete the services. In evaluating and arriving at BESP for consulting services, we also consider the reasonableness of the implied gross margins, as indicated by our internal costs to deliver such services, as well as comparisons to rates per hour for information technology consulting services in our industry generally. For e-learning content, we

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

estimate BESP by reviewing fees for content and content-hosting in order to establish an average annual fee per user that reflects the cost we incur to acquire the related content from third-party providers.

The determination of BESP for our deliverables as described above requires us to make significant estimates and judgments, including the comparability of different subscription arrangements and consulting services and estimates of the hours required to complete various types of services. In addition, we consider other factors including:

Nature of the deliverables themselves. For example, in categorizing our subscriptions into meaningful groupings for determining BESP, we consider the number and type of platforms of our solution the client purchased. For consulting services, we consider the type of consulting service and the estimated hours required to complete the service based on our historical experience.
Location of our clients. Our pricing is different for domestic and international clients, and therefore in determining BESP of subscriptions to our solution, we evaluate domestic arrangements separately from international arrangements.
Market conditions and competitive landscape for the sale. Our pricing and discounting varies based on the economic environment and competition. We consider these factors in determining the grouping of comparable services and the periods over which we compare arrangements to compute the BESP.
Internal costs. Our pricing for consulting services and e-learning content considers our internal costs to provide the consulting services and the third-party purchase costs of e-learning content.
Size of the arrangement. Discounting generally increases as the relative size of an arrangement increases, and we take this into consideration in the grouping of our clients to determine BESP. Our discounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements varies based on the extent and type of the consulting services and content included with the subscriptions in the arrangement.

The determination of BESP is made through consultation with, and formal approval by, our senior management. We update our estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and circumstances require, and we update our determination to use BESP on a semi-annual basis, including assessing whether we can determine VSOE or TPE.

After we determine the fair value of revenue allocable to each deliverable based on the relative selling price method, we recognize the revenue for each based on the type of deliverable. For subscriptions to our solution, we recognize the revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the client agreement, which is typically three years. For consulting services, we generally recognize revenue using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.

In a limited number of cases, our multiple deliverables arrangements include consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis separate from our solution, such as when the client’s intended use of our solution requires enhancements to underlying features and functionality. In these cases, we recognize revenue for the arrangement as one unit of accounting on a straight-line basis over the term of the client agreement, once the consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis have been completed and accepted by the client.

For arrangements in which we resell third-party e-learning content to our clients or host client or third-party e-learning content provided by the client, we recognize revenue in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal and when to report net revenue as an agent. We recognize e-learning content revenues in the gross amount that we invoice our client when: (i) we are the primary obligor, (ii) we have latitude to establish the price charged and (iii) we bear the credit risk in the transaction. For arrangements involving our sale of e-learning content, we charge our clients for the content based on pay-per-use or a fixed rate for a specified

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

number of users and recognize the gross amount invoiced as revenue as the content is delivered. For arrangements where clients purchase e-learning content directly from a third-party, or provide it themselves, and we integrate the content into our solution, we charge a hosting fee. In such cases, we recognize the amount invoiced for hosting as the content is delivered, excluding any portion we invoice that is attributable to fees the third-party charges for the content.

In connection with our five-year global distributor agreement with ADP in May 2009, we entered into a warrant agreement to provide ADP additional performance incentives. Under the agreement, until the completion of this offering, we may be obligated to issue to ADP, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 886,096 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share based upon tiers of sales targets ADP achieves during each contract year ending June 30, 2010 through June 30, 2014. We record the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue, to the extent revenue has been recognized from the distributor agreement, with any excess recorded as an operating expense, and a corresponding liability based on the most probable tier of sales target we expect ADP to achieve. Through December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue have been recorded because we have concluded that the defined targets have not been met by ADP for the contract year ended June 30, 2010, and we believe it is not probable that ADP will earn the warrants for the second contract year ending June 30, 2011. However, ADP contends that they have met the defined targets for the contract year ended June 30, 2010, which would result in ADP earning warrants to purchase 443,048 shares of our common stock. The estimated total value of the warrants based on the per warrant value as of September 30, 2010 was approximately $2.7 million. This would have been a material non-cash charge in our results of operations if the award had been issued to ADP in the quarter ended September 30, 2010. We have initiated discussions with ADP to resolve this matter. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information. As the warrants expected to be issued under the agreement are measured at fair value, revenue could fluctuate from period to period.

Accounting for Commission Payments

We defer commissions paid to our sales force because these amounts are recoverable from future revenue from the non-cancelable client agreements that gave rise to the commissions. We defer expense recognition upon payment and amortize expense to sales and marketing expenses over the term of the client agreement in proportion to the revenue that is recognized. Commissions are direct and incremental costs of our client agreements. We generally pay commissions in the periods we receive payment from the client under the associated client agreement.

Stock-based Compensation

We account for stock-based awards granted to employees and directors by recording compensation expense based on the awards’ estimated fair values. We expect that our expense related to stock-based compensation will increase over time.

We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards under this model requires judgment, including estimating the value per share of our common stock adjusted for our status as a private company, estimated volatility, expected term of the awards, estimated dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates, based on management’s judgment and subjective future expectations. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties. If any of the assumptions used in the model change significantly, stock-based compensation recorded for future awards may differ materially from that recorded for awards granted previously.

The determination of the estimated value per share of our common stock is discussed below. We use the average volatility of similar publicly traded companies as an estimate for our estimated volatility. For purposes of determining the expected term of the awards in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises for our company, we apply a simplified approach in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the expiration date of the award. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of an award, as applicable, is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the award granted. Our estimated dividend yield is zero, as we have not and do not currently intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

Once we have determined the estimated fair value of our stock-based awards, we recognize the portion of that value that corresponds to the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking estimated forfeitures into account. This amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the award using the straight-line method. We estimate forfeitures based upon our historical experience, and, at each period, review the estimated forfeiture rate and make changes as factors affecting the forfeiture rate calculations and assumptions change.

Information related to our stock-based compensation activity, including weighted average grant date fair values and associated Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions, is as follows:

       
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months
ended September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2010
Stock options granted (in thousands)     1,812       1,053       581       1,397  
Weighted average exercise price   $ 0.34     $ 0.53     $ 1.26     $ 2.14  
Weighted average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted   $ 0.23     $ 0.33     $ 0.73     $ 2.61  
Weighted average Black-Scholes model assumptions:
                                   
Estimated fair value of common stock   $ 0.34     $ 0.53     $ 1.26     $ 3.79  
Estimated volatility     64.5 %       71.0 %       61.6 %       59.6 %  
Estimated dividend yield     %       %       %       %  
Expected term (years)     5.9       5.8       5.8       5.9  
Risk-free rate     3.5 %       1.7 %       2.9 %       2.3 %  

No stock options were granted in the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Common Stock

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors is required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each grant of stock-based awards. Since 2007, our management has regularly conducted contemporaneous valuations near the time of each grant to assist the board in this determination. The board was informed of the most recent available valuation prior to each grant date and considered that valuation along with other relevant objective and subjective factors it deemed important in each valuation, exercising significant judgment and reflecting the board’s best estimates at the time. These factors included:

contemporaneous independent third-party valuations, as applicable;
the nature and history of our business;
our operating and financial performance;
general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry;
significant new client sales by us and by our competitors and our competitive position in general;
the lack of liquidity for our non-publicly traded common stock;
the market price of companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business whose equity securities are publicly traded in active trading markets;

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the differences between our preferred and common stock in terms of liquidation preferences, conversion rights, voting rights and other features; and
the likelihood of achieving different liquidity events or remaining a private company.

We performed the valuations of our common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “ Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .” We first determined our business enterprise value and then allocated this business enterprise value to each part of our capital structure, both preferred stock and common stock. We determined enterprise value using a combination of two generally accepted approaches, the market-based approach and the income approach. The market-based approach measures the value of an asset or business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets. In our case, it focused on comparing us to similar publicly traded companies. In applying this method, we derived valuation multiples from historical operating data of selected comparable companies and evaluated and adjusted those multiples based on the strengths and weaknesses of our company relative to the comparable companies. We then applied the adjusted multiple to our operating data to arrive at a valuation of our company. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future net cash flows, which are then discounted back to the present using a rate of return derived from alternative companies of similar type and risk profile. The resulting fair values of our common stock calculated using the market-based approach and income approach method were consistent with each other at each valuation date.

For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in both the market-based approach and income approach. The financial forecast took into account our past financial results, our business experiences and our future expectations. We assessed the risk associated with achieving this forecast in selecting appropriate multiples and discount rates. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates, as the assumptions we used were highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.

We then used a probability-weighted expected return method to allocate our business enterprise value determined under the market-based and income approaches to each part of our capital structure. This probability-weighted expected return method included the following steps:

we estimated the timing of each possible liquidity outcome and its future value. In our analysis, we considered potential liquidity scenarios related to an initial public offering, staying private, a merger or sale, and a dissolution. We based the anticipated timing of such potential liquidity events primarily on our then-current plans and associated risks, as estimated by our board of directors and management. The recent growth and expansion of our business had provided us better visibility into the likelihood of a liquidity event transpiring in the next one to three years;
we determined the appropriate allocation of value to the common stockholders under each liquidity scenario based on the rights and preferences of each class and series of our stock at that time;
we multiplied the resulting value of our common stock under each scenario by a present value factor, calculated based on our cost of equity and the expected timing of the event;
we then multiplied the present value of our common stock under each scenario by an estimated relative probability determined by our management and board of each scenario occurring; and
we then calculated the probability-weighted value per share of our common stock and applied a lack of marketability discount.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

After determining the fair value of our common stock, we then utilized a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards granted, with the fair value of our common stock as an input into model. See “ Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Stock- based Compensation ” for further discussion of our valuation methodology for stock-based awards.

The table below sets forth the estimated fair value of our common stock at each valuation date since September 30, 2009:

 
Date   Estimated Fair Value
of common stock
September 30, 2009   $ 1.26  
March 31, 2010   $ 1.65  
June 30, 2010   $ 2.76  
September 30, 2010   $ 6.51  

The table below sets forth information regarding stock options for each grant date between January 1, 2009 and September 30, 2010:

       
Date of Grant   Number of
shares
  Exercise price   Estimated fair
value of
common stock
  Intrinsic value
December 31, 2009     581,000     $ 1.26     $ 1.26        
April 21, 2010     782,400     $ 1.65     $ 1.65        
September 20, 2010     614,618     $ 2.76     $ 6.51     $ 3.75  

The following specific items were considered and determinations made in assessing the fair value of our common stock at each of the option grant dates:

December 31, 2009

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report, which was as of September 30, 2009.
A business enterprise equity value of $83.4 million as of the valuation report date, which was determined based on a combination of the market-based and income approaches using the probability-weighted expected return method.
A discount rate of 30%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital.
A lack of marketability discount of 25%.
Liquidity event scenario probabilities of 20% for an initial public offering, 40% for a sale or merger, and 35% for continuing as a private company. A dissolution scenario was deemed unlikely and was thus assigned only a 5% probability.
Relatively flat performance by the benchmarked company valuations for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 and no significant change in other factors that would warrant a change in valuation.

April 21, 2010

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report, which was as of March 31, 2010.
A business enterprise equity value of $107.2 million as of the valuation date, which was determined using the probability-weighted expected return method.
A discount rate of 30%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital.
A lack of marketability discount of 25%.
Liquidity event scenario probabilities of 35% for an initial public offering, 25% for a sale or merger, and 35% for continuing as a private company. Again, a dissolution scenario was deemed unlikely and thus assigned only a 5% probability.The

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

probability for an initial public offering increased and probability for a sale or merger decreased during the quarter as we commenced preliminary discussions with underwriters about exploring an initial public offering in 2011.
The increase in value from December 31, 2009 was primarily driven by continued company growth during the first quarter and improved revenue outlook as reflected in new and large customers, as well as an increase in the probability of an initial public offering.

September 20, 2010

In determining the exercise price of our grants on September 20, 2010, our board of directors principally relied on our valuation of our common stock of $2.76 per share as of June 30, 2010. The principal considerations in the June 30, 2010, valuation were:

A business enterprise equity value of $151.7 million as of June 30, 2010 which was determined using the probability-weighted expected return method which represented an increase in value of $44.5 million since the March 31, 2010 valuation.
A discount rate of 25%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital. The discount rate declined from our prior valuation due to continued growth of our business and a reduction in the time to the expected initial public offering.
A lack of marketability discount of 15%. The decline in the lack of marketability discount was attributed to continued growth of our business and a reduction in time to the expected initial public offering.
Liquidity event scenario probabilities of 45% for an initial public offering, 15% for a sale or merger, and 35% for continuing as a private company. Again, a dissolution scenario was deemed unlikely and thus assigned only a 5% probability. The probability of an initial public offering increased due to continued progress in our business which indicated that an initial public offering in 2011 was more likely.
Increase in value was primarily due to higher projected future revenue as compared to the prior valuation due to continued improvement in our outlook and other changes in the variables in the valuation model including a decrease in the lack of marketability discount, a decrease in our estimated weighted average cost of capital and an increase in the probability of an initial public offering.

In preparation of our consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2010, we performed a valuation to assess the fair value of our common stock. The primary considerations in determining the fair value as of September 30, 2010 were:

A business enterprise equity value of $331.9 million as of the valuation date, primarily driven by significant increases in the revenue multiples of SaaS companies overall and our specific comparables, including the factors described below, which was determined using the probability-weighted expected return method.
A discount rate of 20%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital. The discount rate declined from the June valuation due to continued growth of our business and a reduction in the time to the expected initial public offering.
A lack of marketability discount of 12.5%. The decline in the lack of marketability discount was attributed to continued growth of our business and reduction in the time to the expected initial public offering.
Liquidity event scenario probabilities of 65% for an initial public offering, 20% for a sale or merger, and 15% for continuing as a private company. The probability for an initial public offering increased and the sale or merger decreased during the quarter as we held our

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

organization meeting with our underwriters and filed our initial registration statement and the improvements in the market and company specific factors described below increased the likelihood of our completing the initial public offering.
In October 2010, based on detailed valuation discussions with underwriters, and in parallel with improvements in company specific factors including improved execution of our business, including better than anticipated revenue growth, we refined our comparable company group. This refinement, as well as the significant expansion of those peer group multiples, led to a significant increase in our revenue multiple and hence our enterprise value.
In addition, there was an increase in the probability of an initial public offering and improved market factors including the growth in the markets generally, since June 2010. These factors also led to an increase in the probability that we could complete an initial public offering in December 2010, much earlier than we had anticipated at the June 30, 2010 valuation date.

As a result of the September 30, 2010 valuation and in light of the proposed initial public offering timing, for accounting purposes, we retrospectively applied the September 30, 2010 valuation of $6.51 per share to determine the fair value of our stock option awards granted on September 20, 2010.

We believe the consideration of the above factors by our board of directors was a reasonable approach in estimating the fair value of our common stock as of the dates indicated. However, determining the fair value of our common stock requires complex and subjective judgments, and there is inherent uncertainty in our results.

On November 7, 2010, our board of directors granted 955,000 stock options and 270,000 restricted stock units to three of our senior executives. The stock options were issued at an exercise price of $6.51 per share and vest over four years. The restricted stock options vest over four years.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Historically, we have not established an allowance for doubtful accounts. We perform an analysis and evaluation on a periodic basis of our clients’ creditworthiness. Our evaluation and analysis includes specific identification and review of all outstanding accounts receivable balances, review of our historical collection experience with each client, and consideration of overall economic conditions, as well as of any specific facts and circumstances that may indicate that a specific client receivable is not collectible. To date, write-offs of accounts receivable have been insignificant. However, we expect the allowance for doubtful accounts to increase as we grow and expand our client relationships. We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and will in the future establish an allowance if collections becomes doubtful. If our future actual collections are lower than expected, our cash flows and future results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Capitalized Software Costs

We capitalize the costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use, including costs incurred in connection with the development of our solution, when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has decided to make the project a part of our future solution offering, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. These capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, personnel and related expenses for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to our solution are also capitalized. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Impairment of Long Lived Assets

To date, we have identified no impairments of our long-lived assets. We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. We assess recoverability by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, we recognize the impairment, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds fair value, and charge it to operations in the period in which we determine there has been impairment.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, we consider our projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. We have recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to zero, because we have determined that it is not more likely than not that any of our net deferred tax assets will be realized. If in the future we determine that we will be able to realize any of our net deferred tax assets, we will make an adjustment to the allowance, which would increase our income in the period that the determination is made.

We have assessed our income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where we have determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where we have determined there is a less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in our financial statements.

Fair Value of Warrants

Warrants to purchase common stock

We have issued warrants to purchase our common stock in connection with debt arrangements and our purchase of certain domain names. We accounted for these warrants at fair value upon issuance in stockholders’ equity, based on the specific terms of each warrant.

Under our agreement with ADP, we may have an obligation to issue to ADP, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 886,096 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share, based upon tiers of sales targets ADP achieves during each contract year until the earlier of the end of the five-year term of our distributor agreement or the completion of this offering. The warrants terminate early upon the earlier of immediately prior to an acquisition of our company or other disposition of all our assets or three years after this offering. Through December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, no warrants had been issued to ADP because we have concluded that the defined targets had not been met by ADP for the contract year ended June 30, 2010 and we believe it is not probable that ADP will earn the warrants for the second contract year ending June 30, 2011. However, ADP contends that they have met the defined targets for the contract year ended June 30, 2010, which would result in ADP earning warrants to purchase 443,048 shares of our common stock. The estimated total value as of September 30, 2010 was approximately $2.7 million. This would have been a material non-cash charge in our results of operations if the awards had been issued to ADP in the quarter ended September 30, 2010. We have initiated discussions with ADP to resolve this matter. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Based on the most probable sales target we expect ADP to achieve, we record the estimated fair value of the warrants that may be issued to ADP as a reduction of revenue, to the extent revenue

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

has been recognized from the distributor agreement, with any excess recorded as an operating expense. Prior to the issuance of the warrants for a particular contract year, we estimate at each period end the number of warrants likely to be issued, considering the ratio of sales by ADP actually recorded to date during the year to the sales by ADP estimated for the entire contract year, but only to the extent that a minimum sales target is expected to be achieved. These estimates are based on our historical sales to date by ADP, our expectation of future sales during the contract year and the status of pending contracts.

We then estimate the fair value of these warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates several estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant management judgment. To the extent that our estimates vary from actual results, we adjust our estimates in the period in which additional information becomes known.

Warrants to purchase preferred stock

We have issued warrants to purchase our preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings. We have accounted for these warrants as liabilities at fair value at the time of issuance in each reporting period, because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are redeemable or contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may obligate us to transfer assets to the warrant holders at some point in the future.

As with the ADP warrants and stock-based compensation, we estimate the fair value of our preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates several estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant management judgment. Changes in fair value at each period end are recorded in other income (expense) in our statement of operations until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or the completion of this offering or a liquidation event.

Upon the completion of this offering, all our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statement of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU 2009-13, which amends Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Subtopic 605-25. The amendments in ASU 2009-13 modify the ability of vendors, upon meeting certain criteria, to account separately for products or services provided in multiple-deliverables arrangements rather than as a combined unit and establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of each deliverable. Under ASU 2009-13, a vendor can determine a best estimate of the deliverable’s selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis, even if the vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of the selling price, as otherwise required under ASC Subtopic 605-25. ASU 2009-13 also amends ASC 605-25 to eliminate the use of the residual method in determining selling prices and requires a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method for each deliverable.

The amendments in ASU 2009-13 were effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an entity's fiscal year and an option for retrospective adoption and restatement of prior financial statements. We believe retrospective adoption provides more comparable financial information between periods. We therefore adopted the amendments in ASU 2009-13 retrospectively as of January 1, 2009. Retrospective adoption required us to revise our previously issued financial statements as if the amendments in ASU 2009-13 had always been in effect, and the financial statements and notes included in this prospectus reflect retrospective

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adoption for all prior periods presented. The adoption of the amendments had a material impact on our financial position and results of operations, as described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

In July 2006, FASB issued guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement principles for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken. This interpretation was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted the guidance on January 1, 2007, and the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Effective January 2010, we adopted ASU No. 2010-06, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, ” which requires previous fair value hierarchy disclosures for certain balance sheet items to be further disaggregated by class of assets and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the balance sheet. In addition, significant reclassifications between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy are required to be disclosed. These additional requirements became effective January 1, 2010 for quarterly and annual reporting. Their adoption did not have any impact on our financial statements. In addition, ASU 2010-06 requires more detailed disclosures regarding changes in Level 3 instruments. This disclosure change will be effective January 1, 2011 and is not expected to have an impact on our financial statements.

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our statements of operations for each of the periods indicated in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of revenue. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

         
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Revenue   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 21,212     $ 32,572  
Cost of revenue     3,911       6,116       8,676       6,071       10,125  
Gross profit     7,065       13,510       20,646       15,141       22,447  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Sales and marketing     9,343       16,914       18,886       13,265       19,901  
Research and development     1,754       2,724       2,791       1,978       3,548  
General and administrative     2,653       2,564       4,329       2,854       5,550  
Total operating expenses     13,750       22,202       26,006       18,097       28,999  
Loss from operations     (6,685 )       (8,692 )       (5,360 )       (2,956 )       (6,552 )  
Other income (expense):
                                            
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (144 )       (639 )       (813 )       (546 )       (762 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     1,147       (790 )       (2,147 )       (1,550 )       (24,077 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (5,682 )       (10,121 )       (8,320 )       (5,052 )       (31,391 )  
Provision for income taxes     (20 )       (62 )       (72 )       (54 )       (69 )  
Net loss   $ (5,702 )     $ (10,183 )     $ (8,392 )     $ (5,106 )     $ (31,460 )  

         
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Revenue     100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %  
Cost of revenue     36       31       30       29       31  
Gross margin     64       69       70       71       69  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Sales and marketing     85       86       64       63       61  
Research and development     16       14       10       9       11  
General and administrative     24       13       15       13       17  
Total operating expenses     125       113       89       85       89  
Loss from operations     (61 )       (44 )       (18 )       (14 )       (20 )  
Other income (expense):
                                            
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (1 )       (3 )       (3 )       (3 )       (2 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     10       (4 )       (7 )       (7 )       (74 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (52 )       (52 )       (28 )       (24 )       (96 )  
Provision for income taxes                              
Net loss     (52 )%       (52 )%       (29 )%       (24 )%       (97 )%  

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth the following key metrics that we use to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions:

         
  At or For Year Ended
December 31,
  At or For Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 15,019     $ 24,857     $ 34,467     $ 20,063     $ 36,555  
Annual dollar retention rate     96.1 %       89.9 %       94.8 %       N/A       N/A  
Number of clients     105       168       280       227       413  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     859,000       2,065,000       3,347,000       2,919,000       4,622,000  

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

Revenue and Metrics

   
     At or for
nine months ended
September 30,
     2009   2010
Revenue (in thousands)   $ 21,212     $ 32,572  
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 20,063     $ 36,555  
Number of clients     227       413  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     2,919,000       4,364,000  

Revenue increased $11.4 million, or 54%, from the first nine months of 2009 to the first nine months of 2010. Revenue growth in 2010 was driven by $10.3 million in higher revenue from client agreements signed in prior periods that was not fully reflected in those periods, as a result of the seasonality of when we enter into new client agreements and our revenue recognition policy, which generally recognizes subscription revenue over the contract period. Revenue for the first nine months of 2009 from client agreements signed prior to 2009 was $15.0 million, compared to revenue for the first nine months of 2010 from client agreements signed prior to 2010 of $25.3 million. To a lesser extent, revenue growth resulted from current period acquisitions of 186 new clients between September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2010, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. Revenue in the United States increased by $6.6 million, or 40%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $4.7 million or 101% from $4.7 million for the first nine months ended 2009 to $9.4 million for the first nine months of 2010. Sales in Europe were mainly driven by the acquisition of 30 new clients, representing a 115% increase in the total number of clients in Europe between September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2010. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 22% for the first nine months of 2009 compared to 29% for the first nine months of 2010.

Our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from the first nine months of 2009 to the first nine months of 2010. Bookings increased 82% compared to the 54% increase in revenues, due to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The number of clients grew 82%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.7 million, or 58%, due almost entirely to acquisition of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.

We believe this growth is a result of our continued investment in and development of our direct sales and sales support teams, which we believe have enabled greater sales coverage and better sales execution, as well as increased marketing activities, which we believe has increased brand awareness and higher demand for our solution. We have also continued to enhance our comprehensive solution, which we believe has encouraged existing clients to add additional platforms and users.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Cost of revenue   $ 6,071     $ 10,125  
Gross profit   $ 15,141     $ 22,447  
Gross margin     71 %       69 %  

Cost of revenue increased $4.1 million, or 67%, from the first nine months of 2009 to the first nine months of 2010, as a result of increased costs of $1.6 million associated with additional headcount and increased costs of $0.7 million associated with our network infrastructure, in each case to service existing clients as well as in anticipation of future growth. We have been transitioning our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed co-location facilities, which we completed in the fourth quarter of 2010. We anticipate that the new co-location facilities will be better able to scale to meet significantly increased capacity requirements in support of our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than our historic third-party managed environment. To a lesser extent, the increase was attributable to increased depreciation of $0.5 million associated with recent additions to our fixed assets; increased costs of $0.5 million associated with external consultants assisting with consulting services; increased third-party e-learning content fees of $0.4 million, as we enter into additional client agreements; and increased capitalized software amortization of $0.3 million arising from the recent deployments of such software.

Our gross margin decreased by 2% from the first nine months of 2009 to the first nine months of 2010, reflecting our investment in additional headcount and non-recurring costs associated with the transition of our network infrastructure.

Sales and Marketing

   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Sales and marketing   $ 13,265     $ 19,901  
Percent of revenue     63 %       61 %  

Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.6 million, or 50%, from the first nine months of 2009 to the first nine months of 2010 mainly as a result of increased employee-related costs of $4.9 million attributable to an increase in our sales force to address increased opportunities in existing and new markets and an increase in commissions due to increased sales volume. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 48% from September 30, 2009 to September 30, 2010, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 42%. In addition, business travel related costs increased by $0.8 million in support of our sales efforts and marketing costs increased by $0.8 million associated with new marketing programs. Our sales and marketing expenses nevertheless declined as a percentage of revenue.

Research and Development

   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Research and development   $ 1,978     $ 3,548  
Percent of revenue     9 %       11 %  

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Research and development expenses increased $1.6 million, or 79%, from the first nine months of 2009 to the first nine months of 2010. The increase was attributable to increased employee-related costs of $1.4 million due to additional headcount used to maintain and enhance the existing functionality in our solution. Research and development headcount increased 51% from September 30, 2009 to September 30, 2010 in support of these activities.

We capitalize a portion of our software development costs related to the development and enhancements of our solution which are then amortized to cost of revenue. The timing of our capitalizable development and enhancement projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. We capitalized $1.1 million and $1.3 million of software development costs and amortized $0.7 million and $0.9 million, in the first nine months of 2009 and 2010, respectively. We believe that our research and development activities continue to be efficient because we benefit from maintaining a single code base of our solution.

General and Administrative

   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
General and administrative   $ 2,854     $ 5,550  
Percent of revenue     13 %       17 %  

General and administrative expenses increased $2.7 million, or 94%, from the first nine months of 2009 to the first nine months of 2010. The increase was attributable to increased employee-related costs of $1.0 million due to increased headcount, $1.0 million higher professional fees for accounting, audit, legal and tax services and $0.3 million in increased administrative related travel. General and administrative headcount increased by 64% from September 30, 2009 to September 30, 2010, primarily in our accounting and finance department to support our growing business and to prepare to transition from a private company to a public company. Professional fees for accounting and legal services also increased due to the expansion of our international business activities and increased audit and interim review fees in preparation for the transition to a public company.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net

   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net   $ (546 )     $ (762 )  
Percent of revenue     (3 )%       (2 )%  

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.2 million, or 40%, from the first nine months of 2009 to the first nine months of 2010. The increase was attributable to $0.2 million in higher interest expense as a result of increased average borrowings on our credit facilities in support of the growth in our business.

Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities   $ (1,550 )     $ (24,077 )  
Percent of revenue     (7 )%       (74 )%  

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $24.1 million during the first nine months of 2010, compared to an increase of $1.6 million during the first nine months of 2009. The increase in the fair value of our preferred stock warrants liabilities during each of these periods was driven by an increase in the value of our company. We value our preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See “ Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  —  Fair Value of Warrants ” for a discussion of the valuation methodology for our preferred stock warrant liabilities. Upon the completion of this offering, all of our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statements of operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2009   2010
     (in thousands)
Provision for income taxes   $ (54 )     $ (69 )  

We have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented, other than provisions for certain state and foreign income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

Revenue and Metrics

     
  At or For Year Ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
Revenue (in thousands)   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322  
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 15,019     $ 24,857     $ 34,467  
Annual dollar retention rate     96.1 %       89.9 %       94.8 %  
Number of clients     105       168       280  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     859,000       2,065,000       3,347,000  

Revenue increased $9.7 million, or 49%, from 2008 to 2009. Revenue growth in 2009 was driven by $7.0 million in higher revenue from client agreements signed in 2008 that was not fully reflected in 2008, as a result of the seasonality of when we enter into new client agreements and our revenue recognition policy, which generally recognizes subscription revenue over the contract period. Revenue for 2008 from client agreements signed prior to 2008 was $11.8 million compared to revenue for 2009 from client agreements signed prior to 2009 of $18.8 million. In addition, revenue growth resulted from the acquisitions of 112 new clients between December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 and 63 new clients between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals, each within 2009. Revenue in the United States increased by $6.4 million, or 40%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $3.3 million, or 91%, from $3.6 million in 2008 to $6.9 million in 2009 mainly driven by the acquisition of 10 new clients in 2008 and 23 new clients in 2009. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 18% in 2008 compared to 24% in 2009.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Despite the global recession, our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from 2008 to 2009. Bookings increased 39%, due to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The growth rates for revenue and bookings are not correlated in a given year due to the seasonality of our client agreements, the varied timing of billings, the recognition in most cases of subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, and the recognition of consulting revenues based on proportional performance over the period the services are performed. Our annual dollar retention rate improved by 4.9% to 94.8% from 2008 to 2009 as a result of increased client renewals and our existing clients purchasing additional platforms of our solution, as well as adding incremental users. The number of clients grew 67%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.3 million, or 62%, due almost entirely to acquisitions of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.

Revenue increased $8.7 million, or 79%, from 2007 to 2008. Revenue growth from 2007 to 2008 was driven by the same factors as for growth from 2008 to 2009. Revenue growth in 2008 was driven by $6.6 million in higher revenue from client agreements signed in the prior periods. Revenue in 2008 from client agreements signed prior to 2008 was $11.8 million compared to revenue in 2007 from client agreements signed prior to 2007 of $5.2 million. Revenue in the United States increased by $6.6 million, or 70%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $2.1 million, or 135%, from $1.5 million in 2007 to $3.6 million in 2008 as a result of the acquisition of 10 new clients in 2008 compared to one client in 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 14% in 2007 compared to 18% in 2008.

Our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from 2007 to 2008. Bookings increased 66% compared to the 79% increase in revenue, due to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The 6.2% decrease in annual dollar retention rate from 2007 to 2008 was due to the loss of a large enterprise client that was acquired in 2008. The number of clients grew 60%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.2 million, or 140%, due almost entirely to acquisition of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.

Our revenue growth from 2007 to 2008 and from 2008 to 2009 was a result of the same factors that contributed to our revenue growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2010 that we described above.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (dollars in thousands)
Cost of revenue   $ 3,911     $ 6,116     $ 8,676  
Gross profit   $ 7,065     $ 13,510     $ 20,646  
Gross margin     64 %       69 %       70 %  

Cost of revenue increased $2.6 million, or 42%, from 2008 to 2009, attributable to $0.7 million in increased employee-related costs due to higher headcount, $0.4 million in increased amortization of license fees we pay to third parties to use their technology driven by increased revenue in 2009 compared to 2008, $0.4 million in increased network infrastructure costs and $0.2 million in increased costs related to outsourced consulting services, in each case to service our existing clients as well as in anticipation of future growth. The increase was also attributable to $0.3 million in increased amortization of capitalized software, $0.2 million in increased reimbursable expenses, $0.2 million increase in referral fees, and $0.1 million in increased third-party e-learning costs.

Our gross margin increased slightly from 2008 to 2009, notwithstanding our investment in additional headcount and infrastructure in anticipation of future growth.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of revenue increased from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to $0.6 million in increased employee-related costs due to higher headcount, $0.6 million in increased third-party e-learning costs, $0.4 million in increased costs related to outsourced consulting services, $0.2 million in increased network infrastructure costs and $0.2 million in increased amortization of capitalized software, all associated with our growth. Our gross margin nevertheless increased due to the growth in revenues.

Sales and Marketing

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (dollars in thousands)
Sales and marketing   $ 9,343     $ 16,914     $ 18,886  
Percent of revenue     85 %       86 %       64 %  

Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.0 million, or 12%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was attributable to increases in marketing programs and the expansion of our sales force to address increased opportunities in new and existing markets. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 38% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 38%, contributing to an increase in employee-related costs of $2.1 million. This increase was partially offset by $0.1 million in decreased costs associated with third-party consultants. Notwithstanding these investments in anticipation of future growth, sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 2008 to 2009.

Sales and marketing expenses increased $7.6 million, or 81%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was attributable to an increase of 22% in total headcount in sales and marketing from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 26%. The increase in headcount contributed to an increase in employee-related costs of $6.0 million. In addition, we had increased cost of $0.7 million associated with outsourced telemarketing related to assisting us with our sales and marketing efforts, $0.6 million for new and expanded marketing programs and $0.3 million in additional travel costs associated for our direct sales teams.

Research and Development

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (dollars in thousands)
Research and development   $ 1,754     $ 2,724     $ 2,791  
Percent of revenue     16 %       14 %       10 %  

Although our business grew significantly from 2008 to 2009, research and development expenses remained relatively constant at approximately $2.7 million, because we benefited from maintaining a single code base of our solution. Although research and development headcount increased 44% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, the increase in headcount did not significantly affect employee-related costs, as we hired most of these new employees in the latter part of 2009.

Research and development expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 55%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was attributable to increased employee-related costs of $0.8 million due to increased headcount to maintain and improve the existing functionality in our solution. Research and development headcount increased 23% from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 in support of these activities.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We capitalize a portion of our software development costs related to the development and enhancements of our solution which are then amortized to cost of revenue. The timing of our capitalizable development and enhancement projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. We capitalized $0.8 million, $1.1 million and $1.5 million of software development costs and amortized $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.9 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

General and Administrative

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (dollars in thousands)
General and administrative   $ 2,653     $ 2,564     $ 4,329  
Percent of revenue     24 %       13 %       15 %  

General and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 69%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was attributable to increased employee-related costs of $0.6 million as a result of increased headcount, increased professional fees of $0.4 million for accounting, audit, legal and tax services and increased domestic sales taxes of $0.4 million resulting from our increased sales. The increase in professional fees for audit services was attributable to our retrospective adoption of the revised accounting guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The increase in legal and tax services was due to the expansion of our international business activities. General and administrative headcount increased 40% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, in our accounting and finance department to support our growing business and to prepare to transition from a private company to a public company.

General and administrative expenses remained relatively constant from 2007 to 2008. Although general and administrative headcount increased 25% from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, the increase did not materially affect employee-related costs, because we hired most of these new employees in the latter part of 2008.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (in thousands)
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net   $ (144 )     $ (639 )     $ (813 )  

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.2 million, or 27%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was attributable to $0.3 million in overall higher interest expense as a result of higher average interest rates in 2009, which were partially offset by a decrease in our average borrowings outstanding on our credit facilities during 2009. Our average interest rate on our borrowings and capital leases in 2009 was 9% compared to 5% in 2008. In addition, we incurred lower foreign currency transaction losses of $0.2 million attributed to foreign currency fluctuations in the British Pound and Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar.

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.5 million, or 344%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was attributable to foreign currency exchange losses related to fluctuations in the British Pound and, to a lesser extent, Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar. Interest expense remained fairly constant from 2007 to 2008, as an increase in our average borrowings outstanding in 2008 was offset by lower average interest rates.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (in thousands)
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities   $ 1,147     $ (790 )     $ (2,147 )  

The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $2.1 million in 2009, compared to an increase of $0.8 million in 2008. The increase in 2009 was attributable to the issuance of additional warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with the Series E financing in 2009, and the increase in the fair value of all of our preferred stock warrants. The increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants was driven by the increase in the value of our company from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009.

The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $0.8 million in 2008, as a result of an increase in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007. The increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants was driven by the increase in the value of our company from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. We recorded income from the decline in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability in 2007 due to a reduction in the value of our preferred stock during 2007.

Provision for Income Taxes

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (in thousands)
Provision for income taxes   $ (20 )     $ (62 )     $ (72 )  

We have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented, other than provisions for certain state and foreign income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the quarters in the year ended December 31, 2009 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in these statements. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with our annual financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

             
  Quarter Ended
     (in thousands)
     Mar. 31, 2009   June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  June 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
Revenue   $ 6,777     $ 7,027     $ 7,408     $ 8,110     $ 9,670     $ 10,613     $ 12,289  
Cost of revenue     1,988       1,973       2,110       2,605       3,064       3,163       3,898  
Gross profit     4,789       5,054       5,298       5,505       6,606       7,450       8,391  
Operating expenses:
                                                           
Sales and marketing     4,046       4,270       4,949       5,621       6,366       6,580       6,955  
Research and development     589       658       731       813       1,004       1,141       1,403  
General and administrative     1,030       904       920       1,475       1,416       1,700       2,434  
Total operating expenses     5,665       5,832       6,600       7,909       8,786       9,421       10,792  
Loss from operations     (876 )       (778 )       (1,302 )       (2,404 )       (2,180 )       (1,971 )       (2,401 )  
Other income (expense):
                                                           
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (129 )       (150 )       (267 )       (267 )       (335 )       (266 )       (161 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     (639 )       (536 )       (375 )       (597 )       (1,272 )       (3,170 )       (19,635 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (1,644 )       (1,464 )       (1,944 )       (3,268 )       (3,787 )       (5,407 )       (22,197 )  
Provision for income taxes     (18 )       (18 )       (18 )       (18 )       (30 )       (29 )       (10 )  
Net loss   $ (1,662 )     $ (1,482 )     $ (1,962 )     $ (3,286 )     $ (3,817 )     $ (5,436 )     $ (22,207 )  

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a percentage of revenues:

             
     Quarter Ended
     Mar. 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  June 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
Revenue     100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %  
Cost of revenue     29       28       28       32       32       30       32           
Gross margin     71       72       72       68       68       70       68  
Operating expenses:
                                                        
Sales and marketing     60       61       67       69       66       62       57  
Research and development     9       9       10       10       10       11       11  
General and administrative     15       13       12       18       15       16       20  
Total operating expenses     84       83       89       98       91       89       88  
Loss from operations     (13 )       (11 )       (18 )       (30 )       (23 )       (19 )       (20 )  
Other income (expense):
                                                           
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (2 )       (2 )       (4 )       (3 )       (3 )       (3 )       (1 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     (9 )       (8 )       (5 )       (7 )       (13 )       (30 )       (160 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (24 )       (21 )       (26 )       (40 )       (39 )       (51 )       (181 )  
Provision for income taxes                                          
Net loss     (25 )%       (21 )%       (26 )%       (41 )%       (39 )%       (51 )%       (181 )%  

The following table sets forth our bookings, number of clients and number of users:

             
  At or For the Quarter Ended
     Mar. 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  June 30,
2010
  Sept. 30,
2010
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 5,404     $ 5,883     $ 8,776     $ 14,404     $ 9,237     $ 10,971     $ 16,347  
Number of clients     188       206       227       280       310       367       413  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     2,414,000       2,443,000       2,919,000       3,347,000       3,773,000       3,860,000       4,364,000  

Revenue as well as number of clients and number of users grew sequentially in each of the periods presented. The rate of growth from period to period was affected by the seasonality of our business.

Quarterly bookings over the periods presented have increased generally, but have also reflected the seasonality of our client agreements. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, and renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and usually sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, in each quarter. The seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, because we generally recognize subscription revenue over the term of our client agreements. A substantial portion of subscription revenue in any particular quarter arises from agreements entered into in previous quarters.

Gross profit increased sequentially each quarter primarily due to increasing revenues and to a lesser extent our realization of economies of scale in our consulting services, as we have emphasized continuous improvement in processes for delivering client implementation and support programs. Gross margins fluctuated from quarter to quarter, however, as expenditures in support of our growth strategy have varied in scope and scale over these periods. For example, gross margin decreased from the third to fourth quarter of 2009 because of additional headcount in our consulting services and customer support departments, and then increased from the first to the second quarters of 2010, as revenues grew and we realized the benefits of the increased headcount. These improvements were partially offset by new investments to enhance our network infrastructure.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue reflected continually increasing headcount in our direct sales teams, although the timing of particular marketing programs and events contributed to quarter to quarter variations. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue remained relatively constant as revenue grew while we added headcount to maintain and improve the functionality of our solution. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue varied depending on the timing of expenses related to legal and accounting fees, employee empowerment programs, and domestic sales and use taxes, including expenses and additional personnel related to our retrospective adoption of our revenue recognition policy and our preparation to become a publicly held company.

More generally, our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future based on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Such factors include, in addition to those in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus:

our ability to attract new clients;
the timing and rate at which we enter into agreements for our solution with new clients;
the extent to which our existing clients renew their subscriptions for our solution and the timing of those renewals;
the extent to which our existing clients purchase additional platforms in our solution or add incremental users;
changes in the mix of our sales between new and existing clients;
changes to the proportion of our client base that is comprised of enterprise or mid-sized organizations;
seasonal factors affecting the demand for our solution;
our ability to manage growth, including in terms of new clients, additional users and new geographies;
the timing and success of competitive solutions offered by our competitors;
changes in our pricing policies and those of our competitors; and
general economic and market conditions.

One or more of these factors may cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that our quarterly results of operations may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At September 30, 2010, our principal sources of liquidity were $6.0 million of cash and cash equivalents, which are invested primarily in money market funds, and our $15 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank as described below. Due to their short maturities, the carrying amounts of cash equivalents reasonably approximate fair value. The primary objective of our investment activities is the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

To date, our operations and growth have been primarily financed through the sale of preferred stock and short- and long-term borrowings. Since inception, we have raised $37 million of equity capital, and at September 30, 2010, we had $11.9 million of debt outstanding. We have raised cumulative proceeds from preferred stock financings of approximately $37 million.

During August 2010, we entered into a $15 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, or the SVB Credit Facility, with a maturity of August 2012. Borrowings under the SVB Credit Facility are available on both a formula and a non-formula basis. The amount available on the non-formula basis is $5 million through January 1, 2011, $2.5 million through July 1, 2011 and zero thereafter. Interest is payable monthly, and the principal is due upon maturity. The interest rate is prime plus 1.5%, if the outstanding indebtedness under the facility is less than or equal to $5 million, and prime plus $2.5%,

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

if the outstanding indebtedness is greater than $5 million. The SVB Credit Facility requires immediate repayment upon an event of default, as defined in the agreement, which includes events such as a payment default, a covenant default or the occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement. At September 30, 2010, $6.9 million was available under this facility.

In March 2009, we entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LP for a total borrowing of $4.0 million, with a maturity date of March 31, 2014 and an interest rate of 11.3%. Interest is payable on a monthly basis in arrears. The note includes a right in favor of Ironwood to require us to redeem the outstanding principal amount at 103%, together with accrued interest, if we complete an initial public offering between March 31, 2010 and March 30, 2011.

Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe our future cash flows from operating activities, existing cash and cash equivalents, and our ability to borrow under our existing credit facility, will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations for at least the next 12 months. Depending on certain growth opportunities, we may choose to accelerate investments in sales and marketing, research and development, acquisitions, technology and services, which may require the use of proceeds from this offering for such additional expansion and expenditures. In addition, any acquisitions may require the use of proceeds from this offering, although we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions. Actual future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue and billings growth and the level of expenditures in all areas of our business. To the extent that existing capital resources and sales growth are not sufficient to fund future activities, we may need to raise additional funds, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

         
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (3,341 )     $ (5,986 )     $ (1,633 )     $ (2,475 )     $ (4,983 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (991 )       (1,282 )       (1,599 )       (1,122 )       (2,054 )  
Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities     14,893       (551 )       8,003       8,546       4,948  

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Our net loss and cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and infrastructure to support anticipated growth. In addition, cash flows from operating activities are affected by the seasonality of our business, which results in variations in the timing of our invoicing of, and our receipt of payments from, our clients. In recent periods, our net loss has also been significantly greater than our use of cash for operating activities due to the inclusion in our net loss of significant non-cash expenses.

In the first nine months of 2010, $26.5 million, or 84.1%, of our net loss of $31.5 million consisted of non-cash expenses, including a $24.1 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, $1.9 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.4 million of stock-based compensation. Thus our net loss for the period was substantially due to non-cash charges. The elements of our cashflow from operating activities during the first nine months of 2010 generally reflected our continued significant investments in headcount and other expenses to grow our business. Working capital uses of cash included a $4.9 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales activity compared to the prior-year period, a $0.3 million increase in deferred commissions also due to increased sales activity, and a $2.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, including increased third-party content fees commensurate with increased sales activity. These uses of cash were offset in part by a $4.0 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased sales activity, a $1.0 million increase in accounts payable due to a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of our business, a $1.8 million increase in accrued

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

expenses reflecting the overall growth of our business, including additional vacation and bonus accruals consistent with our growth in headcount, and a $0.5 million increase in other liabilities.

Our use of cash in operating activities in the first nine months of 2009 was primarily due to our net loss of $5.1 million, adjusted for $2.8 million of non-cash expenses that included a $1.5 million increase in preferred stock warrants liabilities, $0.9 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation expense. Working capital uses of cash included a $1.1 million decrease in deferred revenue, a $0.5 million increase in deferred commissions due to higher sales activity compared to the prior-year period, and a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, including increased third-party content fees commensurate with increased sales activity. These uses of cash were offset in part by a $1.3 million decrease in accounts receivable, and a $0.5 million increase in accrued expenses due to increased accrued patent license fees, increased accrued international and sales taxes, and additional vacation and bonus accruals consistent with our growth in headcount.

Our use of cash in operating activities in 2009 was primarily due to our net loss of $8.4 million, as we focused on making additional investments in headcount and infrastructure to service existing growth and in anticipation of future growth, adjusted for $3.9 million in non-cash expenses that included a $2.1 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, $1.3 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.3 million in stock-based compensation. Working capital uses of cash included a $3.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to higher sales activity compared to the prior year, a $0.9 increase in deferred commissions also due to higher sales activity, and a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expense and other assets, including increased third-party content inventory and software licenses. These uses of cash were offset in part by a $5.1 million increase in deferred revenue, due to higher sales activity, a $1.7 million increase in accrued expenses due to increased accrued patent license fees, accrued international and sales taxes, and additional vacation, bonus and commission accruals consistent with our growth in headcount, and a $0.5 million increase in accounts payable due to a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of our business.

Our use of cash in operating activities in 2008 was primarily due to our net loss of $10.2 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses that included $1.0 million of depreciation and amortization, a $0.8 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation. Working capital uses of cash included a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable due to higher sales activity compared to the prior year and a $0.4 million increase in deferred sales commissions also due to higher sales activity. These uses of cash were offset in part by a $5.2 million increase in deferred revenue due to higher sales activity and a $0.6 increase in accrued expenses due to additional vacation, commission and bonus accruals consistent with increased headcount.

Our use of cash in operating activities in 2007 was primarily due to our net loss of $5.7 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses that included $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation, offset by a $1.1 million decrease in preferred stock warrant liabilities.Working capital uses of cash included a $1.9 million increase in accounts receivable due to higher sales activity compared to the prior year, and a $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets including a deposit under the lease for our Santa Monica offices. These uses of cash were offset in part by a $4.0 million increase in deferred revenue due to higher sales activity, a $0.5 million increase in accounts payable due to a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of our business, and a $0.4 million increase in accrued expenses due to additional vacation, commission and bonus accruals consistent with increased headcount.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to develop our capitalized software as well as to purchase computer equipment and furniture and fixtures in support of expanding our infrastructure and workforce. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to continue to increase.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We used $2.1 million of cash in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, primarily due to $1.3 million of investments in our capitalized software, and $0.6 million of net investments in other fixed assets and $0.1 million of investments in trademarks and a patent license.

We used $1.1 million of cash in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, primarily due to $1.1 million of investments in our capitalized software.

We used $1.6 million of cash in investing activities in 2009, primarily due to $1.5 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.1 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $1.6 million in purchases of additional equipment for our expanding infrastructure and work force, which were primarily financed through $1.5 million in capital lease financing.

We used $1.3 million of cash in investing activities in 2008, primarily due to $1.1 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.2 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $0.6 million in capital expenditures related to the purchases of additional equipment for our expanding infrastructure and work force which were primarily financed through $0.4 million in capital lease financing.

We used $1.0 million of cash in investing activities in 2007 primarily due to $0.8 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.2 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $0.6 million in capital expenditures related to the purchases of additional equipment, which were purchases of equipment, primarily financed through $0.4 million in capital lease financing.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

The cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily due to $17.0 million of drawdowns of long term debt from our lines of credit with Comerica and Silicon Valley Bank and $0.6 million of proceeds due to exercise of stock options, partially offset by $11.8 million of payments on our Comerica Credit Facility and $0.9 million of payments on our capital lease obligations.

The cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to $8.7 million of drawdowns from our Series E financing in addition to drawdowns of $3.9 million of long term debt from our line of credit, partially offset by $3.8 million of payments on our debt and $0.2 million in payments on our capital lease obligations.

The cash provided by financing activities in 2009 was primarily due to approximately $8.7 million of proceeds from our Series E convertible preferred stock financing and $4.0 million borrowed under a senior subordinated promissory note agreement, partially offset by $2.3 million of payments on our line of credit, $2.0 million of payments on our term loan and $0.3 million in payments on our capital lease obligations.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The cash used by financing activities in 2008 was primarily due to $6.2 million of payments on our line of credit, $0.5 million of payments on our term loan and $0.1 million of payments on our capital lease obligations, partially offset by $4.1 million in borrowings on our line of credit and $2.0 million in borrowings on our term loan.

The cash provided by financing activities in 2007 was primarily due to approximately $16 million of proceeds from our Series D convertible preferred stock financing, $4.4 million in borrowings on our line of credit and $3.0 million in borrowings on our term loan. This increase in cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by the repurchase of Series A preferred stock in the amount of $5.4 million, the repurchase of our common stock in the amount of $0.5 million, payments on our line of credit of $1.5 million and payments on our term loan of $0.9 million.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities, leases for our office space, computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, and contractual commitments for hosting and other support services. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2009 (in thousands):

           
    Year Ending December 31,
     Total   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014
Long-term debt obligations   $ 6,545     $ 2,034     $ 511     $     $     $ 4,000 (1)  
Capital lease obligations     1,852       694       671       476        11        
Operating lease obligations     1,351       693       658                    

(1) May become due earlier. See below regarding possible acceleration of repayment.

In March 2009, we entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LP for a total borrowing of $4.0 million, with a maturity date of March 31, 2014 and an interest rate of 11.3%. Interest is payable on a monthly basis in arrears. The note includes a right in favor of Ironwood to require us to redeem the outstanding principal amount at 103%, together with accrued interest, if we complete an initial public offering between March 31, 2010 and March 30, 2011.

In March 2009, we entered into an e-learning content reseller agreement with a third-party content provider. License fees of $0.2 million and $0.2 million are due in 2010 and 2011, respectively.

During the first nine months of 2010, we entered into an amendment to our operating lease to increase our office space in Santa Monica, California, and entered into an operating lease for a foreign office in India. These operating lease agreements increase our total operating lease commitments by approximately $1.1 million through 2015.

In August 2010, we borrowed $6.4 million under a new credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank with a maturity date of August 2012, and repaid the remaining outstanding balance and accrued interest under our credit facility with Comerica Bank, which was then terminated. In September 2010, we borrowed an additional $1.5 million under the new credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank. All borrowings under the credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank are due in August 2012.

During 2010, we entered into additional capital lease agreements that increase our total capital lease commitments by approximately $2.4 million.

In August 2010, we entered into a patent license agreement, granting us a perpetual license to use a third-party’s e-learning technologies. License fees due under this arrangement are $0.2 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million for 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

In conjunction with a distributor agreement with ADP, we have an obligation to issue to ADP, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 886,096 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share, upon ADP achieving various tiers of sales targets during each contract year until the earlier of the end of

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the five-year term of the agreement with ADP or the completion of an initial public offering. The warrants terminate early upon an acquisition of us, a disposition of substantially all our assets or three years after an initial public offering. Through the first contract year ended June 30, 2010, no warrants have been issued to ADP because we have concluded that all defined tiers of sales targets have not been met by ADP. Through December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, no warrants had been issued to ADP because we have concluded that the defined targets had not been met by ADP for the contract year ended June 30, 2010 and we believe it is not probable that ADP will earn the warrants for the second contract year ending June 30, 2011. However, ADP contends that they have met the defined targets for the contract year ended June 30, 2010, which would result in ADP earning warrants to purchase 443,048 shares of our common stock. The estimated total value as of September 30, 2010 was approximately $2.7 million. This would have been a material non-cash charge in our results of operations if the awards had been issued to ADP in the quarter ended September 30, 2010. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

At December 31, 2009, liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits of $154,000, which are attributable to foreign income taxes and interest and penalties, are not included in the table above because, due to their nature, there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the time of future cash outflows and other events that extinguish these liabilities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our ongoing business, we do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our large clients and limit credit exposure by collecting in advance and setting credit limits as we deem appropriate. In addition, our investment strategy currently has been to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid and readily convertible into cash and that mature within three months from the date of purchase. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.

Our investments are considered cash equivalents and primarily consist of money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and certificates of deposit. At September 30, 2010, we had cash equivalents of $5.9 million. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, however, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We do not believe our cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. We cannot be assured that we will not experience losses on these deposits.

At September 30, 2010, we had borrowings outstanding with carrying amounts of $11.9 million. Our outstanding long-term borrowings consist of variable interest rate financial instruments. Our variable rate borrowings are 5.5% to 6.5%. The carrying amount of these long-term borrowings approximates fair value based on borrowing rates currently available to us. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates relative to interest rates at September 30, 2010 would not have a material impact on the fair values of all of our outstanding borrowings. Changes in interest rates would, however, affect operating results and cash flows, because of the variable rate nature of our borrowings. A hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates relative to interest rates at September 30, 2010 would result in an increase of approximately $0.1 million in interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates relative to interest rates at September 30, 2010 would result in an insignificant impact to interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Foreign Currency Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our historical revenue has primarily been denominated in U.S. Dollars, and a significant portion of our current revenue continues to be denominated in U.S. Dollars. However, we expect an increasing portion of our future revenue to be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, primarily the Euro and British Pound. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated accounts receivable at September 30, 2010 would not be material to our financial condition or results of operations. Our operating expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, primarily the United States and, to a much lesser extent, the United Kingdom, other European Union countries, Canada, India and Israel. Increases and decreases in our foreign-denominated revenue from movements in foreign exchange rates are partially offset by the corresponding decreases or increases in our foreign-denominated operating expenses.

As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. Dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on our operating results and cash flows. Based on our current international structure, we do not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Counterparty Risk

Our financial statements are subject to counterparty credit risk, which we consider as part of the overall fair value measurement. We attempt to mitigate this risk through credit monitoring procedures.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. is a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders, and integrating with an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content. We currently have over 410 clients who use our solution to empower over 4.36 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.

We provide a comprehensive and integrated solution that delivers the following benefits:

Comprehensive Functionality.   We offer five integrated platforms that address all stages of the employee lifecycle. These platforms include learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession management, and extended enterprise.
Flexible and Highly Configurable.   Clients can match the use of our software with their specific business processes and workflows. The flexibility of our solution allows our clients to deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination.
Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.   Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution.
Software-as-a-Service Model Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.   Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments in implementation time, personnel, hardware, and consulting services that are typical of legacy software solutions.
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.   We have built a highly scalable, multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that supports the complex needs of global corporations yet is capable of supporting deployments of any size. We currently support multiple client deployments of over 150,000 users, including one client with over 700,000 users.
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development.   The vast majority of our thousands of software features were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.

Our clients include multi-national corporations, large domestic enterprises, mid-market companies, state and local public sector organizations, higher education institutions, and non-profit entities, such as Barclays Bank PLC, BJC HealthCare, Flextronics International USA, Inc., Kelly Services, Inc., Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Pearson, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., State of Nebraska, Teach for America and Virgin Media Limited. While most of our deployments encompass all employees at a given client, some also include the employees of the extended enterprise of that client, such as employees of the client’s customers, vendors and distributors.

We sell our solution domestically and internationally through both direct and indirect channels, including direct sales teams throughout North America and Europe and distributor relationships with payroll, consulting and human resource, or HR, services companies. We have a global distributor agreement with ADP, which allows ADP to sell our solution as ADP Talent Management.

We generally sell our solution with three-year, enterprise-wide subscription agreements based on the number of employees. Clients typically are invoiced on signing and pay annually in advance on the anniversary of the agreement.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have grown our business each of the last 10 years, and since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate, as described in “ Management Discussion and Analysis of Financials Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Metrics .” Since 2001, our implied monthly recurring revenue from existing clients has been greater at the end of each year than at the beginning of the year. Our total revenue has grown from $11.0 million in 2007 to $19.6 million in 2008 to $29.3 million in 2009, and from $21.2 million in the first nine months of 2009 to $32.6 million in the first nine months of 2010.

The Market

Human capital is a major expense for all organizations. Based on the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data as of June 2010, total compensation paid to the United States civilian workforce of approximately 154 million people is expected to exceed $8.1 trillion in 2010.

Accordingly, organizations have long sought to optimize their investments in human capital. We believe that organizations face five major challenges in maximizing the productivity of their internal and external human capital:

Developing Talent.   Effectively orienting new hires and training employees throughout their careers to achieve their full potential, which has become more difficult with the Millennial generation entering the workforce, increasingly distributed workforces and heightened compliance requirements.
Engaging Employees.   Connecting with employees at all levels and locations of the organization to keep them motivated, which has become increasingly difficult with the rise of globalization and telecommuting.
Improving Business Execution.   Ensuring the effective alignment of employee behavior with the organization’s objectives through goal management and employee assessment and development, as well as by linking compensation to performance.
Building a Leadership Pipeline.   Identifying, grooming and retaining individuals for leadership positions at all levels and across all parts of the organization, which has become an acute challenge with the growing mobility and turnover of employees and the impending retirements of the Baby Boomers.
Integrating with the Extended Enterprise of Customers, Vendors and Distributors.
Delivering training, certification programs and resources to the organization’s network of customers, vendors, distributors and other third parties that constitute the organization’s extended enterprise, which has become more difficult with the rise of outsourcing and increasing globalization.

Until the advent of software technology in the 1970’s, written tracking systems were the only solution available for managing human capital. Software-based solutions such as spreadsheet-based tracking systems, custom-built software applications, third-party human resource information systems and third-party software applications provided by on-premise software vendors gradually became available. We refer to all of these approaches as legacy solutions. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management equaled $3.6 billion in 2009.

Recently, software-as-a-service, or SaaS, vendors dedicated to providing learning and talent management software have emerged. We believe that just as organizations are increasingly choosing SaaS solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they are also increasingly adopting SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Many of the existing solutions suffer from one or more of the following shortcomings:

Narrow Functionality.   As they only address specific stages of the employee lifecycle, many solutions lack sufficient breadth of functionality to maximize employee productivity effectively.
Limited Configurability.   Most solutions are rigid and limit the ability of organizations to match their diverse workflows or to adopt their desired talent management practices.
Difficult to Use.   Inputting, updating, analyzing and sharing information is often cumbersome, resulting in low employee adoption and usage.
Costly to Deploy, Maintain and Upgrade.   Legacy solutions require significant expense and time to deploy as well as require ongoing costs associated with IT support, network infrastructure, maintenance and upgrades.
Inability to Scale.   Many solutions are designed to support the needs of smaller organizations and have difficulty meeting the complex functional requirements or the sizeable infrastructure demands of larger enterprises.

Given the limitations of existing offerings, we believe there is a market opportunity for a comprehensive, integrated solution that helps organizations manage all aspects of their internal and external human capital and link talent management to their business strategy.

The Cornerstone OnDemand Answer

We deliver a comprehensive SaaS solution that consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for talent management analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation and delivery. We also provide consulting services for configuration, integration and training for our solution. We believe that our solution delivers the following benefits:

Comprehensive Functionality.   Our solution provides a comprehensive approach to learning and talent management by offering five integrated platforms to address all stages of the employee lifecycle: learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession management, and extended enterprise. Employees use our solution throughout their careers to engage in performance processes such as goal management, performance reviews, competency assessments and compensatory reviews; to complete job-specific and compliance-related training; to evaluate potential career changes, development plans or succession processes; and to connect with co-workers by leveraging enterprise social networking tools.

Our clients can manage processes that span different learning and talent management functions because our five platforms are tightly integrated. For example, our clients can automatically identify skill gaps as part of an employee’s performance review, assign training to address those gaps and monitor the results of that training. Also, clients can identify high potential employees for future leadership positions and place them in executive development programs.

We believe our comprehensive, integrated solution allows our clients to align their learning and talent management processes and practices with their broader strategic goals.

Flexible and Highly Configurable.   Our solution offers substantial configurability that allows clients to match the use of our software with their specific business processes and workflows. Our clients can configure our solution by business unit, division, department, region, location, job position, pay grade, cost center, or self-defined organizational unit. Our clients are able to adjust features to configure specific processes, such as performance review workflows or training approvals, to match their existing or desired practices. This high level of configurability means that custom coding projects generally are not required to meet the diverse needs of our clients.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our clients can deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination. As a result, our clients have the flexibility to purchase solely those platforms that solve their immediate talent management needs and can incrementally deploy additional platforms in the future as their needs evolve.

Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.    Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution. This ease of use limits the need for end-user training, which we believe increases user adoption rates and usage. While we typically train administrators, we have never been asked to conduct end-user training for any of our over 4.36 million users. We believe one of the reasons our solution is easy to use is that our entire solution has been developed by us, rather than being the byproduct of acquired technologies, which allows us to provide a consistent user interface and functionality.
Software-as-a-Service Solution Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.   Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments in implementation time, personnel, hardware, and consulting that are typical of legacy solutions. With a single code base to maintain, we are able to release improved functionality on a quarterly basis. This is a more rapid pace than most legacy solution providers can afford to deliver.
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.   Our solution has been in use by Fortune 100 companies since 2001. While the complex needs of these global corporations required us to build a solution that can scale to support large, geographically-distributed employee bases, our solution is capable of supporting deployments of any size. Today we service 8 multi-national corporations with over 150,000 employees each. Our largest deployment is for over 700 , 000 users and our smallest is for 125 users.
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development.   We work collaboratively with our clients on an ongoing basis to develop almost every part of our solution. The vast majority of our thousands of software features were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to empower people, organizations, and communities with our comprehensive learning and talent management solution. Key elements of our strategy include:

Retain and Expand Business with Existing Clients.   We believe our existing installed base of clients offers a substantial opportunity for growth.

Focus on Client Success, Retention and Growth.   We believe focusing on our clients’ success will lead to our own success. We developed a documented and formalized Client Success Framework that governs our operational model. Since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate. We strive to maintain our strong retention rates by continuing to provide our clients with high levels of service and support.
Sell Additional Platforms to Existing Clients.   We believe there is a significant growth opportunity in selling additional functionality to our existing clients. Our clients on average implement two of the five platforms of our solution in their initial deployments. Many clients have subsequently deployed additional platforms as they recognize the benefits of our comprehensive solution. We intend to continue to sell additional platforms and services to our existing clients.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Strengthen Current Sales Channels.   We intend to increase our investments in both direct and indirect sales channels to acquire new clients.

Aggressively Invest in Direct Sales in North America.   We believe that the market for learning and talent management is large and remains underpenetrated. As a result, we plan to grow both our enterprise and mid-market direct sales teams.
Expand and Strengthen Our Alliances.   We intend to grow our distribution channels through key alliances, including the continued expansion of our regional relationships with distributors like CDP Group, Limited (China), Ceridian Canada Ltd. (Canada), Enable Education International LLC (Brazil), Kalleo Learning (South Africa), Neoris de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico), T2 Optimise PTY Ltd. (Australia) and Xchanging HR Services Limited (UK). We plan to continue to extend our distribution through ADP by further enabling ADP’s global sales force; to date, we have enabled the sales forces of two of ADP’s business units.
Significantly Grow Our EMEA Operation.   We believe a substantial opportunity exists to continue to grow sales of our solution internationally, particularly in Europe. We intend to grow our Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, operations, which provide for direct sales, alliances, services and support in the region. We have grown our EMEA client base from 1 client on January 1, 2007 to 56 clients at September 30, 2010.

Target New Markets.   We believe substantial demand for our solution exists in industry sectors and geographic regions that have not been areas of focus to date.

Public Sector.   We recently began selling to the public sector and intend to grow our public sector sales operations to target federal, state, and local government opportunities, as well as higher education and K-12 institutions.
Small- and Medium-Sized Businesses.   We intend to expand our ability to service small businesses by creating Cornerstone Team Edition. We plan to build a small and medium business, or SMB, sales team to target companies with less than 250 employees. We also plan to build alliances to increase our distribution capabilities in the SMB segment.
Asia Pacific.   We expect to build sales and service operations in Asia Pacific that are modeled after our EMEA operations.

Continue to Innovate and Extend Our Technological Leadership.   We believe we have developed over the last decade a deep understanding of the learning and talent management challenges faced by our clients. We continually collaborate with our clients to build extensive functionality that addresses their specific needs and requests. We plan to continue to use our expertise in learning and talent management and client relationships to develop new applications, features and functionality which will enhance our solution and expand our addressable market.

Make Cornerstone Built to Last.   Our growth strategy since inception has been deliberate, disciplined and focused on long-term success. This has allowed us to weather periods of economic turmoil and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to take the same systematic approach in the future.

We are also committed to empowering our employees and the communities around us, in part demonstrated by our creation of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation.

Our Solution

We offer a comprehensive learning and talent management solution that our clients use to develop, connect, evaluate and engage their employees, customers, vendors and distributors. We deliver our solution on-demand to our clients who access it over the Internet using a standard web browser. We built our solution using a single code base and a multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that we host in our data centers. Our solution primarily consists of five platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

extended enterprise. These platforms can be purchased individually, and additional platforms can be added easily. We also offer a number of cross-platform tools for analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation.

Our Platforms

Cornerstone Learning.   Our learning management platform helps clients deliver and manage enterprise training and development programs. It links employee development to other parts of the talent management lifecycle, including performance management and succession planning. Cornerstone Learning supports all forms of training, including instructor-led training, e-learning and virtual classroom sessions. We have made tens of thousands of online training titles from over 20 global e-learning vendors accessible through Cornerstone Learning to help clients reduce overall training expense and cost-effectively migrate to blended learning curricula of online and instructor-led training. Clients use Cornerstone Learning to:

manage local and global compliance programs, including the tracking of any recurring or non-recurring license, designation, certification, or other compliance-related training and continuing education requirements;
administer on-boarding programs and orientation for new hires;
access thousands of e-learning classes from our existing off-the-shelf content providers;
create, publish and deliver the client’s own proprietary training content with our authoring tools;
automate the administration of instructor-led training sessions, and launch and track virtual classrooms through integrations with third-party tools like Cisco Webex and Microsoft LiveMeeting;
deliver sophisticated curricula that can include multiple sequenced parts, multiple types of training and enforcement of pre-requisites and follow-up assignments; and
report on costs, participation levels and evaluations of development programs through permission-based dashboards, standard reports and custom reports.

Cornerstone Connect.   Cornerstone Connect brings enterprise social networking technologies to talent management to enable workplace collaboration, improve employee performance and drive innovation from client and distributor communities. Clients also use Cornerstone Connect to manage social or informal learning and expand their training and development programs beyond traditional classroom, e-learning or virtual classroom instruction. Cornerstone Connect is a social collaboration toolset that allows organizations and employees to:

build and search rich user profiles;
join and participate in specific communities of practice, as defined by the organization;
locate other employees around the organization who have specific expertise or institutional memory;
participate in discussions, send messages, contribute to corporate wikis, author blogs and download audio and videocasts;
subscribe to RSS and other types of information feeds; and
create online communities to support and engage alumni networks, both to capture organizational memory and knowledge as employees leave the organization and to maintain relations with alumni.

Cornerstone Performance.   Our employee performance management platform allows clients to direct and measure performance at the individual, departmental and organizational level through ongoing competency management, organizational goal setting, performance appraisal, compensation management and development planning. Performance data can also be used by

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Cornerstone Learning platform to set training priorities and by the Cornerstone Succession platform to make informed workforce planning decisions. Clients use of Cornerstone Performance to:

cascade, track and report goals across the organization to improve business execution and proactively manage organizational objectives;
identify competency and skill gaps within an organization through manager and peer assessments, using either the clients’ own proprietary models or third-party competency models;
automate the annual and interim review process, benefit from a configurable workflow engine to design review questions and steps, automatically include the reviewee’s individual goals and competencies, provide managers with a comment assistant and calibrate review scores;
develop a pay-for-performance culture, aligning compensation allocation decisions with actual employee performance and goal achievement;
allow managers to work with employees to develop personalized development plans or dynamically create individualized development plans based on competency gaps; and
view dashboards or generate reports and meaningful data on every phase of the performance management cycle.

Cornerstone Succession.   Our succession and career management platform enables clients to make informed decisions about succession planning, potential organizational changes and retention of high-potential employees. Cornerstone Succession can be used by senior management for traditional succession planning related to high-level managers and executives as well as by employees to provide more input on possible career paths within the organization. Cornerstone Succession benefits from integration with other platforms in the solution, drawing performance data from Cornerstone Performance and enabling leadership development planning with Cornerstone Learning. Clients use Cornerstone Succession to:

develop and model succession plans, not only for the top level of executive leadership, but also deeper into their management hierarchy;
run internal recruiting scenarios to match available job openings with candidate skills, prior job roles, education, diversity, performance, potential and retention risk;
build and track talent pools around specific competencies, skills or job positions;
empower employees to take more active roles in their career development within the organization, allowing them to express career preferences and chart their current capabilities against those required for other jobs in a particular career path;
produce graphical, interactive organizational charts that not only reflect the current hierarchy of the organization or a specific business unit but also allow for modeling potential changes; and
view dashboards or generate reports on talent metrics, succession planning, internal recruiting and career management activities.

Cornerstone Extended Enterprise.   Our extended enterprise platform helps clients extend learning and talent management to their customers, vendors and distributors. Cornerstone Extended Enterprise enables clients to develop new profit centers, increase sales, cut support costs and boost channel productivity. Clients use Cornerstone Extended Enterprise to:

administer for-profit training programs to their own customers more effectively, providing them with a delivery platform, an automated registration system and e-commerce tools;
improve strategic partner enablement with better training, online best practice centers and more readily-available information on products and services;

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increase customer engagement through social collaboration, virtual communities, educational programs and the enablement of customer-driven product innovation initiatives;
manage distributor certification programs; and
deliver training and targeted information to members of trade associations or other member-based organizations.

Cross-Platform Tools

There are a number of capabilities of our solution that cross all five platforms. These include:

Analytics, Reporting, and Dashboards.   Our solution employs a proprietary reporting engine. In addition to over 80 included standard reports, the platform includes a custom reporting tool that allows clients to create highly specific reports. Our solution also includes dashboard technology to present graphical views of complex data.
MyTeam.   MyTeam enables managers to access all employee information, development activities, compliance status, performance data, succession plans, social collaboration updates and action items for team members from a single, highly graphical view. Managers may view information for their direct reporting employees or other employees in their organization.
Talent Profiles.   Managers can access integrated Talent Profiles to review key employee data in several locations across our solution. Talent Profiles function as employee identification cards, detailing user record information, performance ratings, succession management data, Cornerstone Connect activity and informal manager comments. These profiles are available throughout our solution where quick access to information is desired, including in performance reviews, organizational charts, succession plans, compensation plans and user record editing.
On-Boarding.   Our on-boarding solution enables organizations to reduce time-to-productivity for new hires by integrating employees into their new environments more quickly and thoroughly. Organizations are able to assign new hire curricula and compliance training dynamically, inserting new employees into performance management processes, managing routine new hire paperwork, and engaging employees through online social collaboration communities, which can be organized by functional area or business unit.
E-Learning Content Aggregation.   We have entered into distributor relationships with many off-the-shelf e-learning content vendors. This enables us to provide access to tens of thousands of e-learning classes for distribution across our solution. E-learning, like other forms of training, can be delivered in conjunction with development plans, competency assessments, succession planning scenarios, talent pools and career path exploration.

Editions

We currently offer two editions of our solution to meet the needs of organizations of different sizes. The Cornerstone Enterprise Edition is primarily geared to organizations with over 3,000 employees and is our most fully-featured and configurable offering. The Cornerstone Business Edition is primarily aimed at organizations with 250 to 3,000 employees and is substantially pre-configured to meet the needs of mid-sized organizations. The Cornerstone Team Edition, now in development, will be targeted to organizations with fewer than 250 employees. All of these editions are built on the same software code base.

Consulting Services

We offer comprehensive services to our clients to assist in the successful implementation of our solution and to optimize our clients’ use of our solution during the terms of their engagements. Most of our consulting services are offered on a time-and-material basis at a blended hourly rate for all services. However, we charge fixed fees for some integration service projects and training classes.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

With our SaaS model, we have eliminated the need for lengthy and complex technology integrations, such as customizing software code, deploying equipment or maintaining unique delivery models or hardware infrastructure for individual clients. As a result, we typically deploy our solution in significantly less time than required for similar deployments of legacy software. Our consulting services include:

Implementation Services.   We deploy our solution to clients through a documented process of discovery, design, and configuration. Most enterprise implementations require services for systems integration, data loading, and software configuration, as well as support with change management. For small and mid-sized clients, our solution can be implemented in a matter of days or weeks. For larger enterprise enterprises, implementation typically takes three to four months.
Integration Services.   We provide a range of services and self-service tools to load data into a client’s portal and to integrate our solution with our client’s existing systems. Integration services include data feeds to and from HR information systems and enterprise resource planning systems, single sign on, historical data loads and integration of proprietary content.
Content Services.   We offer e-learning content consulting services, including training needs analysis, content selection and curriculum design. In addition, we help clients manage their e-learning vendors, and we maintain an aggregated library of third-party online training classes in support of our clients.
Business Consulting Services.   We provide business consulting services for existing and prospective clients, such as business process mapping, guidance on industry best practices and project management services. We expect to add additional business consulting services in the future based on client demand.
Educational Services.   We provide product training to our clients during implementations and on an ongoing basis. We offer multiple forms of training, including custom classroom training, virtual instructor-led training, and asynchronous online training. Our training covers all aspects of administering and managing our solution. In addition, our Educational Services team offers live coaching and custom content development support for clients.

Account Services

We are dedicated to the success of our clients. We have developed a Client Success Framework which governs our operational model, the structure of our Account Services team and the types of services necessary at each stage of a client’s lifecycle.

Within this framework, we have developed the roles with primary responsibility to our clients at various levels of their organization:

Account Managers who interact with executive-level sponsors at a client and are focused on the overall relationship, sales to existing clients and client business concerns;
Client Success Managers who work directly with clients to maximize the value of their investment in our solution; and
Client Care Advisors who interact with client administrators and are focused on features and functions of our solution.

We believe this lifecycle-driven approach to client support and client success has contributed directly to our high client retention rate and high rankings for client satisfaction in independent research studies.

We offer support in multiple languages, at multiple levels, and through multiple channels, including global support coverage available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. We use our own Cornerstone Connect product to provide our clients and distributors with a virtual community to collaborate on product design, release management and best practices.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We monitor client satisfaction internally as part of formalized programs and at regular intervals during the client lifecycle, including during the transition from sales to implementation, at the completion of a consulting project and daily based on interactions with the Account Services team.

Clients

At September 30, 2010, we had over 410 clients with over 4.36 million registered users in 164 countries. Some of our significant clients across a variety of different industries include:

Business Services
ADP, Inc.
Kelly Services, Inc.
Xchanging UK Ltd.

Financial Services
Barclays Bank PLC
Deutsche Bank AG
Société Générale

Insurance
Aon Service Corporation
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Non-Profits
International Federation of Red Cross
Save the Children
Teach for America

Retail & Travel
Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc.
United Supermarkets, Ltd.
Walgreen Co.

 

Education & Publishing
Kaplan Higher Education Corporation
Pearson, Inc.
Scholastic, Inc.

Healthcare
BJC HealthCare
Carilion Clinic
Legacy Health System

Media & Communications
EchoStar Corporation
Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.
Virgin Media Limited

Public Sector
County of San Mateo
Manchester Airport plc
State of Nebraska

Technology
Flextronics International USA, Inc.
Invensys, Inc.
Microsoft Corporation

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Technology, Operations and Development

Technology

We designed our SaaS solution since inception with an on-demand architecture which our clients access via a standard web browser. Our solution uses a single code base, with all of our clients running on the current version of our solution. Our solution has been specifically built to deliver:

a consistent, intuitive end-user experience to limit the need for product training and to encourage high levels of end-user adoption and engagement;
modularity and flexibility, by allowing our clients to activate and implement virtually any combination of the features we offer;
high levels of configurability to enable our clients to mimic their existing business processes, workflows, and organizational hierarchies within our solution;
web services to facilitate the importing and exporting of data to and from other client systems, such as enterprise resource planning and human resource information system platforms;
scalability to match the needs of the largest global enterprises and to meet future client growth; and
rigorous security standards and high levels of system performance and availability demanded by our clients.

Our solution offers a localized user interface and currency conversion capabilities. It is currently available in the following languages: English (US), English (UK), Spanish (Spain), Spanish (Mexico), Portuguese (Portugal), Portuguese (Brazil), French (France), French (Canada), Italian, German, Dutch, Russian, Chinese Simplified, Thai, Japanese and Turkish.

Our solution is deployed using a multi-tenant and multi-user architecture, which provides our enterprise clients with their own instance of a database. We employ a modularized architecture to balance the load of clients on separate sub-environments, as well as to provide a flexible method for scalability without impacting other parts of the current environment. This architecture allows us to provide the high levels of uptime required by our clients. Our existing infrastructure has been designed with sufficient capacity to meet our current and future needs.

Security is of paramount importance to us due to the sensitive nature of employee data. We designed our solution to meet rigorous industry security standards and to assure clients that their sensitive data is protected across the system. We ensure high levels of security by segregating each client’s data from the data of other clients and by enforcing a consistent approach to roles and rights within the system. These restrictions limit system access to only those individuals authorized by our clients. We also employ multiple standard technologies, protocols and processes to monitor, test and certify the security of our infrastructure continuously, including periodic security audits and penetration tests conducted by our clients and third parties.

We are standardized on Microsoft .NET technologies and write the majority of our software in industry-standard software programming languages, such as C#. We use Web 2.0 technologies, such as AJAX, extensively to enhance the usability, performance, and overall user experience of our solution. Microsoft SQL Server is deployed for our relational database management system. Apart from these and other third-party components, our entire learning and talent management solution has been specifically built and upgraded by our in-house development team. We have not acquired or integrated any other third-party technology as the basis of any of our platforms.

Operations

We physically host our on-demand solution for our clients in two secure data center facilities, one located in El Segundo, California and the other located in London, United Kingdom. Both facilities are leased from Equinix, Inc. These facilities provide both physical security, including manned security 365 days a year, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, biometric access controls and systems security, including firewalls, encryption, redundant power and environmental controls.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our infrastructure includes firewalls, switches, routers, load balancers, IDS/IPS and application firewalls from Cisco Systems to provide the networking infrastructure and high levels of security for the environment. We use IBM Blade Center servers and rack-mounted servers to run our solution and Akamai Technologies’ Global Network of Edge Servers for content caching. We use storage area network (SAN) hardware from EMC at both data center locations. These SAN systems have been architected for high performance and data-loss protection, and we believe these systems have the capacity and scalability to enable us to grow for the foreseeable future.

Research and Development

The responsibilities of our research and development organization include product management, product development, quality assurance and technology operations. Our research and development organization is located primarily in our Santa Monica, California headquarters. We also employ a small, full-time team of quality assurance analysts and engineers in our Mumbai, India office. These employees are primarily responsible for patch and regression testing.

Our development methodology, in combination with our SaaS delivery model, allows us to release new and enhanced software features on a quarterly or more frequent basis. We follow a well-defined communications process to support our clients with release management. We patch our software on a bi-weekly basis. Based on feedback from our clients and prospects, we continuously develop new functionality while enhancing and maintaining our existing solution. We do not need to maintain multiple engineering teams to support different versions of the code because all of our clients are running on the current version of our solution.

Our research and development expenses were $1.8 million in 2007, $2.7 million in 2008, $2.8 million in 2009, and $2.0 million and $3.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We sell our solution and services both directly through our sales force in North America and Europe, and indirectly through our domestic and international network of distributors. We currently service clients in a wide range of industries with specific focus on business services, financial services, healthcare, insurance, manufacturing, retail, and high technology. We have a number of direct sales teams organized by market segment and geography, as follows:

Enterprise.   Our enterprise sales team focuses on the sale of Cornerstone Enterprise Edition to large enterprises with greater than 3,000 employees. This team is composed primarily of experienced solution sales executives, with an average tenure of 17 years in sales. We intend to continue to grow this team.
Mid-Market.   Our mid-market sales team sells Cornerstone Business Edition to organizations with 250 to 3,000 employees. We plan to grow this team with the addition of regional sales people throughout the U.S.
EMEA.   We have both enterprise and mid-market sales professionals based in core European markets, and we intend to add additional sales personnel throughout Europe.
Strategic Accounts.   We have a small strategic account team focused on the sale of Cornerstone Enterprise Edition to large multi-national corporations.
Public Sector.   Our public sector sales team targets federal, state & local government, as well as K-12 and higher education institutions. We recently formed this team, and we plan to grow it in the near term.
SMB.   While we do not have an SMB team today, we plan to form a telesales team to sell Cornerstone Team Edition to organizations with fewer than 250 employees.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our direct sales team is supported by product specialists who provide technical and product expertise to facilitate the sales process. Our sales enablement professionals provide ongoing professional development for the sales professionals to increase their effectiveness at selling in the field. We also maintain a separate team of account managers responsible for renewals and up-sales to existing clients, as described above.

Marketing

We manage demand generation programs, develop sales pipelines and enhance brand awareness through our marketing initiatives. Our marketing programs target HR executives, technology professionals and senior business leaders. Our principal marketing initiatives include:

Demand Generation.   Our demand generation activities include lead generation through email and direct mail campaigns, participation in industry events, securing event speaking opportunities, online marketing and search marketing.
Client and Distributor Marketing.   We market to our clients, including demand generation for additional sales opportunities, hosting of regional client user group meetings, and hosting of our annual Cornerstone Convergence global user conference. We also co-market with our strategic distributors, with programs including joint press announcements and demand generation activities.
Marketing Communications.   We undertake product marketing, media relations, corporate communications and analyst relations activities.
Regional Account Development.   We telemarket to, and prospect for, target accounts.

Strategic Relationships

We have entered into alliance agreements in order to expand our capabilities and geographic presence and provide our clients with access to specific types of content.

Outsourcing and Distribution Relationships

Following a highly competitive evaluation process, ADP selected us in 2009 as the provider of their learning and talent management solution. ADP resells our solution globally as ADP Talent Management through a five year distributor agreement. We view this strategic selection by ADP as validation by one of the world’s largest HR services companies of our approach to integrated talent management.

We also have developed a network of relationships with outsourcing, distribution, and referral partners to expand our reach and provide product and services sales through indirect channels. These include resale agreements with global vendors, as well as regional distributors such as CDP Group, Limited in China, Ceridian Canada Ltd. in Canada, Enable Education International LLC in Brazil, Kalleo Learning in South Africa, Neoris de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. in Mexico, T2 Optimise PTY Ltd. in Australia and Xchanging HR Services Limited in the UK. We expect to continue to add distributors to build our sales presence in certain geographic and vertical markets.

Consulting and Services Relationships

We have entered into alliance relationships with HR consulting firms to deliver consulting services, such as implementation and content development services, to clients. These include relationships with firms such as Intelladon Corporation and Logica Management Consulting (France).

Content and Product Relationships

We have developed distributor agreements with a wide range of vendors which provide off-the-shelf e-learning content and custom learning content development services. Through this network, we are able to offer an extensive library of online training content to our clients through our solution. Our content distributors for e-learning content include industry leaders such as Cegos SA, Corpedia, Inc., Element K Corporation, MindLeaders.com, Inc. and SkillSoft Corporation, as well as regional and vertically-focused online training providers. In addition, we have agreements with providers of specific competency models for use by our clients directly in our solution.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Competition

The market for learning and talent management software specifically, and for human resource technology generally, is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. This market is subject to changing technology, shifting client needs and frequent introductions of new products and services.

Most of our sales efforts are competitive, often involving requests for proposals, or RFPs. We compete primarily on the basis of providing a comprehensive, fully integrated solution for learning and talent management as opposed to specific service offerings.

In the learning management systems segment, our competitors include Plateau Systems, Saba Software and SumTotal Systems. Most of our competitors in this segment have multiple versions of legacy software, whereas we offer a single version of our SaaS solution. In this segment, we compete primarily based on:

total cost of ownership and implementation times;
our comprehensive approach to client service and focus on client success;
the ease of use of our solution and overall user experience;
the breadth of our solution to meet our clients’ current and evolving needs;
our ability to provide scalability and flexibility for large and complex global deployments;
our integration with third-party e-learning providers domestically and internationally; and
our ability to serve the extended enterprise of our clients’ partners, distributors, contractors, alumni, members, volunteers and customers.

In the employee performance management systems segment, our competitors include Halogen Software, Softscape, Stepstone and SuccessFactors. These vendors are, like us, largely SaaS providers. We compete in this segment primarily on the basis of:

the criticality of learning and development to an effective performance management program, relying on our strengths in both learning and performance management;
the quality of our service and focus on client success;
the breadth and depth of our product functionality;
the flexibility and configurability of our software to meet the changing content and workflow requirements of our clients’ business units;
the level of integration, configurability, security, scalability and reliability of our solution;
our vision of integrated learning and talent management, combined with our ability to innovate and respond to client needs rapidly; and
the demonstrable benefits and positive business impact our clients have experienced.

In addition, we compete with talent management solutions like Jive Software and Taleo that focus on specific aspects of talent management, such as social networking or applicant tracking. Most of our clients are seeking a broader talent management solution, but may combine our solution with a niche solution, such as one for applicant tracking.

We also compete with Oracle and SAP, though most of our enterprise clients have us integrate with their implementations of those enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. Relative to these ERP vendors, we compete on the basis of the breadth and depth of our solution in the area of learning and talent management and the ease of use of our solution.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and larger marketing budgets. For additional information, see “ Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed .”

The Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation

To demonstrate our commitment to empowering people and communities, we formed the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation, or the Foundation, in 2010. The Foundation seeks to empower communities in the United States and internationally by increasing the impact of the non-profit sector through the utilization of our learning and talent management solution and strategies.

The Foundation focuses its efforts on the areas of education, workforce development and disaster relief. We have enlisted the help of our employees, clients and distributors to support the Foundation in its efforts. The Foundation is designed to be self-sustaining over time through a variety of ongoing funding streams, such as donations, sponsorships and distribution fees. The Foundation will offer a number of programs to support non-profit initiatives, including:

Non-Profit Program.   The Foundation will offer non-profit clients our solution and services at a discount, in certain cases of up to 100%. We currently have direct agreements providing similar pricing with non-profit clients that we intend to transfer to the Foundation, including:

   
Education   Workforce Development   Disaster Relief
KIPP
New Teacher Project
Teach for America
  Goodwill
United Way
City Year
  Feeding America
Oxfam
Save the Children
HR Pro Bono Corps.   In our experience, non-profits often lack the capacity or HR resources to maximize the productivity of their employees and volunteers. In response, the Foundation is forming an HR Pro Bono Corps in partnership with the Taproot Foundation and our clients in order to match non-profits in need with HR professionals willing to consult on a voluntary basis.
Community Empowerment Initiatives.   To expand the Foundation’s reach, we have enabled our clients to support their own charitable initiatives by utilizing our solution at no cost for approved programs.
Strategic Initiatives.   One of the tenets of the Foundation is to match our expertise with community needs. The Foundation is creating strategic initiatives around the areas of volunteer management and teacher empowerment. The Foundation is working with our non-profit clients and other clients to develop a volunteer management system to meet the needs of both the non-profits using volunteers and the organizations supplying them. The Foundation will also work with its K-12 partners to build a teacher empowerment platform that disseminates best practices in teacher professional development across school districts.

We are currently finalizing the terms for our relationship with the Foundation.

Proprietary Rights

To safeguard our proprietary and intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws in the United States and in other jurisdictions, and on contractual restrictions. Our key assets include our software code and associated proprietary and intellectual property rights, in particular the trade secrets and know-how associated with our learning and talent management solution which we developed internally over the years. We were issued a patent for our software in 2003 which expires in 2021, we own registered trademarks and we will continue to evaluate the need for additional patents and trademarks. We have confidentiality and license agreements with employees, contractors, clients, distributors and other third parties, which limit access to and use of our proprietary information and software.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Though we rely in part upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees, creation of new modules, features, and functionality, collaboration with our clients, and frequent enhancements to our solution are larger contributors to our success in the marketplace.

Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer, or otherwise obtain portions of our product. Competitors may attempt to develop similar products that could compete in the same market as our products. Unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information by our employees or third parties could occur. Laws of other jurisdictions may not protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights from unauthorized use or disclosure in the same manner as the United States. The risk of unauthorized uses of our proprietary and intellectual property rights may increase as our company continues to expand outside of the United States.

Third-party infringement claims are also possible in our industry, especially as software functionality and features expand, evolve, and overlap with other industry segments. Current and future competitors, as well as non-practicing patent holders, could claim at any time that some or all of our software infringes on patents they now hold or might obtain or be issued in the future.

Seasonality

Our sales are seasonal in nature. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, as well as renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year. In addition, we sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter. We believe this seasonality is driven by several factors, most notably the tendency of procurement departments at our enterprise clients to purchase technology at the end of a quarter or calendar year, possibly in order to use up their available quarterly or annual funding allocations, or to be able to deploy new talent management capabilities prior to the beginning of a new financial or performance period. As the terms of most of our client agreements are measured in full year increments, agreements initially entered into the fourth quarter or last month of any quarter will generally come up for renewal at that same time in subsequent years.

Business Segment and Geographical Information

We operate in a single operating segment. For geographic financial information, see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements.

Litigation

From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of our business activities. In addition, from time to time, third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us in the form of letters and other forms of communication. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, prospects, cash flows, financial position or brand.

Employees

At September 30, 2010 we had 291 employees, which is a 50% increase from 194 employees at September 30, 2009. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. Internally, we strive to empower our people by using our solution to on-board, develop, connect, align, assess, retain and promote our own employees.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Facilities

Our principal offices are located Santa Monica, California where we occupy approximately 30,000 square feet of space under two subleases that expire in November 2011. We have additional facilities in London, Paris, Munich and Mumbai and we are currently in the process of renegotiating an agreement for existing facilities in Tel Aviv. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors at September 30, 2010:

   
Name   Age   Position
Executive Officers and Directors:
                 
Adam L. Miller     41       President and Chief Executive Officer, Director  
Perry A. Wallack     41       Chief Financial Officer  
Steven D. Seymour     41       Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts  
Vincent Belliveau     34       General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa  
David J. Carter     47       Vice President of Sales  
Mark Goldin     49       Chief Technology Officer  
R. C. Mark Baker (1) (2)     64       Director  
Harold W. Burlingame (1) (2)     70       Director  
Byron B. Deeter (3)     36       Director  
James McGeever (1) (2)     43       Director  
Neil G. Sadaranganey (3)     41       Director  
Robert D. Ward (3)     43       Director  
Key Employees:
                 
Kirsten Maas Helvey     40       Vice President of Consulting Services  
Frank A. Ricciardi     39       Vice President of Global Account Services  
Julie Norquist Roy     43       Vice President of Marketing  
David L. Somers     38       Vice President of Alliances and Strategy  

(1) Member of the audit committee
(2) Member of the compensation committee
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers and Directors

Adam L. Miller founded the company and has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 1999 and a member of our board of directors since May 1999. In addition to strategy, sales and operations, Mr. Miller has led our product development efforts since our inception. Prior to founding Cornerstone, Mr. Miller was an investment banker with Schroders plc, a financial services firm. Since its formation, Mr. Miller has served as the Chairman of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation, which leverages Cornerstone’s expertise, solutions and partner ecosystem to help empower communities. Mr. Miller also writes and speaks extensively about talent management and on-demand software. Mr. Miller holds a J.D. from the School of Law of the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA), an M.B.A. from UCLA’s Anderson School of Business, a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania (Penn) and a B.S. from Penn’s Wharton School of Business. He also earned C.P.A. and Series 7 certifications. We believe that Mr. Miller possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his operational expertise and the historical knowledge and perspective he has gained as our Chief Executive Officer and one of our founders.

Perry A. Wallack co-founded the company and has served as our Vice President of Finance, and later as our Chief Financial Officer, since August 1999. Prior to co-founding the company, from 1998 to 1999, Mr. Wallack was a Business Manager with Grant, Tani, Barish and Altman, Inc., a business management firm. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Wallack held several roles including, Staff Accountant (in both Audit and Tax), Senior Accountant (in both Audit and Tax) and Manager in Business Management at Ernst & Young LLP, an auditing firm. Mr. Wallack holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor and earned his C.P.A. (inactive) in 1996.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Steven D. Seymour co-founded the company and has served as our Vice President of Strategic Accounts, and later as our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts, since January 2001. Prior to co-founding the company, Mr. Seymour was a Vice President in the High Net Worth group of Schroder plc, a financial services firm. Mr. Seymour holds a B.S. in Economics and a B.A. in English from the University of Southern California.

Vincent Belliveau has served as our General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, since June 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Belliveau served as the North East Europe Director of the Master Data Management and Information Integration Solutions division of International Business Machines Corporation, a technology systems and services company, from July 2005 to May 2007, and its EMEA Sales Director for its WebSphere Product Center Software from September 2004 to July 2005. In addition, from May 2002 until September 2004, Mr. Belliveau served as the European Sales Director at Trigo Technologies, Inc. Mr. Belliveau received his Commerce Baccalaureate (B.Com) from McGill University, where he majored in Accounting and Finance.

David J. Carter has served as our Vice President of Sales since June 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Carter served as Vice President of Sales at Accenture BPO Services, a wholly owned subsidiary of Accenture LLC, from June 2006 to June 2008, and Savista Corporation, which was acquired by Accenture LLC, from October 2004 to June 2006, both of which were human resource outsourcing services providers. Previously, Mr. Carter served as Vice President of Sales at Ceridian Corporation, a human resource services company, from July 2000 to October 2004. Prior to Ceridian, Mr. Carter was Vice President of Sales at ProBusiness Services, Inc., a provider of payroll and benefits administration solutions. Mr. Carter holds a B.A. in Economics from Clark University.

Mark Goldin has served as our Chief Technology Officer since June 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Goldin served as Chief Technology Officer at DestinationRx, Inc., a healthcare data management company, from September 2009 to June 2010. From August 2005 to September 2008, Mr. Goldin was Chief Operations and Technology Officer at Green Dot Corporation, a financial services company. Prior to Green Dot, from December 1992 to August 2005, Mr. Goldin served as Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Thomson Elite, a provider of technology solutions for professional services firms and currently part of Thomson Reuters Corporation.

R.C. Mark Baker has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Mr. Baker is the founder of Touchstone Systems, Inc., a company that supplies voice over internet protocol, or VoIP, international voice termination services and hosted OSS services, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since September 2003. Mr. Baker has a long history of working in the telecommunications industry, serving as an officer or director of various companies including Ionex Telecommunications, Inc., Birch Telecommunications, USA Global Link GmbH and British Telecom, and held various senior positions with AT&T Corp., including Executive Vice President International, Vice President and General Manager-International Services, Vice President Strategy, as well serving as a member of AT&T’s senior management team. Mr. Baker has also served as a director of British Telecom Satellite Services, British Telecom Marine, NIS (Japan), McCaw Cellular USA, British Telecom Syncordia, AT&T Submarine Systems, Alestra (Mexico) and Telecom Italia. We believe that Mr. Baker possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience leading and managing technology companies and his past service as a director of other technology companies.

Harold W. Burlingame has been a member of our board of directors since March 2006. From December 2004 to July 2010, Mr. Burlingame served as Chairman of ORC Worldwide, Inc., a provider of human resource knowledge and solutions. In addition, since June 1998, Mr. Burlingame has served as a director of UniSource Energy Corporation, an owner of electric and gas service providers. Previously, Mr. Burlingame served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources for AT&T Corp., and as Senior Executive Advisor for AT&T Wireless. Mr. Burlingame received his B.A. in Communications from Muskingum College. We believe that Mr. Burlingame’s extensive experience in human resources and management qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Byron B. Deeter has been a member of our board of directors since May 2007. Since April 2005, Mr. Deeter has been employed by Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, where he currently serves as a Partner. Prior to joining Bessemer Venture Partners, Mr. Deeter served as a director at International Business Machines Corporation from April 2004 to April 2005. Before that, Mr. Deeter co-founded in Trigo Technologies, Inc. and held various positions there, including President and Chief Executive Officer, from January 2000 to November 2000, and Vice President, Business Development, from November 2000 to April 2004. Mr. Deeter holds a B.A. with honors from the University of California, Berkeley in political economies of industrial societies. Mr. Deeter currently serves on our board as a designee of Bessemer Venture Partners pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Deeter possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the venture capital industry and his years of business and leadership experience.

James McGeever has been a member of our board of directors since June 2010. Mr. McGeever has served as the Chief Operating Officer of NetSuite Inc., a provider of business management applications, since July 2010. Prior to this role, Mr. McGeever served as Netsuite’s Chief Financial Officer from June 2000 to June 2010 and as its Director of Finance from January 2000 to June 2000. Prior to joining Netsuite, Mr. McGeever was the Controller of Clontech Laboratories, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 1998 to 2000 and the Corporate Controller at Photon Dynamics, Inc., a capital equipment maker, from 1994 to 1998. Mr. McGeever holds a B.Sc. from the London School of Economics. We believe that Mr. McGeever possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the management of technology companies and his experience in the software industry and with SaaS.

Neil G. Sadaranganey has been a member of our board of directors since November 2007. Since July 2006, Mr. Sadaranganey has been a General Partner at Bay Partners, a venture capital firm, where he has led the firm’s software-as-a-service and Internet practice. Before joining Bay Partners, Mr. Sadaranganey held senior product management roles at Good Technology, Inc., a mobile device management products company, Sun Microsystems, Inc. and RealNetworks, Inc., where he ran the Enterprise group. Mr. Sadaranganey was part of the founding team of Afara Websystems Inc., which was acquired by Sun Microsystems in 2002. Mr. Sadaranganey holds a Bachelor of Applied Science in Systems Design Engineering from the University of Waterloo and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Business School. Mr. Sadaranganey currently serves on our board as a designee of Bay Partners pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Sadaranganey possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience with enterprise software and Internet companies, as well as his software product management and systems integration experience.

Robert D. Ward has been a member of our board of directors since January 2009. Since 1999, Mr. Ward has been a Managing Director of Meritech Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Ward received a B.A. in political economy from Williams College and a M.S. in management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Ward currently serves on our board as a designee of Meritech Capital pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Ward possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the venture capital industry.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Employees

Kirsten Maas Helvey has served as our Vice President of Consulting Services since April 2006. From March 2003 to October 2004, Ms. Helvey served as a Senior Account Manager. Prior to joining the company, from September 2002 to February 2003, Ms. Helvey served as a supply chain operations strategy consultant in the Business Consulting Services group of International Business Machines Corporation, a technology systems and services company. Prior to that, from February 1999 to September 2002, Ms. Helvey was a supply chain operations strategy consultant at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Ms. Helvey holds a B.A. in English Literature from Skidmore College.

Frank A. Ricciardi has served as our Vice President of Global Account Services since June 2007. From March 2005 to June 2007, Mr. Ricciardi was our Director of Account Management. Prior to joining us, from January 2004 to November 2004, Mr. Ricciardi was a Senior Principal at Convergys Corporation, a management services company. Beginning in September 2000, Mr. Ricciardi held several positions at DigitalThink, Inc., including Alliance Manager, Strategic Account Manager, Strategic Account Director and Regional Vice President of Services before it was acquired by Convergys Corporation. Mr. Ricciardi holds a B.S. in Finance and Economics from Drexel University.

Julie Norquist Roy has served as our Vice President of Marketing since March 2008. Before assuming that position, from January 2007 to March 2008, Ms. Norquist Roy served as our Director of Marketing. Prior to joining us, from November 1999 to January 2006, Ms. Norquist Roy held the role of Vice President of Marketing, EMEA for InStranet, Inc., a knowledge management software company. Ms. Norquist Roy holds a B.A. in Social Sciences and International Relations from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the Thunderbird School of Global Management.

David L. Somers has served as our Vice President of Alliances and Strategy since July 2009. Before assuming that position, Mr. Somers served as our Senior Director of Strategy and Research from January 2008 to July 2009 and as our Senior Director, Consulting Services from January 2006 to January 2008. Prior to joining us, from November 2004 to January 2006, Mr. Somers served as Manager, Strategy Consulting at Ariba Inc., a business commerce solutions company. In addition, from May 2003 to November 2004, Mr. Somers served as Manager, Technology at the Walt Disney Company, a media and entertainment company. Mr. Somers holds an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management of the University of California, Los Angeles, as well as a B.S. in Kinesiology from Indiana University.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors, executive officers or key employees.

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members, six of whom will qualify as “independent” according to the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

The Class I directors will be Messrs.       ,       and       and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011;
The Class II directors will be Messrs.     and       and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and
The Class III directors will be Messrs.     and       and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business; reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans; and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to conduct an annual self-evaluation at the end of each fiscal year, which will include a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors will have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and, following the completion of this offering, through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee will discuss with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee will oversee risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees will report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee will have the composition and primary responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance and approves the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors; discusses with management and the independent auditors the scope and the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements; reviews our critical accounting policies and practices; monitors the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters; reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance. The current members of our audit committee are Messrs. Baker, Burlingame and McGeever, with Mr. McGeever serving as the chairman of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. McGeever is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under applicable NASDAQ rules and regulations. All members of our audit committee are independent under applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules and regulations. The audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also administers our equity compensation plans and annually reviews the compensation committee charter and the committee’s performance. The current members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Baker, Burlingame and McGeever, with Mr. Burlingame serving as the chairman of the committee. All of the members of our compensation committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ and meet the definition of outside directors under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors, overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to our board concerning governance matters and overseeing the board evaluation process. The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Deeter, Sadaranganey and Ward, with Mr. Deeter serving as the chairman of the committee. All of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ. The nominating and corporate governance committee does not have a formal diversity policy in place but will consider diversity of relevant experience, expertise and background, among other factors, in identifying nominees for directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other principal executive and senior officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.csod.com . We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Director Compensation

Directors who are employees or affiliated with significant stockholders do not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors. Each non-employee director who is not affiliated with a significant stockholder receives $1,000 per meeting of the board of directors attended in person and $500 per meeting attended telephonically. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2009, each non-employee director who was not affiliated with a significant stockholder was granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $1.26, the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board. Each option will vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Beginning on   , each non-employee director who is not affiliated with a significant stockholder will be entitled to receive $   per meeting of the board of directors attended in person and $   per meeting attended telephonically. In addition, each such non-employee director serving on our audit committee, compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee will be

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

entitled to an additional $  , $  , and $  , respectively, for each committee meeting attended in person and an additional $  , $  , and $  , respectively, for each committee meeting attended telephonically.

In addition to compensation described above, each new non-employee director who joins our board after the completion of this offering will be granted an initial stock option award to purchase      shares of our common stock upon election to our board. All non-employee directors will receive, on the date of each of our annual stockholder meetings after the completion of this offering, an annual stock option award to purchase    shares of our common stock . The exercise price of each such option will be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Each initial stock option award will vest in equal increments on the              anniversary of the date the director joined the board, and each annual stock option award will similarly vest in equal increments on the              anniversary of the date of grant.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2009.

     
  Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
  Option
Awards (1)
  Total
Harold W. Burlingame   $ 5,500     $ 17,860     $ 23,360  
Mark Baker   $ 5,500     $ 17,860     $ 23,360  
Robert Ward                  
Byron Deeter                  
Neil Sadaranganey                  

(1) Amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted during fiscal year 2009 computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718, Stock Compensation. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

At December 31, 2009, each of our non-employee directors held the following options:

 
Name   Shares
Subject to
Outstanding
Options
Harold W. Burlingame     100,000  
Mark Baker     125,000  
Robert Ward      
Byron Deeter      
Neil Sadaranganey      

On September 20, 2010, our board granted non-employee director James McGeever an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.76, the fair market value of our common stock on that date as determined by our board. The option was granted pursuant to our standard form of early exercise stock option agreement under the terms of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. On September 23, 2010, Mr. McGeever exercised his stock option in full and currently holds 60,000 shares of our common stock. If Mr. McGeever’s service as a member of our board terminates for any reason, we have a right to repurchase his shares within 90 days of his termination. Our right to repurchase Mr. McGeever’s shares lapses as to 1/3 of such shares on the first anniversary of vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of such shares each month thereafter, on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date, such that the repurchase right will have lapsed as to all of his shares on the third anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. McGeever’s continued service on our board on each such date. Upon the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan), our right to repurchase Mr. McGeever’s shares will lapse as to all shares that remain subject to our repurchase right at the time the change of control occurs. For a description of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, see “ Employee Benefit and Stock Plans — 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information about the material components of our compensation program for our named executive officers, or NEOs. Our NEOs for 2009 were Adam Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer; Perry Wallack, Chief Financial Officer; Steven Seymour, Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts; David Carter, Vice President of Sales; and Vincent Belliveau, General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa.

General Compensation Philosophy

Our general compensation philosophy is to provide programs that attract, retain and motivate key employees who are critical to our long-term success. We strive to provide a compensation package to our executives that is competitive, rewards the achievement of our business objectives, and aligns executive and stockholder interests by enabling our executives to acquire equity ownership in our business.

Compensation Decision Process

From May 2007 to July 2010, our compensation programs were administered by Messrs. Deeter, Burlingame and Miller who were serving on our Compensation Committee. While the Compensation Committee is responsible for the administration of our compensation programs and makes compensation recommendations and determinations for all executives, our entire board has continued to play an active role in making compensation decisions, and many aspects of our compensation programs have been decided by both the Compensation Committee and the other members of our board. Historically, at the outset of the annual compensation decision process, our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, reviewed the compensation of our executive management team (including the NEOs) and made recommendations to the other members of the Compensation Committee with respect to base salary and bonus and commission targets for the executives. With respect to his own compensation, the CEO discussed the matter with the other members of the Compensation Committee and made recommendations based on the factors described below. The board and the other members of the Compensation Committee retained the authority to accept or reject the CEO’s compensation recommendations for all executive officers, including the CEO, and often made adjustments to the recommendations when determining appropriate compensation levels. Decisions regarding the CEO’s compensation were made by the board outside the CEO’s presence. To control expenditures and effectively allocate our limited resources, we did not historically engage compensation consultants or establish formal benchmark processes against any set of peer-group companies. Rather, the Compensation Committee and the board based their compensation decisions on a number of factors, including the recommendations of the CEO, which often took into account: relative compensation levels within our company; then-current market conditions; and compensation paid to executives with similar responsibilities at comparable companies based on information provided by executive recruiters familiar with the industries in which we compete for talent and certain compensation studies prepared by Bessemer Venture Partners and Bay Partners, each of which is represented on our board and one of whom is on our Compensation Committee, comparing compensation levels among their respective portfolio companies. In determining compensation for 2009 and 2010, the Compensation Committee and the board relied on the factors discussed above.

In August 2010, the board reconstituted our Compensation Committee to include only directors who satisfy the independence criteria applicable to public companies. We are also commencing discussions with compensation consultants from whom we may obtain relevant compensation data and analysis in the future. Upon the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter adopted by our board, which establishes the duties and authority of the Compensation Committee. The fundamental responsibilities of the Compensation Committee as set forth in the charter will be, among other things:

to provide oversight of our executive compensation policies, plans and benefit programs, including recommending improvements or changes to such policies, plans and programs to our board;

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to review and approve, for each of our executive officers including our CEO: annual base salary; annual incentive bonus, including specific goals and payouts; equity compensation; employment agreements, if any; severance arrangements and change in control arrangements; and any other benefits, compensations or arrangements;
to oversee and administer our equity compensation plans; and
to review and discuss with management any risks arising from our compensation policies and practices.

Components of NEO Compensation

The compensation program for our NEOs consists of:

base salary;
short-term incentives, specifically sales commissions and quarterly bonuses for commissioned NEOs (Messrs. Carter and Belliveau) and annual bonuses for non-commissioned NEOs (Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack);
long-term incentives (equity awards);
broad-based employee benefits; and
severance and change of control benefits.

We believe the combination of these elements provide a compensation package that attracts and retains qualified individuals, links individual performance to our performance, focuses the NEOs’ efforts on the achievement of both our short-term and long-term objectives as a company, and aligns the NEOs’ interests with those of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee and the board determine the appropriate use and weight of each component of NEO compensation based on their views of the relative importance of each component in achieving our overall objectives and position-specific objectives relevant to each NEO.

Base Salary

We provide a base salary to our NEOs to compensate them for services rendered on a day-to-day basis. The following table provides the base salaries of our NEOs for 2009 and 2010:

   
Named Executive Officer   2009 Base Salary (1)   2010 Base Salary (2)
Adam Miller   $ 275,000     $ 310,000  
Vincent Belliveau   $ 225,007 (3)     $ 258,584 (4)  
Dave Carter   $ 225,000     $ 230,000  
Steven Seymour   $ 275,000     $ 285,000  
Perry Wallack   $ 225,000     $ 240,000  

(1) Each NEO had the same base salary in 2008 and 2009.
(2) The amounts reflect the NEO salary increases effective in March 2010 and, in the case of Mr. Belliveau, in July 2010. See below for more details.
(3) This amount reflects a base salary of €160,000, which has been converted into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when payments were made.
(4) This amount reflects a base salary of €180,000, which has been converted into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.43658 per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2010.

The 2009 base salaries were set by the Compensation Committee and the board in the manner discussed above and reflect our status as a private company. The non-employee members of our board determined our CEO’s base salary, and the Compensation Committee and board determined the salaries of the other NEOs. These decisions were based on the compensation factors described above under the heading “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process .”

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In March 2010, our Compensation Committee and board decided to increase the salary of Messrs. Miller, Carter, Seymour and Wallack. In making this decision, the Compensation Committee and board considered the contributions that would be necessary from each NEO to prepare us to operate as a public company, and determined that salary increases for certain NEOs would be appropriate in order to provide them with additional incentives and further align their interests with our stockholders. In addition, effective July 1, 2010, our Compensation Committee and board decided to increase Mr. Belliveau’s base salary to reflect his additional responsibilities in connection with the creation of our United Kingdom subsidiary. For some NEOs, it is likely that an additional increase will be necessary to bring their salary levels more in line with salary levels of executives at publicly held corporations in our industry.

Short-Term Incentives (Cash Bonuses and Sales Commissions)

Our short-term incentive program seeks to balance our NEOs’ focus on our company goals as well as reward their individual performance through the use of an executive compensation plan and separate sales commission plans, as appropriate for each NEO’s position. Each of Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack participate in an executive compensation plan, under which bonuses may be earned upon our achievement of specified performance goals. Considering their sales positions within our organization, Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter participate in individualized sales commission plans that are similar to the plans used for all of our sales employees as described below. Both our executive compensation plan and our executive sales commission plans are treated as “non-equity incentive plan compensation” for purposes of the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table below.

Executive Compensation Plan

For 2009, the Compensation Committee and the board established an executive compensation plan for Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack. Under the terms of the executive compensation plan, each NEO was entitled to receive a bonus that would vary in size depending on our success in meeting certain performance thresholds and targets with respect to a number of different performance metrics. No bonus payout for a particular performance metric would be earned unless the performance threshold for that metric was met and bonus payouts would be calculated linearly for achievement between threshold and target. Target bonus amounts represented the amounts that would have been payable to Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack if we had met our full performance target with respect to each performance metric. However, to the extent that our actual performance exceeded the full performance target with respect to a particular performance metric, our board retained the discretion to increase the bonus amount attributable to that metric. The Compensation Committee and the board determined these target bonus amounts based on the compensation factors described above under the heading “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis —  Compensation Decision Process .” The Compensation Committee and the board deliberately set the 2009 performance targets for the target bonus amounts at levels that would be difficult to achieve even if 2009 performance results significantly exceeded 2008 performance results and also established performance thresholds to ensure that no bonuses would be paid unless we achieved a significant level of performance. The following table shows the 2009 target bonus amounts as a percentage of base salary for each of Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack.

 
Named Executive Officer   Target Bonus
Amount (as a
percentage of
base salary)
Adam Miller     50 %  
Steven Seymour     50 %  
Perry Wallack     50 %  

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The performance metrics to which these targets and thresholds related include:

Contracted monthly recurring revenue, or CMRR (defined as the sum of the total amount of minimum recurring revenue contractually committed under each of our client agreements over the entire term of the agreement, but excluding nonrecurring support, consulting and maintenance fees under those agreements, divided by the number of months in the term), with a 50% weighting;
Operating yield (calculated as invoices issued to clients during the year less all expenses paid during the year, including capital expenditures but excluding debt-related expenses), with a 30% weighting; and
Churn (determined based on the reductions, if any, to CMRR during the year), with a 20% weighting.

The Compensation Committee and board determined that these performance metrics and changes in the mix of recurring and non-recurring revenue were appropriate measurements of our performance, as CMRR measures sales performance, operating yield measures operating efficiency and cash management, and churn measures client retention.

For 2009, the performance targets for CMRR, operating yield and churn were $2.7 million, $1.0 million and negative $0.08 million, respectively, and the performance thresholds for CMRR, operating yield and churn were $2.3 million, negative $1.0 million and negative $0.1 million, respectively.

In early 2010, the board and Compensation Committee reviewed the 2009 performance metrics to determine the level of achievement in relation to each performance target and threshold amount. Based on this review, the board and the Compensation Committee determined that the actual performance achieved in 2009 for CMRR, operating yield and churn was $2.5 million, $0.004 million and negative $0.08 million, respectively. However, during 2009, the board made a strategic decision to invest more money in direct sales and other activities to fuel growth. As a result of this additional investment, the 2009 operating yield result was lower than it would have been had the board not made this decision. As a result, when the board reviewed the actual achievement of operating yield at the end of 2009, the board, following extensive discussion and based on recommendations from the CEO and the Compensation Committee, exercised its discretion to recognize an achievement percentage of 83.0% for its operating yield performance target, notwithstanding the fact that the actual performance achieved was below the initial performance target of $1.0 million. As a result, the actual bonus payments paid to Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour were $38,122 higher in the aggregate than they would have been had the board not exercised its discretion.

The 2009 achievement percentage, weighting, and weighted achievement percentages (based both on the plan and as adjusted by the board based on its discretion) were as follows:

     
  CMRR   Operating Yield   Churn
Achievement percentage – (as adjusted by board) (1)     60.3 %       83.0 %       100.0 %  
Weighting     50.0 %       30.0 %       20.0 %  
Weighted achievement percentage (plan)     30.2 %       15 %       20.0 %  
Weighted achievement percentage – (as adjusted by board)     30.2 %       24.9 %       20.0 %  

(1) Achievement percentages for results between the performance threshold and the performance target were calculated on a linear basis.

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result of this review, the board and Compensation Committee determined a total weighted achievement percentage for 2009 of 75.1%. Thus, the 2009 actual bonus payments were as follows:

   
Named Executive Officer   Target 2009
Bonus
Amount
  2009
Bonus Paid
Adam Miller   $ 137,500     $ 103,125  
Steven Seymour   $ 137,500     $ 103,125  
Perry Wallack   $ 112,500     $ 84,375  

For 2010, the executive compensation plan for Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack is structurally similar to the 2009 plan (including the weightings of the performance metrics), except that the operating yield metric has been replaced by an unlevered operating cash flow metric. Unlevered operating cash flow is defined as free cash flow that does not take into account interest paid on the company’s outstanding debt. The Compensation Committee and the board made this change to utilize a performance metric that is more commonly used by public companies. At the time the 2010 performance targets were set, the Compensation Committee and the board believed that the performance targets would be difficult to achieve and would not be achieved even if our 2010 performance results significantly exceeded our 2009 performance results. The 2010 target bonus amounts as a percentage of base salary were not changed from the 2009 amounts.

Sales Commission Plans

Because much of Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s responsibilities are focused on sales of our solution, the Compensation Committee and board determined that it would be more appropriate for Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter to participate in sales commission plans with terms that correspond to the results achieved by their respective direct sales teams, rather than in the executive compensation plan described above. Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter therefore earn commissions based on the total sales of their respective direct sales teams, with Mr. Belliveau’s commissions based on direct sales in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and Mr. Carter’s commissions based on all direct sales in North America. The commission targets were determined by the Compensation Committee and board based in part on the recommendations of the CEO, which took into account the compensation factors described above under the heading “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process .” The Compensation Committee and board designed Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s commission structure both to reward them for their past success and to support our retention efforts.

For 2009, the board and Compensation Committee established a sales quota for each of its sales executives. Mr. Belliveau’s quota was $4.5 million (1) in total revenue from direct sales in Europe, and Mr. Carter’s quota was $12 million in total sales from direct sales in North America. Depending on the term of the particular client agreement, each sales executive is eligible to earn commissions over a period of up to three years based on revenue invoiced and actually received by us in each year. The rate at which commissions are earned by each sales executive is highest in the first year of each client agreement and decreases each year thereafter. Revenue due in the first, second or third year of a client agreement is referred to below as first-year revenue, second-year revenue or third-year revenue, respectively. With respect to any client agreement entered into in 2009, no commissions will be paid with respect to revenue invoiced and received by us in the fourth-year or beyond. To the extent a client agreement has a term of less than three years and is renewed, the agreement is treated as a multi-year contract, except that the commission declines in the second and third years. To the extent that the sales executive exceeded his quota for revenue in 2009, his commissions for the amount above quota was increased. In addition, each sales executive was also eligible for a quarterly bonus if he met certain quarterly sales targets and Mr. Belliveau was eligible to receive a year-end bonus based upon the European sales team’s achievement of certain levels of operating profit measured on a stand-alone basis for the entire year. These bonus targets were determined by the Compensation Committee and board based in part on the recommendations of the CEO, which took into account the compensation factors described above under the heading “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process .”

1 This amount has been converted into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.4043 Dollars per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2009.

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For 2009, the following table shows the targets and amounts earned by our sales executive under such executive’s 2009 sales commission plan:

       
Sales Executive   Target 2009 Commission   Target 2009 Bonus   2009 Commission Paid   Target 2009 Bonus Paid
Vincent Belliveau   $ 107,850 (1) (2)     $ 18,958 (1)     $ 77,993 (3) (4)        
Dave Carter   $ 174,000 (2)     $ 20,000     $ 97,830 (3)        
(1) Amounts have been converted into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.4043 Dollars per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2009.
(2) This amount represents the total performance-based commissions that would have been earned under the 2009 commission plan assuming that (i) the sales executive achieved the sales quotas established under his 2009 commission plan and (ii) all first-year revenue relating to client agreements entered into in 2009 was invoiced and received by us in 2009.
(3) This amount represents the total performance-based commissions earned by the sales executive under the 2009 commission plan. Each executive also earned additional commissions for second-year revenue and third-year revenue received by us in 2009 with respect to client agreements entered into in prior years under sales commission plans established in such years for each such executive, which commission amounts are not reflected in this amount. For the commissions earned in 2009 under the 2009 sales commission plan and under plans established for prior years, see the non-equity incentive plan compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table below.
(4) Amount represents the sum of payments made to Mr. Belliveau converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when the payments were made.

For 2010, the commission programs for Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter are structurally similar to the 2009 programs, except that Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s 2010 sales targets have substantially increased and the board and Compensation Committee selected sales targets that would be difficult to reach.

Long-Term Incentives (Equity Awards)

We grant equity awards to motivate and reward our NEOs for achieving long-term performance goals as reflected in the value of our common stock, which we believe aligns the interests of our NEOs with those of our stockholders. Historically, the equity awards we have granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans have been limited to stock options with exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by the board. In determining the size of these awards, we have not applied a rigid formula. Instead, the board and Compensation Committee have determined the size of equity awards based on the range of prior awards granted to the executive team, with consideration given to the nature of each NEO’s position and experience and to then-current market conditions.

None of our NEOs received any equity awards during 2009 as the board believed each of the NEO’s then-current equity holdings were sufficient to incentivize the NEO and appropriately aligned his interests with those of our stockholders.

We recently entered into new employment agreements with each of Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour as described in further detail under the heading: “Offer Letters and Employment Agreements; Potential Payments Upon Termination, Change in Control or Upon Termination Following Change in Control”. In connection with our entry into these employment agreements, on November 7, 2010, the board granted each of Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour the following equity awards: Mr. Miller, a stock option to purchase 550,000 shares of our common stock and an award of 150,000 restricted stock units; Mr. Wallack, a stock option to purchase 215,000 shares of our common stock and an award of 60,000 restricted stock units; and Mr. Seymour, a stock option to purchase 190,000 shares of our common stock and an award of 60,000 restricted stock units. All of the equity awards are scheduled to vest over a four-year period with 1/4 of the stock options

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

scheduled to vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining stock options scheduled to vest in equal monthly installments thereafter, and with 1/3 of the restricted stock units scheduled to vest on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the vesting commencement date. The grants of stock options have an exercise price of $6.51, which is equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board.

In determining the equity incentive awards for Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour, the Compensation Committee considered a number of factors, including the executive’s position with us and his total compensation package as well as the executive’s contribution to the success of our financial performance. The Compensation Committee also took into account the current equity holdings of the executives, including the fact that Mr. Miller, who acquired his then-current holding of common stock in connection with the formation of our company, had not received any equity awards prior to the grants described above. We chose a combination of stock options and restricted stock units to reward both the achievement of long-term goals and to provide a powerful retention tool. Stock options increase stockholder value and reward achievement of our long-term strategic goals since the value of the stock options are directly related to the value of our common stock. Restricted stock units, which provide immediate value upon vesting, are also a powerful retention tool, and we believe a combination of stock options and restricted stock units strikes an appropriate balance between our retention needs and our need to provide proper incentives to the executives.

We expect that our Compensation Committee will periodically review our NEOs’ compensation, including the retention and incentive value of their equity awards, in order to determine whether to grant any additional equity awards in the future.

Broad-Based Employee Benefits

Our compensation program for our NEOs also includes employee benefits that are generally available to our other employees. These benefits include medical, dental, vision, long-term disability and life insurance benefits, as well as flexible spending accounts. We also periodically provide meals on premise to employees in our offices. Our NEOs receive these benefits on the same basis as our other full-time U.S. employees. Offering these benefits serves to attract and retain employees, including our NEOs. We anticipate that we will periodically review our employee benefits programs in order to ensure that they continue to serve these purposes and remain competitive.

We have established a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees generally, subject to standard eligibility requirements. Under this plan, participants may elect to make pre-tax contributions to the plan of up to a certain portion of their current compensation, not to exceed the applicable statutory income tax limitation. Currently, we do not match contributions made by participants. The plan currently qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such that contributions to the plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn from the plan.

Employment Agreements, Change in Control and Severance Benefits

Our board believes that maintaining a stable and effective management team is essential to our long-term success and achievement of our corporate strategies, and is therefore in the best interests of our stockholders. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs which provide for base salary, bonuses and/or sales commissions, employee benefit plan participation, and in certain instances, severance or other payments upon a qualifying termination of employment or change of control. In connection with this offering, we revised these employment agreements and/or entered into new employment agreements with our NEOs, which may include change-in-control and severance arrangements that provide them with assurances of specified severance benefits in the event that their employment is terminated and such termination is a qualifying termination under their respective agreements.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We recognize that these severance benefits may be triggered at any time. Nonetheless, we believe that it is imperative to provide these individuals with these benefits to secure their continued dedication to their work, notwithstanding the possibility of a termination by us, and to provide them with additional incentives to continue employment with us. In determining appropriate severance payment and benefit levels for our NEOs, the Compensation Committee and the board relied on a number of factors, including their experience with and understanding of current market practice, relative severance packages within the company, and current severance arrangements. The level of benefits and triggering events to receive such benefits were chosen to be broadly consistent with the Compensation Committee’s and the board’s view of prevailing competitive practices. The final severance payment and benefit levels were determined after extensive negotiations with each NEO and were evaluated in terms of the overall compensation packages for each NEO. We believe that these severance benefits are competitive with severance benefits provided to similarly situated individuals at companies with which we compete for talent, and that they are appropriate given that generally their actual payment is contingent upon the individual releasing us from claims relating to the termination.

We also recognize that the possibility that we may in the future undergo a change in control, and that this possibility, and the uncertainty it may cause among our NEOs may result in their departure or distraction to the detriment of our company and our stockholders. Accordingly, our board and Compensation Committee decided to take appropriate steps to encourage the continued attention, dedication and continuity of certain key executive to their assigned duties without the distraction that may arise from the possibility or occurrence of a change in control. As a result, we have entered into agreements with certain of our NEOs that provide additional benefits in the event of a change in control. For more detail, see “ Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control .”

We consider these severance protections to be an important part of our NEO’s compensation. These arrangements are consistent with our overall compensation objectives because we believe such arrangements are competitive with arrangements offered to executives by companies with whom we compete for executives and are critical to achieve our business objective of management retention. We believe that this severance protection is competitively necessary to retain our NEOs and is imperative to (i) secure the continued dedication and objectivity of our NEOs, including in circumstances where the company may undergo a change of control, and (ii) provide the NEOs with an incentive to continue employment with us and motivate them to maximize our value for the benefit of our stockholders.

We do not currently have stock ownership guidelines for our NEOs.

Tax Considerations

Based on the limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of Internal Revenue Code, we generally cannot deduct compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to certain other highly compensated officers that exceeds $1,000,000 per person in any fiscal year for federal income tax purposes, unless it “performance-based,” as defined under Section 162(m). Salary and bonus compensation is subject to these limits, as is the excess of the current market price over the option exercise price, or option spread, at the time of exercise of any stock option, unless it is treated as an incentive stock option or it meets certain other requirements. We believe all options we have granted to date have met these requirements. Additionally, under an exception to Section 162(m), any compensation paid at any time pursuant to a compensation plan that was in existence before the effective date of this offering will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation until the earliest of: (i) the expiration of the compensation plan, (ii) a material modification of the compensation plan (as determined under Section 162(m)), (iii) the issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation allocated under the compensation plan, or (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the ending of the third calendar year following the year in which this offering occurs. While we cannot predict how the Section 162(m) deductibility limit may affect our compensation program in future years, we intend to maintain an approach to executive compensation that strongly links pay to performance. In addition, although we have not adopted a formal policy

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs, we intend to consider tax deductibility under Section 162(m) as one factor in our compensation decisions.

We have not provided our executives or directors with any gross-up or other reimbursement for tax amounts that these individuals might pay pursuant to Section 280G or Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Section 280G and related Internal Revenue Code sections provide that executive officers, directors who hold significant stockholder interests, and certain other service providers, could be subject to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds certain limits, and also that we or our successor could lose the ability to deduct on our corporate taxes the amounts subject to the additional tax. In addition, Section 409A imposes significant taxes on an executive officer, director or other service provider who receives “deferred compensation” that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A.

Summary Compensation Table for 2009

The following table summarizes the compensation that we paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009.

             
Name and Principal
Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option Awards ($)   Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)   All Other Compensation ($)   Total
($)
Adam Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer     2009     $ 275,000                 $ 103,125 (1)           $ 378,125  
Perry Wallack, Chief Financial Officer     2009     $ 225,000                 $ 84,375 (1)           $ 309,375  
Steven Seymour, Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts     2009     $ 275,000                 $ 103,125 (1)           $ 378,125  
David J. Carter, Vice President of Sales     2009     $ 225,000                 $ 100,205 (2)           $ 325,205  
Vincent Belliveau, General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa (3)     2009     $ 225,007                 $ 125,260 (2)           $ 350,267  

(1) The amounts represent the total performance-based bonuses earned for services rendered in 2009 under our 2009 Executive Bonus Plan.
(2) The amounts represent the total performance-based commissions earned for subscription revenue and consulting services revenue under our sales commission plans, including subscription and consulting services revenue invoiced and received by us under contracts entered into in 2009 in accordance with the sales executive’s 2009 sales commission plan, and subscription revenue invoiced and received by us under contracts entered into in prior years in accordance with sales commission plans established for the sales executive in such years. For more information, please see “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Sales Commission Plans .”
(3) Amounts represent the sum of payments made to Mr. Belliveau converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when the payments were made.

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2009

The following table lists the grants of plan-based awards or awards re-priced during the year ended December 31, 2009, to each of our named executive officers.

             
   
  
  
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
($)
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
  Exercise
of Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($)
Name   Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
Adam Miller (1)               $ 137,500                          
Perry Wallack (1)               $ 112,500                          
Steven Seymour (1)               $ 137,500                          
David J. Carter (2)               $ 194,000                          
Vincent Belliveau (2) (3)               $ 126,808                          

(1) Although there is no minimum bonus payout, our 2009 executive compensation plan established certain performance thresholds and targets with respect to a number of performance metrics. More specifically, the executive compensation plan provided that there would be no bonus payout unless at least one performance threshold was met and bonus payouts would be calculated linearly for achievement between threshold and target. Target bonus amounts, which were set at 50% of base salary, represent the amounts that would have been payable to the NEOs if we had met our full performance target with respect to each of the performance metrics. Please see “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis ” for more details.
(2) The non-equity incentive plan compensation earned by Messrs. Carter and Belliveau was paid under their respective sales commission plans, not under our 2009 executive compensation plan. In each case, the sales commission plan established a sales quota, of which a portion was allocated to subscription revenue and a portion was allocated to consulting services revenue. In addition, each sales commission plan established certain quarterly sales targets and, in the case of Mr. Belliveau only, an annual sales target. The target amount represents the amount to be earned in 2009 assuming the satisfaction of the full sales quota and all quarterly and, if applicable, annual sales targets. For more information, see “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Sales Commission Plans .”
(3) Amount has been converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.4043 per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2009.

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End

The following table shows all outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009, the last day of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. Mr. Miller did not hold any stock options as of December 31, 2009.

         
  Option Awards
Name of Executive Officer   Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration Date
Perry Wallack           180,000 (1)           $ 0.34       2/24/2012  
       2/25/2006       239,583 (2)       10,417     $ 0.34       9/5/2016  
       10/24/2007       40,625 (2)       34,375     $ 0.34       12/5/2017  
       12/5/2008       18,750 (2)       56,250     $ 0.53       12/30/2018  
Steven Seymour           247,500 (1)           $ 0.34       2/24/2012  
             100,000 (1)           $ 0.34       10/15/2013  
             100,000 (1)           $ 0.34       8/16/2014  
       9/6/2006       203,125 (2)       46,875     $ 0.34       9/5/2016  
       10/24/2007       40,625 (2)       34,375     $ 0.34       12/5/2017  
       12/5/2008       18,750 (2)       56,250     $ 0.53       12/30/2018  
David J. Carter     8/1/2008       91,666 (2)       183,334     $ 0.53       12/30/2018  
Vincent Belliveau     6/4/2007       259,375 (2)       155,625     $ 0.34       12/5/2017  

(1) The option was fully vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2009.
(2) One-fourth of the total shares subject to the option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and  1/48 of the total shares subject to the option vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date such that all shares subject to the option will be vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, in each case subject to the optionee’s continued service to the company on each such date.

Pension benefits and Nonqualified Deferred

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees and none of our NEOs participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

Offer Letters and Employment Agreements; Potential Payments Upon Termination, Change in Control or Upon Termination Following Change in Control

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs, including, on November 8, 2010, an employment agreement with Mr. Miller. In November 2010, we also entered into an employment agreement with each of Messrs. Wallack and Seymour that replaced the employment agreement previously entered into with the executive, and we entered into amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Carter. In addition, we are currently in the process of negotiating an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Belliveau, our General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), pursuant to which Mr. Belliveau will become an employee of Cornerstone OnDemand Global Operations, Inc., one of our subsidiaries. The descriptions below reflect the current employment agreements with each Messrs. Miller, Wallack, Seymour and Carter and the proposed amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Belliveau.

Adam Miller

On November 8, 2010, Mr. Miller, our Chief Executive Officer and President, entered into an employment agreement with us. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Miller’s employment

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $310,000 (through December 31, 2010), which will be subsequently increased to an annual base salary of $360,000 after January 1, 2011 and to an annual base salary of $425,000 upon the initial listing of our securities on a national securities exchange. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Miller is eligible to receive annual performance bonuses pursuant to our executive bonus plan and is generally entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs, if any, on the same terms as other similarly situated employees. Provided the employment agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, Mr. Miller’s employment agreement provides for an initial term of 3 years with automatic 1-year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. If, prior to a change of control, we fail to renew the employment agreement, Mr. Miller may resign for good reason and be eligible to receive the severance discussed below.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Miller without cause or if Mr. Miller terminates his employment for good reason, and in either event the termination does not occur during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control, Mr. Miller will receive: (i) continued payments of his base salary for 18 months, (ii) 150% of his average actual bonus for the 3-year period prior to the year in which the termination occurs, (iii) 18 months of acceleration of all unvested equity awards, (iv) the payment of premiums for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Mr. Miller (and any eligible dependents) for up to 18 months, and (v) any earned but unpaid bonus amounts.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Miller without cause or if Mr. Miller terminates his employment for good reason, and in either event the termination occurs during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control, Mr. Miller will receive: (i) a lump-sum payment equal to the sum of 18 months’ of base salary plus 150% of his target annual bonus, (ii) full acceleration of all unvested equity awards with a 12-month post termination exercise period (unless the options expire earlier), (iii) the payment of premiums for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Mr. Miller (and any eligible dependents) for up to 18 months, and (iv) any earned but unpaid bonus amounts.

The severance payments discussed above are subject to Mr. Miller signing and not revoking a release of claims and continuing to comply with his confidentiality and employment agreements.

Mr. Miller’s employment agreement also provides that in the event that the severance payments and other benefits payable to Mr. Miller constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and would be subject to the applicable excise tax, then the severance benefits will be either (i) delivered in full or (ii) delivered to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the receipt by Mr. Miller of the greatest amount of benefits on an after-tax basis.

The following table shows the pre-tax payments that Mr. Miller would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

   
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event   Terminated Without Cause or Terminates for
Good Reason in
Connection with a
Change of Control (1)
  Terminated Without
Cause or Terminates for
Good Reason not in
Connection with a Change
of Control (1)
Severance Payments Attributable to Base Salary (2) (3)   $ 412,500     $ 412,500  
Severance Payments Attributable to Bonus (4)   $ 206,250     $ 68,000  
Acceleration of Equity Awards (5)            
Company-paid premiums (6)   $ 27,354     $ 27,354  
Accrued but unpaid non-equity incentive compensation (i.e. bonus payments)   $ 103,125     $ 103,125  
Total   $ 749,229     $ 610,979  

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) A termination is considered to be “in connection with a change of control” if Mr. Miller’s employment with us is either (i) terminated by us without cause or (ii) terminated by Mr. Miller for good reason, and in either event, during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control.
(2) Severance payments will be paid in a lump sum upon a qualifying termination in connection with a change of control or in continuing payments upon a qualifying termination that is not in connection with a change of control.
(3) Calculations are based on a base salary of $275,000, which is the base salary that was in effect as of December 31, 2009.
(4) Calculations are based on a target bonus amount of $137,500, which is the target bonus amount that was in effect under the 2009 executive compensation plan. See the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2009 above.
(5) Mr. Miller did not hold any unvested equity awards as of December 31, 2009.
(6) Represents the value of premiums paid by us for continued health, dental, and vision plans for Mr. Miller (and his eligible dependents) for 18 months.

As used in Mr. Miller's employment agreement, the terms “cause,” “change of control” and “good reason” have the meanings set forth below under the heading “Definitions for the Employment Agreements of Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour.”

Perry Wallack

On November 8, 2010, Mr. Wallack, our Chief Financial Offer, entered into an employment agreement with us that superseded a prior employment agreement entered into on May 10, 2007. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Wallack's employment with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $240,000, which will be increased to an annual base salary of $295,000 upon the initial listing of our securities on a national securities exchange. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Wallack is eligible to receive annual performance bonuses pursuant to our executive bonus plan and is generally entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs, if any, on the same terms as other similarly situated employees. Provided the employment agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, Mr. Wallack’s employment agreement provides for an initial term of 3 years with automatic 1-year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. If, prior to a change of control, we fail to renew the employment agreement, Mr. Wallack may resign for good reason and be eligible to receive the severance discussed below.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Wallack without cause or if Mr. Wallack terminates his employment for good reason, and in either event the termination does not occur during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control, Mr. Wallack will receive: (i) continued payments of his base salary for 12 months, (ii) 100% of his average actual bonus for the 3-year period prior to the year in which the termination occurs, (iii) 12 months of acceleration of all unvested equity awards, (iv) the payment of premiums for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Mr. Wallack (and any eligible dependents) for up to 12 months, and (v) any earned but unpaid bonus amounts.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Wallack without cause or if Mr. Wallack terminates his employment for good reason, and in either event the termination occurs during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control, Mr. Wallack will receive: (i) a lump-sum payment equal to the sum of 12 months’ of base salary plus 100% of his target annual bonus, (ii) full acceleration of all unvested equity awards with a 12-month post termination exercise period (unless the options expire earlier), (iii) the payment of premiums for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Mr. Wallack (and any eligible dependents) for up to 12 months, and (iv) any earned but unpaid bonus amounts.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The severance payments discussed above are subject to Mr. Wallack signing and not revoking a release of claims and continuing to comply with his confidentiality and employment agreements.

Mr. Wallack’s employment agreement also provides that in the event that the severance payments and other benefits payable to Mr. Wallack constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and would be subject to the applicable excise tax, then the severance benefits will be either (i) delivered in full or (ii) delivered to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the receipt by Mr. Wallack of the greatest amount of benefits on an after-tax basis.

The following table shows the pre-tax payments that Mr. Wallack would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

   
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event   Terminated Without Cause or Terminates for
Good Reason in
Connection with a
Change of Control (1)
  Terminated Without
Cause or Terminates for
Good Reason not in
Connection with a Change
of Control (1)
Severance Payments Attributable to Base Salary (2) (3)   $ 225,000     $ 225,000  
Severance Payments Attributable to Bonus (4)   $ 112,500     $ 41,350  
Acceleration of Equity Awards (5)   $ 82,271     $ 40,521  
Company-paid premiums (6)   $ 18,236     $ 18,236  
Accrued but unpaid non-equity incentive plan compensation (i.e. bonus payments)   $ 84,375     $ 84,375  
Total   $ 522,382     $ 409,482  

(1) A termination is considered to be “in connection with a change of control” if Mr. Wallack’s employment with us is either (i) terminated by us without cause or (ii) terminated by Mr. Wallack for good reason, and in either event, during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control.
(2) Severance payments will be paid in a lump sum upon a qualifying termination in connection with a change of control or in continuing payments upon a qualifying termination that is not in connection with a change of control.
(3) Calculations are based on a base salary of $225,000, which is the base salary that was in effect as of December 31, 2009.
(4) Calculations are based on a target bonus amount of $112,500, which is the target bonus amount that was in effect under the 2009 executive compensation plan. See the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2009 above.
(5) The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.
(6) Represents the value of premiums paid by us for continued health, dental, and vision plans for Mr. Wallack (and his eligible dependents) for 12 months.

As used in Mr. Wallack's employment agreement, the terms “cause,” “change of control” and “good reason” have the meanings set forth below under the heading “Definitions for the Employment Agreements of Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour.”

Steven Seymour

On November 8, 2010, Mr. Seymour, our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts, entered into an employment agreement with us that superseded a prior employment agreement

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

entered into on May 10, 2007. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Seymour's employment with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $285,000, which will be increased to an annual base salary of $305,000 upon the initial listing of our securities on a national securities exchange. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Seymour is eligible to receive annual performance bonuses pursuant to our executive bonus plan and is generally entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs, if any, on the same terms as other similarly situated employees. Provided the employment agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, Mr. Seymour’s employment agreement provides for an initial term of 3 years with automatic 1-year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. If, prior to a change of control, we fail to renew the employment agreement, Mr. Seymour may resign for good reason and be eligible to receive the severance discussed below.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Seymour without cause or if Mr. Seymour terminates his employment for good reason, and in either event the termination does not occur during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control, Mr. Seymour will receive: (i) continued payments of his base salary for 12 months, (ii) 100% of his average actual bonus for the 3-year period prior to the year in which the termination occurs, (iii) 12 months of acceleration of all unvested equity awards, (iv) the payment of premiums for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Mr. Seymour (and any eligible dependents) for up to 12 months, and (v) any earned but unpaid bonus amounts.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Seymour without cause or if Mr. Seymour terminates his employment for good reason, and in either event the termination occurs during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control, Mr. Seymour will receive: (i) a lump-sum payment equal to the sum of 12 months’ of base salary plus 100% of his target annual bonus, (ii) full acceleration of all unvested equity awards with a 12-month post termination exercise period (unless the options expire earlier), (iii) the payment of premiums for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Mr. Seymour (and any eligible dependents) for up to 12 months, and (iv) any earned but unpaid bonus amounts.

The severance payments discussed above are subject to Mr. Seymour signing and not revoking a release of claims and continuing to comply with his confidentiality and employment agreements.

Mr. Seymour’s employment agreement also provides that in the event that the severance payments and other benefits payable to Mr. Seymour constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and would be subject to the applicable excise tax, then the severance benefits will be either (i) delivered in full or (ii) delivered to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the receipt by Mr. Seymour of the greatest amount of benefits on an after-tax basis.

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the pre-tax payments that Mr. Seymour would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

   
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event   Terminated Without Cause or Terminates for
Good Reason in
Connection with a
Change of Control (1)
  Terminated Without
Cause or Terminates for
Good Reason not in
Connection with a Change
of Control (1)
Severance Payments Attributable to Base Salary (2) (3)   $ 275,000     $ 275,000  
Severance Payments Attributable to Bonus (4)   $ 137,500     $ 48,667  
Acceleration of Equity Awards (5)   $ 115,813     $ 74,063  
Company-paid premiums (6)   $ 18,081     $ 18,081  
Accrued but unpaid non-equity incentive plan compensation (i.e. bonus payments)   $ 103,125     $ 103,125  
Total   $ 649,519     $ 518,936  

(1) A termination is considered to be “in connection with a change of control” if Mr. Seymour’s employment with us is either (i) a terminated by us without cause or (ii) terminated by Mr. Seymour for good reason, and in either event, during the period beginning 3 months prior to the consummation of a change of control and ending 18 months following the consummation of a change of control.
(2) Severance payments will be paid in a lump sum upon a qualifying termination in connection with a change of control or in continuing payments upon a qualifying termination that is not in connection with a change of control.
(3) Calculations are based on a base salary of $275,000, which is the base salary that was in effect as of December 31, 2009.
(4) Calculations are based on a target bonus amount of $137,500, which is the target bonus amount that was in effect under the 2009 executive compensation plan. See the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2009 above.
(5) The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.
(6) Represents the value of premiums paid by us for continued health, dental, and vision plans for Mr. Seymour (and his eligible dependents) for 12 months.

As used in Mr. Seymour's employment agreement, the terms “cause,” “change of control” and “good reason” have the meanings set forth below under the heading “Definitions for the Employment Agreements of Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour.”

Definitions for the Employment Agreements of Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour

As used in the employment agreements of Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour, the terms below have the following meanings:

The term “cause” means: (i) an act of material dishonesty made by the executive in connection with his carrying out his job responsibilities to us intended to result in his substantial personal enrichment, (ii) the executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony which the board reasonably believes had or will have a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business, (iii) a willful act by the executive which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to us or our affiliates, (iv) the executive’s willful and material breach of the employment agreement, including without limitation his intentional failure to perform his stated duties, and his continued failure to cure such breach to the

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reasonable satisfaction of the board within 10 days following written notice of such breach to the executive, and (v) the executive’s material violation of a company policy that results in a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business.
The term “change of control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) a change in our ownership which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of our stock that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of our stock; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of our stock will not be considered a change of control, or (ii) a change in our effective control which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the board (each, a “Director”) is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of us, the acquisition of additional control of us by the same Person will not be considered a change of control, or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) our assets that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of our assets immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by our stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by us to: (1) a stockholder of our company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to our stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by us, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all of our outstanding stock, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of our assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For purposes of this definition of change of control, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with us. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a change of control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A. Further, the completion of an underwritten public offering of our common stock will not constitute a change of control and a transaction will not constitute a change of control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change our state of incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the our securities immediately before such transaction. In addition, a transaction must actually be consummated in order for there to be a change of control.
The term “good reason” means without the executive’s express written consent: (i) a significant reduction or adverse change in his duties, position, reporting relationship or responsibilities, or the removal of him from such duties, position or responsibilities, (ii) a reduction by us in the executive’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction unless (a) such reduction is part of a salary reduction plan across our entire senior management team, (b) such reduction does not have a disproportionate effect on the executive in comparison to other members of our senior management team and (c) such reduction is not in excess of 10% of the executive’s base salary, (iii) a material reduction by us in the kind or level of benefits to which the executive was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that the executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced disproportionally to other members of senior management, (iv) our material breach

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of a term of the employment agreement or any other agreement between us and the executive, including our failure to obtain assumption of the employment agreement by any successor, and (v) the relocation of the executive to a facility or a location more than 35 miles from his then present employment location. In addition, the executive must provide us written notice of the existence of the one or more of the above conditions within 90 days of its initial existence and we must be provided with 30 days to cure the condition. If the condition is not cured within such 30-day period, the executive must terminate employment within 30 days of the end of such cure period in order to qualify as a termination for good reason.

David J. Carter

On November 8, 2010, Mr. Carter, our Vice President of Sales, entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Carter’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an annual base salary of $230,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Carter is eligible to participate in our commission plan on such terms as our board of directors may determine in its sole discretion and is also entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans that we provide for the benefit of our other senior executives. The employment agreement also entitled Mr. Carter to receive an option to purchase 275,000 shares of our common stock, subject to the approval of our board of directors. The option was granted to Mr. Carter by our board of directors on December 31, 2008 and appears on the option table above under the heading “ — Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year End .”

In addition, if we terminate Mr. Carter’s employment other than for cause, death or disability, Mr. Carter is entitled to receive 4 months severance pay at his base salary rate, as then in effect, and company-paid coverage for Mr. Carter and his dependents under the Company’s benefit plans for 3 months following termination. Furthermore, if we are acquired and Mr. Carter is terminated or his position is materially diminished within 6 months after such acquisition, all unvested options shall vest and become immediately exercisable.

The following table shows the payments that Mr. Carter would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

     
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event   Terminated
within
6 Months of
Change of
Control
  Position
Materially
Diminished
within
6 Months of
Change of
Control
  Terminated
without Cause
and Not Due to
Death or
Disability
(Regardless of
Change of
Control)
Accelerated vesting of options (1)   $ 133,833     $ 133,833        
Payment of 4 months of base salary               $ 75,000  
Payment of 3 months of coverage under existing benefit plans for Mr. Carter and dependents               $ 4,559  
Total   $ 133,833     $ 133,833     $ 79,559  

(1) The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.

As used in Mr. Carter's employment agreement, the term “cause” means a termination by us because of any one of the following events: (i) Mr. Carter’s breach of his employment agreement that results in material injury to us which, if capable of cure, has not been cured by Mr. Carter within ten (10) days after his receipt of written notice from our Chief Executive Officer of such breach; (ii) Mr. Carter’s misconduct, fraud, dishonesty, or malfeasance that results in material injury to the us; (iii) Mr. Carter’s willful or intentional failure to (a) perform his duties under his employment agreement, (b) follow the reasonable and legal direction of our board or Chief Executive Officer, or (c) follow our

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

policies, procedures, and rules, or (iv) Mr. Carter’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony. For purposes of this definition, Mr. Carter’s failure to achieve certain results will not be deemed to constitute cause unless it is the result of his willful and deliberate dereliction of duty.

Vincent Belliveau

We are in the process of negotiating an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Belliveau, our General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), pursuant to which Mr. Belliveau will become an employee of Cornerstone OnDemand Global Operations, Inc., one of our subsidiaries. The employment agreement will specify that Mr.Belliveau’s employment with us is “at will” and provide for an annual base salary of €180,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Belliveau will be eligible to participate in our bonus and commission plan and will also be entitled to receive a monthly car allowance of €350 per month.

Upon the effectiveness of the employment agreement, if Mr. Belliveau is terminated for any reason, he will be entitled to receive up to 40% of his average monthly fixed gross salary during the 12 months prior to termination for the duration of the restricted period (as defined below) (this amount will be reduced to 20% if Mr. Belliveau resigns or is dismissed for gross misconduct). Furthermore, under the terms of the proposed employment agreement, if Mr. Belliveau is terminated for any reason, Mr. Belliveau may not enter into the service of any competitive company, in any manner, directly or indirectly or take any direct or indirect interest, in any form, in the manufacture, commerce, service or other activity, which might compete directly or indirectly with our activities. This non-competition obligation will be limited to European countries and to a 1 year term, which will be measured from the date of termination and will be referred to as the restricted period.

The following table shows the payments that Mr. Belliveau would have received under the terms of the proposed employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

 
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event   Termination for Any Reason
Payment of 40% of average monthly gross salary during 12 months prior to termination for a period of 1 year (1) (2)   $ 91,725  
Total   $ 91,725  

(1) Amount to be reduced to 20% if Mr. Belliveau resigns or is dismissed due to gross misconduct.
(2) Based on an annual salary of Euro 160,000 converted into U.S. Dollars on December 31, 2009 at an exchange rate of $1.4332.

To the extent awards are not assumed or substituted for in connection with a merger or change in control, our equity plans provide that such awards will accelerate and become fully exercisable. See “ Employee Benefit and Stock Plans ” below.

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements

Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard form agreement with respect to proprietary information and inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our proprietary information received during the course of employment and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions conceived or developed during the course of employment.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

We anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering, our board will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2010 Plan, with terms substantially similar to those described below. The 2010 Plan will be effective upon the later of its adoption by our board or the completion of this offering. Our 2010 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares.

The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2010 Plan is            shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2010 Plan from the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan equal to            shares. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning with the        fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

           shares;
    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or
such other amount as our board may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant or sale under the 2010 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Plan Administration.

The 2010 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees administering the 2010 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.” In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan. The Administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2010 Plan and awards granted under the 2010 Plan.

Stock Options.

The Administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2010 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator determines the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock.

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units.

Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The Administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares.

Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the Administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of performance units and performance shares including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the Administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards.

Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2010 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction and all awards, to the extent not previously exercised, will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control.

Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the Administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a merger or change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her awards will become fully vested and exercisable, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels.

Plan Amendment, Termination.

Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2010 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2010 Plan will automatically terminate in 2020, unless we terminate it sooner.

2009 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board adopted, and our stockholders approved our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan, in January 2009. Our 2009 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2009 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. However, the 2009 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares.

The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2009 Plan, as amended through July 15, 2010, is 3,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the date of stockholder approval of the 2009 Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 1999 Stock Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1999 Stock Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 1999 Stock Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2009 Plan from the 1999 Stock Plan equal to 4,976,126 shares.

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2009 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2009 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan.

Plan Administration.

The 2009 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees who administer the 2009 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.”

Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2009 Plan. The Administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2009 Plan and awards granted under the 2009 Plan.

Stock Options.

The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2009 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of a stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator determines the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restricted Stock.

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units.

Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The Administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards.

Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2009 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control.

Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2009 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the Administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination.

Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2009 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2009 Plan will automatically terminate in 2019, unless we terminate it sooner.

1999 Stock Plan

Our board adopted, and our stockholders approved our 1999 Stock Plan, or 1999 Plan, in November 1999. Following the adoption of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, we did not grant any additional awards under the 1999 Plan, but the 1999 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our 1999 Plan permitted the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares.

The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 1999 Plan was 5,831,651 shares of our common stock.

If an option or stock purchase right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, or if the shares are repurchased at their original purchase price, such shares will become available for future grant or sale.

Plan Administration.

The 1999 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees administering the 1999 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.”

Subject to the provisions of our 1999 Plan, the Administrator had the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 1999 Plan. The Administrator also had the authority, subject to the terms of the 1999 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding options may be surrendered in exchange for options with a lower exercise price, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 1999 Plan and awards granted under the 1999 Plan.

Stock Options.

The Administrator could grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 1999 Plan, provided that incentive stock options could only be granted to employees. The exercise price of incentive stock options must have been equal to at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options must have been equal to at least 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant unless the holder of such option owned stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, in which case the fair market value must have been at least 110% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option could not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, could not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator determined the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 1999 Plan, the Administrator determined the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms were set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Purchase Rights.

Stock purchase rights could be granted either alone, in addition to or in tandem with, other awards granted under the 1999 Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the 1999 Plan. Stock purchase rights are grants of rights to purchase our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. After the Administrator

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

determined that it would offer stock purchase rights, it advised the purchaser of the terms, conditions, and restrictions relating to the offer, including the number of shares that the purchaser was entitled to purchase, the price to be paid and the time within which the purchaser must accept such offer. Once the stock purchase right was exercised, the purchaser will have rights equivalent to a stockholder. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards.

Unless the Administrator provided otherwise, our 1999 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock purchase right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 1999 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control.

Our 1999 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or the sale of substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option and stock purchase right will be assumed or substituted for. If a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then the Administrator will notify the holder of such award that it will fully vest and be exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice and will terminate upon the expiration of the notice period.

Plan Amendment, Termination.

Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 1999 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. In connection with the adoption of the 2009 Plan, no further awards may be granted under the 1999 Plan.

Retirement Plans

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. We currently do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;
acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. Under the indemnification agreements, indemnification will only be provided in situations where the indemnified parties acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to situations where they had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above under the heading “ Management — Director Compensation ” and “ Executive Compensation ,” respectively, the following is a description of transactions, or series of related transactions, since January 1, 2007 to which we were or will be a party, in which:

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of their immediate families had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Equity Financings

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2007, we sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $1.60, for an aggregate purchase price of $16,000,000, and, in connection therewith, issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,333,333 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $2.40. In conjunction with the Series D preferred stock financing, in September 2007, $1,000,000 in promissory notes were converted into 625,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $1.60 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $2.40 were issued to such purchasers. Purchasers of our Series D preferred stock included entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners and Bay Partners, each of which, as a result of the transaction, became a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representatives, Byron Deeter and Neil Sadaranganey, respectively, are members of our board. The following table summarizes purchases of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase Series D preferred stock by the above-listed investors:

       
Name of Stockholder   Number of
Series D
Shares
  Series D
Warrants
  Exercise
Price per
Share
  Dollar
Amount
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)     6,250,000       2,083,333     $ 2.40     $ 10,000,000  
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (2)     3,750,000       1,250,000     $ 2.40     $ 6,000,000  

(1) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
(2) Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In January 2009, we sold an aggregate of 5,272,727 shares of Series E preferred stock at purchase price per share of $1.65, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8,700,000, and, in connection therewith, issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,054,543 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $2.40. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, Bay Partners and Meritech Capital, each of which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representatives, Byron Deeter, Neil Sadaranganey and Robert Ward, respectively, are members of our board. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock and warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock by the above-listed investors:

       
Name of Stockholder   Number of
Series E
Shares
  Series E
Warrants
  Exercise
Price per
Share
  Dollar
Amount
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)     90,909       18,182     $ 2.40     $ 150,000  
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (2)     151,515       30,303     $ 2.40     $ 250,000  
Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (3)     4,848,485       969,696     $ 2.40     $ 8,000,000  

(1) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
(2) Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.
(3) Affiliates of Meritech Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P.

Repurchase Agreements

On May 10, 2007 in connection with the sale of our Series D preferred stock, we repurchased 650,000 shares of our common stock from Adam Miller, our President and Chief Executive Officer, at a purchase price per share of $1.10, for aggregate consideration of $715,000. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

On May 10, 2007, in connection with the sale of our Series D preferred stock, we repurchased 4,500,000 shares of Series A preferred stock from Aon Corporation at a purchase price per share of $1.20, for aggregate consideration of $5,400,000. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

Loans to Executive Officers

We entered into employment agreements in May 2007 with each of Perry Wallack, our Chief Financial Officer, and Steven Seymour, our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts, which provided for a loan to each of Messrs. Wallack and Seymour in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000 at an interest rate of 5% annually, upon their satisfaction of certain performance requirements. The outstanding principal and accrued interest due under each loan was charged to compensation expense in 2007 and 2008.

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stock Option Repricing

On December 5, 2007, in accordance with the terms of the 1999 Plan, the board approved a reduction in the exercise prices of certain options held by our directors and then current full-time employees, including certain of our executive officers. The exercise prices of the options held by the directors and executive officers below were reduced in connection with the repricing as follows:

       
    Repriced Options
Name of Optionee   Title   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Repriced
Options
  Original
Exercise Price
($)
  Exercise Price
After Repricing
($)
Mark Baker     Director       50,000       0.85       0.34  
Harold Burlingame     Director       25,000       0.85       0.34  
Steven Seymour     Executive Vice President of
Strategic Accounts
      350,000       0.85       0.34  
             247,500       0.55       0.34  
          100,000       0.80       0.34  
Perry Wallack     Chief Financial Officer       250,000       0.85       0.34  
                180,000       0.55       0.34  

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock, including Adam Miller, our Chief Executive Officer, and entities affiliated with each of Bessemer Venture Partners, Bay Partners and Meritech Capital, each of which is a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, that provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock, including shares issued upon conversion of their preferred stock. See “ Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights ” below for additional information.

Employment Agreement with Chief Technology Officer

On May 24, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark Goldin, our Chief Technology Officer. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Goldin is an “at will” employee and provides for an initial base salary of $250,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Goldin is entitled to participate in our executive compensation plan or other applicable bonus plans adopted by the board as well as in any other employee benefit plans that are maintained by us for the benefit of our executive officers. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, on September 20, 2010, we granted Mr. Goldin an option to purchase 215,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.76, which the board determined to be the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. One-fourth of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and  1/48 th of the shares subject to the option will vest each month thereafter, on the same date of the month as the vesting commencement date, such that all of the shares subject to the option will be vested and exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Goldin's continuing service with us on such dates. If we are acquired and Mr. Goldin is terminated or his position is materially diminished within six months of such acquisition, the unvested portion of his option will immediately vest. If we terminate Mr. Goldin for any reason other than for cause, death or disability, Mr. Goldin will be entitled to receive continuing severance pay at a rate equal to his base salary and the continuation of coverage under our employee benefit plans, in each case for a period of three months after termination.

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Subscription Services Agreement

James McGeever, a member of our board of directors since June 2010, is the Chief Operating Officer of NetSuite Inc. In December 2009, we entered into a subscription services agreement with NetSuite, under which we licensed the use of NetSuite’s enterprise resource planning software to manage portions of our financial systems. In 2009, we incurred obligations to pay approximately $40,000 to NetSuite in license, maintenance and support fees under the terms of the agreement. We expect to incur obligations to pay approximately $90,000 in such fees in 2010 and a similar amount in such fees in future years for so long as the agreement remains in effect.

Indemnification Agreements

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “ Executive Compensation — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters .”

Transactions with Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation

We formed the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation in 2010. The Foundation’s board of directors has three members. Adam Miller, our Chief Executive Officer, serves as the chairman of the Foundation's board. Neither of the two other directors is an officer or employee of our company. We intend to enter into a distribution agreement with the Foundation pursuant to which we will allow the Foundation to distribute our solution to non-profit organizations at significantly reduced rates on terms generally similar to terms in our other distribution agreements. This agreement will be negotiated on an arms-length basis, and Mr. Miller will recuse himself from the negotiations with respect thereto.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We intend to adopt a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, without the prior consent of our audit committee. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee will take into account the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, the risks, costs and benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability of other sources for comparable services or products, and whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2010, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our voting securities;
each of our named executive officers;
each of our directors;
all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
each of the selling stockholders.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under such rules, a person is generally deemed to beneficially own a security if such person has sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to that security, including with respect to options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they are deemed to beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Shares of common stock subject to stock options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and warrants and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering on 39,113,746 shares of our common stock outstanding on September 30, 2010, assuming the conversion of all shares of our outstanding preferred stock into 23,752,616 shares of our common stock and the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of our common stock upon the assumed exercise of warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering on        shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, California 90404.

         
  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering (1)
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering (1)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent   Shares
Being
Offered
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent
5% Stockholders:
                                            
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (2)     8,442,424       21.6                             
Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (3)     5,818,181       14.9                             
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (4)     5,553,900       14.2                             
Named executive officers and directors:
                                            
Adam L. Miller (5)     7,000,000       17.9                             
Perry A. Wallack (6)     730,751       1.9                             
Steven D. Seymour (7)     916,112       2.3                             
David J. Carter (8)     154,688       *                             
Vincent Belliveau (9)     354,479       *                             
R.C. Mark Baker (10)     300,098       *                             
Harold W. Burlingame (11)     106,250       *                             
Byron B. Deeter (12)           *                             
James McGeever (13)     60,000       *                             
Neil G. Sadaranganey (14)     5,553,900       14.2                             
Robert D. Ward (15)     5,818,181       14.9                             
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (16)     20,994,459       52.7                             
Other selling stockholders                                             

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).
(1) Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.
(2) Consists of: (i) 4,685,370 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P.; (ii) 1,577,414 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.; (iii) 78,125 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.; (iv) 1,552,699 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; (v) 522,774 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (vi) 26,042 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Deer VI & Co. LLC is the general partner of each of Bessemer Venture Partners VI, L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P. (collectively referred to as the “Bessemer Venture Partners Entities”). David J. Cowan, J. Edmund Colloton, Robert M. Stavis, Robin S. Chandra and Robert P. Goodman are the executive managers of Deer VI & Co. LLC and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. Mr. Deeter, one of our directors, has no voting or dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. The address for these entities is 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(3) Consists of (i) 4,761,697 shares held of record by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P.; (ii) 86,788 shares held of record by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P.; (iii) 952,339 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (iv) 17,357 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C., the general partner of Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. The managing member of Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C. is Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. Paul S. Madera, Michael B. Gordon, Robert D. Ward and George H. Bischof, the managing members of Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C., share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities and disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their respective individual pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(4) Consists of (i) 4,252,228 shares held of record by Bay Partners XI, L.P.; (ii) 21,369 shares held of record by Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.; (iii) 1,273,901 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Partners XI, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (iv) 6,402 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Bay Management Company XI, LLC, the General Partner of Bay Partners XI L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, has sole voting and dispositive powers with respect to the shares held by Bay Partners XI L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund. Atul Kapadia, Neal Dempsey and Neil G. Sadaranganey, the Managers of Bay Management Company XI, LLC, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities and disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their individual respective pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of these entities is 490 S. California Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94306.
(5) Consists of (i) 5,250,000 shares held of record by Adam Miller; (ii) 250,000 shares held of record by the Miller Family Education GRAT dated June 25, 2010 for which Mr. Miller serves as trustee; and (iii) 1,500,000 shares held of record by the Miller 2010 Family GRAT for which Mr. Miller's spouse serves as investment advisor.
(6) Consists of (i) 718,251 shares held of record by Perry Wallack and (ii) options to purchase 12,500 shares exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(7) Consists of (i) 899,966 shares held of record by Steven Seymour and (ii) options to purchase 16,146 shares exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(8) Consists of options to purchase 154,688 shares exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(9) Consists of options to purchase 354,479 shares exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(10) Consists of (i) 200,098 shares held of record by Mr. Baker and (ii) options to purchase 100,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(11) Consists of (i) 31,250 shares held of record by Harold W. Burlingame and (ii) options to purchase 75,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(12) Mr. Deeter serves as an employee of Bessemer Venture Partners, the management company affiliate of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities that hold an aggregate of 8,442,424 shares of our common stock as disclosed in footnote 2 to this table. Mr. Deeter has a passive economic interest in (i) a limited partner of Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and (ii) Deer VI & Co. LLC, the general partner of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. Mr. Deeter disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(13) Consists of 60,000 shares held of record by James McGeever, all of which are subject to a repurchase right we hold as of September 30, 2010.

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(14) Consists of the shares listed in footnote 4 above, which are held by entities affiliated with Bay Partners. Mr. Sadaranganey is a Manager of Bay Management Company XI LLC, the General Partner of Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. and holds shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the entities affiliated with Bay Partners. Mr. Sadaranganey disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities affiliated with Bay Partners, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(15) Consists of the shares listed in footnote 3 above, which are held by entities affiliated with Meritech Capital. Mr. Ward is a managing member of Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. and holds shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the entities affiliated with Meritech Capital. Mr. Ward disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(16) Consists of (i) 18,031,647 shares held of record by the current directors and executive officers, 60,000 of which are subject to a repurchase right we hold as of September 30, 2010; (ii) options to purchase 712,813 shares exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010; and (iii) 2,249,999 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share.

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following information reflects (i) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock and (iii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants outstanding that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, in each case immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

As of September 30, 2010, there were outstanding:

39,113,746 shares of common stock held by approximately 133 stockholders; and
4,728,921 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

All of our issued and outstanding shares of capital stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our shares of common stock are not redeemable and, following the closing of this offering, will not have preemptive rights.

As of September 30, 2010, there were warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,090,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share that will remain outstanding after this offering.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. We have never declared or paid dividends on any of our common stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after the offering or in the foreseeable future.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of our voting shares are able to elect all of the members of our board of directors.

Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Warrants

Immediately following the closing of this offering, there will be outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 569,375 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.92 per share. Of such warrants, warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2012, warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2013, warrants to purchase 199,375 shares of common stock will expire in 2014 and warrants to purchase 95,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2020. All of the warrants may be exercised on a net basis whereby, in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash, the holder may instruct us to withhold a number of shares that has a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price. Included in the 95,000 warrants to purchase shares of common stock above, in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with Silicon Valley Bank in August 2010, we issued a warrant, or the SVB Warrant, to purchase up to 90,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after August 20, 2020. Also included in warrants to purchase 95,000 shares of common stock above, in connection with the refinancing of our senior debt under a securities purchase agreement entered into with Ironwood Equity Fund LP, in August 2010, we issued a warrant, or the Ironwood Warrant, to purchase up to 5,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after August 20, 2020. Both the SVB Warrant and the Ironwood Warrant contain provisions for the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event.

In addition to the above common stock warrants, immediately following the closing of this offering, warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 will become warrants to purchase common stock. Included in these warrants, in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with ORIX Venture Finance LLC in June 2004, we issued a warrant to purchase 225,000 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the offering, at an exercise price of $1.60 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after June 29, 2011, provided that, subject to certain exceptions, immediately prior to the expiration date, the warrant will automatically net exercise. The warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event. The remaining warrants to purchase 155,000 shares will also expire in June 2011.

Further to the above, immediately following the closing of this offering, a warrant to purchase 140,625 of Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.60 will become a warrant to purchase common stock. This warrant was issued in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with Comerica Bank in September 2007. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after September 12, 2014, provided that if this offering closes between September 12, 2011 and September 12, 2014, the warrant will expire after September 12, 2017. The warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock or delaying,

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could also have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately    shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time following the 180th day after the effective date of this registration statement on Form S-1, the holders of at least 50% of these shares can, on not more than one occasion, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover at least that number of shares with reasonably expected aggregate offering proceeds, which (after deduction of underwriters’ discounts and expenses related to the offering) equal or exceed $5.0 million. If our board of directors determines in good faith that it would be materially detrimental to us and not in our best interest for a registration statement to be filed, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of up to 180 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately    shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a demand registration, registration related to employee benefit plans, debt securities, corporate reorganizations or other transactions to be registered on Form S-4, a registration on Form S-3 of securities to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act, or any registration that does not permit secondary re-sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately    shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2.0 million. We will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations in a given 12 month period. If our board of directors determines in good faith that it would be materially detrimental to us and not in our best interest for a registration statement to be filed, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of up to 180 days.

We will pay the registration expenses, subject to certain specified exceptions, of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described above. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, three years following the completion of this offering or when that stockholder is able to sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Pursuant to our investors’ rights agreement, each stockholder that has registration rights has agreed that to the extent requested by us and the underwriters, such stockholder will not sell or otherwise dispose of any securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See “ Underwriting .”

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of directors, chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require a 70% stockholder vote for the amendment, repeal or modification of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws relating to the classification of our board of directors, the requirement that stockholder actions be effected at a duly called meeting and the designated parties entitled to call a special meeting of the stockholders. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 70% stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us and are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit increases in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

136


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Acceleration of Options Upon Change of Control

Generally, under our 1999 Stock Plan, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, in the event of certain mergers, a reorganization or consolidation of our company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or all of our capital stock wherein the successor corporation does not assume outstanding options or issue equivalent options, outstanding options under such plans will accelerate pursuant to the terms of such plans.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See “ Management — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters .”

Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CSOD.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be BNY Mellon Shareowner Services. The transfer agent’s address is Newport Office Center VII, 480 Washington Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey, and its telephone number is (201) 680-6578.

137


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of       shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of the offering and the issuance of       shares of common stock upon the assumed net exercise of warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of the offering. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

   shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and
   shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

In addition, of the       shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2010, options to purchase       shares of common stock were vested as of such date and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extensions as described under the heading “ Underwriting .''

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options or warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the shares will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any such shares for resale to the public.

Lock-Up and Market Stand-Off Agreements

We and our officers, directors and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, other than the shares which the selling stockholders may sell in this offering, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc., subject to specified exceptions and a possible

138


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

extension under certain circumstances beyond the end of such 180-day period, after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under the section captioned “ Underwriting .”

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain securityholders, including our investors' rights agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such securityholders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up and will consider the release of any shares subject to a lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. will consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, the reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Sales of our common stock by any such person will be subject to the availability of certain current public information about us if the shares to be sold have been beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and
the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately         shares immediately after this offering; and
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

139


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with public information and holding-period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such Rule 701 shares pursuant to Rule 144. However, as discussed above, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Registration Rights

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above, the holders of approximately    shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, please see “ Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights .” After these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Stock Options

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our 1999 Plan, 2009 Plan and 2010 Plan. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the Form S-8 registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our stock plans, see “ Management — Employee Benefit and Stock Plans .”

Warrants

Upon completion of this offering, warrants entitling the holders to purchase an aggregate of 1,090,000 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.60 to $3.50 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in the warrants) will remain outstanding. See “ Description of Capital Stock — Warrants ” for additional information. The shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above, subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

140


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, the U.S. federal estate tax or gift tax rules or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (referred to herein as the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, an integral part or controlled entity of a foreign sovereign, partnerships and other pass-through entities, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment or persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

If a partnership (or other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK WITH RESPECT TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES, ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

141


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As described in the section titled “ Dividend Policy ,” we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock. If, however, we make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “ Gain on Sale or Disposition of Our Common Stock ” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by such holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must timely furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under a tax treaty.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on the common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), dividends paid to the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

142


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, net of deductions and credits, in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person. Dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business and paid to a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-U.S. holder that claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Gain on Sale or Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or disposition of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;
the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods of 183 days or more in the aggregate during the taxable year of the sale or disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes during the relevant statutory period.

Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, the gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated tax rates on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe that we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and other trade or business assets, however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. In the event we do become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively holds more than 5 percent of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period. We expect our common stock to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market, although we cannot guarantee that it will be so traded. If gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our stock were

143


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subject to taxation under the third bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder would be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in generally the same manner as a U.S. person.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder, the name and address of the non-U.S. holder, and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes an information reporting and a backup withholding obligation (currently at a rate of 28%) on certain reportable payments such as dividends paid on or the gross proceeds from disposition of our common stock. Backup withholding generally will not, however, apply to payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation would apply to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

144


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. are joint bookrunning managers and the representatives of the underwriters.

 
  Number of
Shares
Goldman, Sachs & Co.           
Barclays Capital Inc.               
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.           
Piper Jaffray & Co.           
Pacific Crest Securities LLC         
JMP Securities LLC         
Total               

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase          additional shares.

Paid by Us

   
  No Exercise   Full Exercise
Per Share   $          $       
Total   $          $       

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

   
  No Exercise   Full Exercise
Per Share   $          $       
Total   $          $       

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $       per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We, our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See “ Shares Eligible for Future Sale ” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

145


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CSOD”.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to       shares of our common stock being offered for sale to business associates. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States. The sales will be made by Barclays Capital Inc. through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

146


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(e) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
(f) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are

147


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $       . We will pay all such expenses.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act arising out of, or based upon, certain material misstatements or omissions as well as to reimburse each underwriter for any expenses reasonably incurred by such underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. We and the selling stockholders have also agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In addition, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. entered into a subscription agreement with us for our solution on September 21, 2007, as amended and supplemented, and is currently one of our largest clients.

148


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by us and offered by the selling stockholders in this prospectus will be passed upon for us and for the selling stockholders by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California, in connection with the offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract (or other document) are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.csod.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

149


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  PAGE
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-7  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, in 2009, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements on a retrospective basis and uncertainty in income taxes with an adoption date of January 1, 2007.

  

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  
Los Angeles, California
September 27, 2010

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)

       
       
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009
  September 30,
2010
  Pro Forma
September 30,
2010
               (unaudited)
Assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,290     $ 8,061     $ 5,972     $ 5,972  
Accounts receivable     8,803       12,075       16,925       16,925  
Deferred commissions     564       1,445       1,759       1,759  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     488       723       1,236       1,236  
Total current assets     13,145       22,304       25,892       25,892  
Capitalized software development costs, net     1,385       1,980       2,403       2,403  
Property and equipment, net     1,018       2,229       4,071       4,071  
Other assets, net     386       504       3,103       3,103  
Total Assets   $ 15,934     $ 27,017     $ 35,469     $ 35,469  
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
                                   
Liabilities:
                                   
Accounts payable   $ 1,037     $ 1,505     $ 2,469     $ 2,469  
Accrued expenses     1,945       3,619       5,430       5,430  
Deferred revenue, current portion     13,632       18,726       22,270       22,270  
Capital lease obligations, current portion     266       694       1,375       1,375  
Debt, current portion     4,300       2,014       23       3,638  
Other liabilities     57       73       474       474  
Total current liabilities     21,237       26,631       32,041       35,656  
Other liabilities, non-current     236       243       1,041       1,041  
Deferred revenue, net of current portion     729       781       1,221       1,221  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     338       1,158       1,769       1,769  
Long-term debt, net of current portion     2,552       4,045       11,479       7,864  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     2,282       5,683       29,760        
Total Liabilities     27,374       38,541       77,311       47,551  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
                                   
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,724, 3,224 and 3,224 shares authorized at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), 3,224 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,224 at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     2,144       2,144       2,144        
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,600 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,250 at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     3,250       3,250       3,250        
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,456 shares authorized and 2,031 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,250 at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     3,250       3,250       3,250        
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 14,417 shares authorized and 10,625 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $17,000 at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     15,186       16,628       19,785        
Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,030 shares authorized, 5,273 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $8,700 at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)           8,582       10,149        
Stockholders’ Deficit:
                                   
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 41,502, 50,000 and 50,000 shares authorized, 9,105, 9,153 and 10,930 shares issued, and 8,455, 8,503 and 10,280 shares outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), 34,033 shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)     1       1       1       3  
Treasury stock, at cost, 650 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     (462 )       (462 )       (462 )       (462 )  
Accumulated other comprehensive income                 (54 )       (54 )  
Additional paid-in capital     65                   68,336  
Accumulated deficit     (34,874 )       (44,917 )       (79,905 )       (79,905 )  
Total stockholders’ deficit     (35,270 )       (45,378 )       (80,420 )       (12,082 )  
Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit   $ 15,934     $ 27,017     $ 35,469       35,469  

 
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

         
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Revenue   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 21,212     $ 32,572  
Cost of revenue     3,911       6,116       8,676       6,071       10,125  
Gross profit     7,065       13,510       20,646       15,141       22,447  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Selling and marketing     9,343       16,914       18,886       13,265       19,901  
Research and development     1,754       2,724       2,791       1,978       3,548  
General and administrative     2,653       2,564       4,329       2,854       5,550  
Total operating expenses     13,750       22,202       26,006       18,097       28,999  
Loss from operations     (6,685 )       (8,692 )       (5,360 )       (2,956 )       (6,552 )  
Other income (expense):
                                            
Interest income     195       66       32       25       3  
Interest expense     (351 )       (371 )       (691 )       (486 )       (727 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     1,147       (790 )       (2,147 )       (1,550 )       (24,077 )  
Other, net     12       (334 )       (154 )       (85 )       (38 )  
Other income (expense), net     1,003       (1,429 )       (2,960 )       (2,096 )       (24,839 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (5,682 )       (10,121 )       (8,320 )       (5,052 )       (31,391 )  
Provision for income taxes     (20 )       (62 )       (72 )       (54 )       (69 )  
Net loss   $ (5,702 )     $ (10,183 )     $ (8,392 )     $ (5,106 )     $ (31,460 )  
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock     (2,425 )                          
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock     (211 )       (337 )       (2,072 )       (1,524 )       (4,724 )  
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (8,338 )     $ (10,520 )     $ (10,464 )     $ (6,630 )     $ (36,184 )  
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted   $ (0.97 )     $ (1.25 )     $ (1.24 )     $ (0.78 )     $ (4.11 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     8,562       8,387       8,467       8,460       8,803  
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (unaudited)               $ (0.20 )           $ (0.23 )  
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)                 31,786             32,556  

 
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(In thousands)

               
               
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock   Additional Paid-In Capital (Deficit)   Accumulated Deficit   Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
     Shares   Par
Value
  Shares   At
Cost
  Total
Balance as of December 31, 2006, as previously reported     8,969     $ 1           $     $ 480     $ (18,361)     $     $ (17,880)  
Retrospective adoption of accounting principle and other adjustments                                   1,345             1,345  
Balance as of December 31, 2006, as adjusted     8,969       1                   480       (17,016)             (16,535)  
Accretion of preferred stock                             (158 )       (53 )             (211 )  
Repurchase of common stock from related party                 (650 )       (462 )                         (462 )  
Redemption of Series A preferred stock                             (563 )       (1,862 )             (2,425 )  
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock     16                         12                   12  
Stock-based compensation                             229                   229  
Net loss                                   (5,702 )             (5,702 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2007     8,985       1       (650)       (462)             (24,633)             (25,094)  
Accretion of preferred stock                             (279 )       (58 )             (337 )  
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock     120                         92                   92  
Stock-based compensation                             252                   252  
Net loss                                   (10,183 )             (10,183 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2008     9,105       1       (650)       (462)       65       (34,874)             (35,270)  
Accretion of preferred stock                             (421 )       (1,651 )             (2,072 )  
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock     48                         10                   10  
Stock-based compensation                             346                   346  
Net loss                                   (8,392 )             (8,392 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2009     9,153       1       (650)       (462)             (44,917)             (45,378)  
Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)                             (1,196 )       (3,528 )             (4,724 )  
Issuance of common stock warrants (unaudited)                             196                   196  
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock (unaudited)     1,777                         609                   609  
Stock-based compensation (unaudited)                             391                   391  
Comprehensive loss:
        
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax (unaudited)                                         (54 )       (54 )  
Net loss (unaudited)                                   (31,460 )             (31,460 )  
Comprehensive loss (unaudited)                                                                    (31,361 )  
Balance as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     10,930     $ 1       (650)     $ (462)     $     $ (79,905)     $ (54)     $ (80,420)  

 
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

         
         
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net loss   $ (5,702 )     $ (10,183 )     $ (8,392 )     $ (5,106 )     $ (31,460 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
                                            
Depreciation and amortization     734       955       1,286       920       1,864  
Non-cash interest expense     11       65       118       98       170  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     (1,147 )       790       2,147       1,549       24,077  
Stock-based compensation expense     220       242       331       208       372  
Loss on disposal of fixed assets                             47  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                            
Accounts receivable     (1,925 )       (3,514 )       (3,272 )       1,297       (4,850 )  
Deferred commissions     (47 )       (388 )       (881 )       (510 )       (314 )  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (413 )       98       (282 )       (333 )       (2,204 )  
Accounts payable     488       76       468       61       964  
Accrued expenses     379       580       1,674       471       1,837  
Deferred revenue     4,043       5,231       5,146       (1,149 )       3,983  
Other liabilities     18       62       24       19       531  
Net cash used in operating activities     (3,341 )       (5,986 )       (1,633 )       (2,475 )       (4,983 )  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                            
Purchases of property and equipment     (202 )       (221 )       (76 )       (16 )       (629 )  
Capitalized software costs     (773 )       (1,045 )       (1,495 )       (1,081 )       (1,314 )  
Purchases of intangible assets     (16 )       (16 )       (28 )       (25 )       (111 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (991 )       (1,282 )       (1,599 )       (1,122 )       (2,054 )  
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Proceeds from the issuance of debt     7,310       6,154       3,947       3,922       17,046  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock     16,000             8,700       8,700        
Issuance costs for preferred stock     (131 )             (32 )       (32 )        
Repurchase of Series A preferred stock     (5,400 )                          
Repurchase of common stock     (462 )                          
Repayment of debt     (2,375 )       (6,650 )       (4,300 )       (3,809 )       (11,796 )  
Principal payments under capital lease obligations     (61 )       (146 )       (322 )       (238 )       (911 )  
Proceeds from stock option and warrant exercises     12       91       10       3       609  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     14,893       (551 )       8,003       8,546       4,948  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     10,561       (7,819 )       4,771       4,949       (2,089 )  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     548       11,109       3,290       3,290       8,061  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 11,109     $ 3,290     $ 8,061     $ 8,239     $ 5,972  
Supplemental cash flow information:
                                            
Cash paid for interest   $ 256     $ 287     $ 573     $ 440     $ 586  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                                            
Conversion of notes payable to preferred stock   $ 1,000     $     $     $     $  
Assets acquired under capital leases   $ 373     $ 372     $ 1,496     $ 442     $ 2,203  
Capitalized stock-based compensation   $ 9     $ 10     $ 15     $ 6     $ 19  
Patent license acquired under installment obligations   $     $     $     $     $ 688  

 
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  ORGANIZATION

Company Overview

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (“Cornerstone” or the “Company”) was incorporated on May 24, 1999 in the state of Delaware and began principal operations in November 1999.

The Company is a global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”). The Company’s solution is designed to enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders, and integrating with an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content.

The Company is headquartered in Santa Monica, California and has offices in Paris, London, Munich, Mumbai and Tel Aviv.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

To date, the Company’s operations and growth have been primarily financed through the sale of preferred stock and short-term and long-term borrowings. In January 2009, the Company completed its Series E round of preferred stock financing, raising gross proceeds of approximately $8.7 million (Note 7). In March 2009, the Company entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement, under which it borrowed a total of $4.0 million (Note 6). In August 2010, the Company entered into a new $15.0 million credit facility (Note 6).

The Company is subject to certain business risks, including dependence on key employees, competition from alternative technologies, market acceptance of its solutions and related services, and dependence on growth to achieve its business plan. Although the Company is dependent on its ability to raise capital or generate sufficient cash flow from operations to achieve its business objectives, the Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents and available borrowings under its credit facility will be sufficient to meet its working capital and capital expenditure needs through at least September 30, 2011. Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the Company’s rate of revenue and billings growth and its level of expenditures in all areas of the Company. To the extent that existing capital resources and revenue growth and cash flow from operations are not sufficient to fund future activities, the Company may need to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to the Company or at all. Failure to raise additional capital, if and when needed, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements through December 31, 2009 reflect the stand-alone operations of the Company. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company established wholly owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and India. Accordingly, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the financial statements reflect the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to: (i) the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities, (ii) the valuation of common and preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, (iii) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities, (iv) the collectability of accounts receivable, (v) the evaluation of revenue recognition criteria, including the determination of standalone value and estimates of the selling price of multiple-deliverables in the Company’s revenue arrangements and (vi) assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The Company has engaged, and may in the future, engage third-party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of its preferred and common stock. Such estimates often require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the interim consolidated statement of stockholders’ deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's financial position as of September 30, 2010 and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the nine month periods are unaudited. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010 or for any other future year or interim period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock on a 1:1 basis upon the completion of an initial public offering at a share price equal to at least $6.40 with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $40 million (“qualified offering”), or upon the written election of the holders, (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital for certain preferred stock warrants that convert to common stock warrants upon the completion of an initial public offering and (iii) the reclassification of the senior subordinated note payable of $4.0 million ($3.6 million net of debt discount) from long term to current debt that becomes callable by the holder upon the completion of an initial public offering occuring before March 31, 2011.

The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 reflect the conversion upon a qualified offering of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

The following table sets forth the computation of our pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
2010
     (unaudited)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders:   $ (10,464 )     $ (36,184 )  
Pro forma adjustment to reverse mark-to-market adjustment of preferred stock warrant liabilities     2,147       24,077  
Pro forma adjustment to reverse accretion of redeemable preferred stock     2,072       4,724  
Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders   $ (6,245 )     $ (7,383 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding     8,467       8,803  
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock     23,319       23,753  
Weighted average common shares outstanding for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share     31,786       32,556  
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted   $ (0.20 )     $ (0.23 )  

Segments

Management has determined that it operates in one segment as it only reports financial information on an aggregate and consolidated basis to its chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share of common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for a period. Because the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company, the Company applies the two-class method in calculating our earnings per share for periods when the Company generates net income. The two-class method requires net income to be allocated between the common and preferred stockholders based on their respective rights to receive dividends, whether or not declared. Because the convertible preferred stock is not contractually obligated to share in the Company’s losses, no such allocation was made for any period presented given the Company’s net losses. Diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the potential dilution that could occur if stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from the following sources:

Subscriptions to the Company’s solution  — Clients pay subscription fees for access to the Company’s comprehensive learning and talent management software solution (referred to as the “solution”) for a specified period of time, typically three years. Fees are based primarily on the number of platforms the client can access and the number of users having access to those platforms. The Company generally recognizes revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement.
Consulting services  — The Company offers the clients assistance in implementing its solution and optimizing its use. Consulting services include application configuration, system integration, business process re-engineering, change management, and education and training services. Consulting services are billed either on a time-and-material or a fixed-fee basis. These services are generally purchased as part of a subscription arrangement and are typically performed within the first several months from the inception of the arrangement. Clients may also purchase consulting services at any other time. Consulting services are performed by the Company directly or by third-party professional service providers the Company hires. Clients may also choose to perform these services themselves or hire their own third-party service providers. Consulting services fees are based on the type of service being performed.
E-learning content  — The Company resells third-party on-line training content, referred to as e-learning content, to its clients. In addition, the Company also hosts other e-learning content provided by its clients.

The Company recognizes revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of the solution or consulting services exists, (ii) the solution has been made available or delivered, or services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount the Company recognizes as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each client arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed client agreement. The Company considers that delivery of the solution has commenced once it provides the client with log-in information to access and use the solution. If non-standard acceptance periods or non-standard performance criteria exist, revenue recognition commences upon the satisfaction of the non-standard acceptance or performance criteria, as applicable. Standard acceptance or performance clauses relate to the Company's solution meeting certain perfunctory operating thresholds. Fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in the client agreement. If collectability is not considered reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the fees are collected. The majority of client arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to our software solution and consulting services. The Company therefore recognizes revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13 “ Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force ,” or ASU 2009-13. As clients do not have the right to the underlying software code for the solution, the Company’s revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software revenue recognition guidance. The Company’s agreements generally do not contain any cancellation or refund provisions other than in the event of the Company’s default.

For multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, the Company first assesses whether each deliverable has value to the client on a standalone basis. The Company has determined that the solution has standalone value, because, once access is given to a client, the solution is fully

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

functional and does not require any additional development, modification or customization. Consulting services have standalone value because third-party service providers, distributors or clients themselves can perform these services without the Company’s involvement. The consulting services assist clients with the configuration and integration of the Company’s solution. The performance of these services generally does not require highly specialized or skilled individuals and are not essential to the functionality of the solution.

Based on the standalone value of the deliverables, and since clients do not have a general right of return relative to the included consulting services, the Company allocates revenue among the separate deliverables in an arrangement under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement to be based on, in declining order: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of fair value (“TPE”) or (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”).

The Company is not able to determine VSOE or TPE for its deliverables, because the deliverables are sold separately and within a sufficiently narrow price range only infrequently, and because management has determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to the Company’s solution. Accordingly, the selling prices of subscriptions to the solution and consulting services is based on BESP. The determination of BESP requires the Company to make significant estimates and judgments. The Company considers numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves; the geography, market conditions and competitive landscape for the sale; internal costs; and pricing and discounting practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by senior management. The Company updates its estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and as circumstances may require.

After the fair value of revenue allocable to each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement based on the relative selling price method is determined, revenue is recognized for each deliverable based on the type of deliverable. For subscriptions to the solution, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, which is typically three years. For consulting services, revenue is recognized using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.

In a limited number of cases, multiple deliverable arrangements include consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis separate from the solution, such as when the client’s intended use of the solution requires enhancements to its underlying features and functionality. In these cases, revenue is recognized for the arrangement as one unit of accounting on a straight-line basis over the solution subscription period once the consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis have been completed and accepted by the client.

For arrangements in which the Company resells third-party e-learning training content to clients or hosts client or third-party e-learning training content provided by the client, revenue is recognized in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal or report net revenue as an agent. The Company recognizes third-party content revenues at the gross amount invoiced to clients when (i) the Company is the primary obligor, (ii) the Company has latitude to establish the price charged, and (iii) the Company bears the credit risk in the transaction. For arrangements involving the sale of third-party content, clients are charged for the content based on pay-per-use or a fixed rate for a specified number of users, and revenue is recognized at the gross amount invoiced as the content is delivered. For arrangements where clients purchase third-party content directly from a third-party vendor, or provide it themselves, and the Company integrates the

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

content into the solution, the Company charges a hosting fee. In such cases, hosting fees are recognized at the net amount charged by the Company for hosting services as the content is delivered.

Revenue generated from sales arrangements through distributors, including revenue generated through our five-year global distributor arrangement described below, is recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies as described above at the amount invoiced to the distributor. In these arrangements, the Company recognizes revenues in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal and when to report net revenue as an agent. The Company recognizes revenue at the net amount invoiced to the distributor, as opposed to the gross amount the distributor invoices their end customer, as the Company has determined that (i) the Company in not the primary obligor in these arrangements, (ii) the Company does not have latitude to establish the price charged to the end-customer and (iii) the Company does not bear the credit risk in the transaction.

In connection with a five-year global distributor arrangement with a distributor entered in May 2009, the Company entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor (Note 8). As a result, the Company may issue the distributor, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at a price of $0.53 per share based on sales targets achieved each contract year. The Company records the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue over the period in which the warrants are expected to be earned based on the most probable sales target this distributor is expected to achieve. Through September 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue have been recorded as the defined targets have not been met by the distributor for the contract year ended June 30, 2010 and as of September 30, 2010, it is not probable the distributor will earn the warrants for the second contract year ending June 30, 2011 (Note 13). As the warrants expected to be issued under the distributor arrangement are measured at fair value, revenues could fluctuate from period to period.

The Company records amounts that have been invoiced to its clients in accounts receivable and in either deferred revenues or revenues depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria described above have been met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve month period from the respective balance sheet date is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

Retrospective Adoption of New Accounting Principles

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2009-13 that amends Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 605-25 to

provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the elements in an arrangement should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;
require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement using management’s BESP of each element if a vendor does not have VSOE or TPE; and
eliminate the use of the residual method and require a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.

The revised guidance establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) VSOE; (b) TPE; or (c) BESP. The revised guidance also requires expanded disclosures about revenue from arrangements with multiple deliverables. The revised guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Full retrospective adoption of the revised guidance to prior fiscal

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

years is optional and companies may elect early adoption of the revised guidance. The Company believes prospective adoption would have resulted in financial information that was not comparable between periods and, therefore, the Company elected retrospective adoption. Retrospective adoption requires the Company to revise information included in its previously issued financial statements as if the new accounting principles had been consistently applied for all prior periods. Management believes that retrospective adoption provides the most comparable and useful information for financial statement users and is more consistent with the information the Company’s management uses to evaluate its business, and better reflects the underlying economic performance of the Company. In 2009, the Company adopted the revised guidance and the financial statements and notes presented herein have been adjusted to reflect retrospective adoption of the new accounting principle for all prior periods. The adoption of this guidance has a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-13, the Company was not able to establish VSOE or TPE for all of the undelivered elements. As a result, for multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company recognized software subscription, related consulting services and the sale and delivery of third party content revenue ratably over the contract period.

The revised guidance requires the Company to account for subscriptions to the solution, consulting services and the sale and delivery of third party content as separate units of accounting when they are sold in a single sales arrangement if the deliverables have value to the client on a standalone basis. Refer to the revenue recognition accounting policy within this note for further information.

As a result of the adoption of the revised guidance in 2009, the Company retrospectively adjusted its revenue recognition practices for all prior periods. Further, the adoption of the revised guidance resulted in a change in the accounting for deferred commission expenses to align with the recognition of revenue. The impact of the adoption of the revised revenue guidance resulted in an increase to revenue of $0.7 million, $1.6 million, $2.0 million and $1.6 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, an increase in commission expense of $0.2 million, $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, an increase in unbilled accounts receivable of $45,000, $10,000, $76,000 and $82,000 (unaudited), a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.4 million, $3.0 million, $5.0 million and $4.6 million (unaudited), and a decrease in deferred commissions of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million (unaudited) at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009, respectively, and a decrease in accumulated deficit of $1.3 million as of December 31, 2006.

In addition to adjustments recorded in the 2009 financial statements to reflect the adoption of the revised revenue recognition guidance discussed above, in contemplation of inclusion of its financial statements in a public offering, the Company retrospectively adopted the provisions for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes (Note 10) effective January 1, 2007. As a result of the retrospective adoption of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, the Company increased the provision for income taxes related to income tax expense for sales in foreign countries of $20,000 and $62,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and increased other non-current liabilities by $20,000 and $82,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

In connection with the completion of the 2009 financial statements, the Company also identified an immaterial error related to accrued bonus expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. The Company has revised the previously issued 2007 and 2008 financial statements to correct for this error by recording adjustments to increase accrued expenses, cost of revenue and operating

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

expenses, by $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 and by $0.4 million, $35,000 and $30,000, respectively, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

The impact of adopting the revised revenue guidance, the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes and the correction of the immaterial error on the 2008 previously issued balance sheet and 2008 and 2007 statements of operations is summarized below. These adjustments had no net impact on cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities for any of the periods presented.

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

     
  December 31, 2008
     As Previously Reported
2008
  Adjustments   As Adjusted
2008
Assets
                          
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,290     $     $ 3,290  
Accounts receivable     8,813       (10 )       8,803  
Deferred commissions     658       (94 )       564  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     488             488  
Total current assets     13,249       (104 )       13,145  
Capitalized software development costs, net     1,385             1,385  
Property and equipment, net     1,018             1,018  
Other assets, net     636       (250 )       386  
Total Assets   $ 16,288     $ (354 )     $ 15,934  
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
                          
Liabilities:
                          
Accounts payable   $ 1,037     $     $ 1,037  
Accrued expenses     1,521       424       1,945  
Deferred revenue, current portion     15,666       (2,034 )       13,632  
Capital lease obligations, current portion     266             266  
Debt, current portion     4,300             4,300  
Other liabilities     57             57  
Total current liabilities     22,847       (1,610 )       21,237  
Other liabilities, non-current     154       82       236  
Deferred revenue, net of current portion     1,733       (1,004 )       729  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     338             338  
Long-term debt, net of current portion     2,552             2,552  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     2,282             2,282  
Total Liabilities     29,906       (2,532 )       27,374  
Convertible preferred stock     23,830             23,830  
Stockholders’ Deficit:
 
Common stock     1             1  
Treasury stock     (462 )             (462 )  
Additional paid-in capital     65             65  
Accumulated deficit     (37,052 )       2,178       (34,874 )  
Total stockholders’ deficit     (37,448 )       2,178       (35,270 )  
Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit   $ 16,288     $ (354)     $ 15,934  

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 (in thousands):

     
  December 31, 2007
     As Previously Reported 2007   Adjustments   As Adjusted 2007
Revenue   $ 10,295     $ 681     $ 10,976  
Costs of revenue     3,815       96       3,911  
Gross profit     6,480       585       7,065  
Operating expenses:
                          
Selling and marketing     9,017       326       9,343  
Research and development     1,718       36       1,754  
General and administrative     2,628       25       2,653  
Total operating expenses     13,363       387       13,750  
Loss from operations     (6,883 )       198       (6,685 )  
Other income (expense), net     1,003             1,003  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (5,880 )       198       (5,682 )  
Provision for income taxes           (20 )       (20 )  
Net loss   $ (5,880)     $ 178     $ (5,702)  

  

     
  December 31, 2008
     As Previously Reported 2008   Adjustments   As Adjusted 2008
Revenue   $ 18,075     $ 1,551     $ 19,626  
Costs of revenue     6,081       35       6,116  
Gross profit     11,994       1,516       13,510  
Operating expenses:
                          
Selling and marketing     16,855       59       16,914  
Research and development     2,674       50       2,724  
General and administrative     2,549       15       2,564  
Total operating expenses     22,078       124       22,202  
Loss from operations     (10,084 )       1,392       (8,692 )  
Other income (expense), net     (1,429 )                (1,429 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (11,513 )       1,392       (10,121 )  
Provision for income taxes           (62 )       (62 )  
Net loss   $ (11,513)     $ 1,330     $ (10,183)  

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting the Company’s solution; personnel and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, and related expenses for network infrastructure, IT support, consulting services and on-going client support staff; payments to external service providers; amortization of capitalized software costs and trademarks; licensing fees; and referral fees. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. Costs associated with providing consulting services are recognized as incurred when the services are

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

performed. Out-of-pocket travel costs related to the delivery of professional services are typically reimbursed by the client and are accounted for as both revenue and expense in the period in which the cost is incurred.

Accounting for Commission Payments

The Company defers commissions paid to its sales force because these amounts are recoverable from the future revenue from the non-cancelable client agreements that gave rise to the commissions. Commissions are deferred on the balance sheet and are amortized to sales and marketing expense over the term of the client agreement in proportion to the revenue that is recognized. Commissions are considered direct and incremental costs to client agreements and are generally paid in the periods the Company receives payment from the client under the associated client agreement.

During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company deferred $0.5 million, $1.3 million, $2.7 million and $2.7 million (unaudited), respectively, of commissions on the balance sheet. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company amortized $0.4 million, $0.9 million, $1.9 million and $2.4 million (unaudited) to sales and marketing expense, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010, deferred commissions on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets totaled $0.6 million, $1.4 million and $1.8 million (unaudited), respectively.

Research & Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for the Company’s research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; the cost of certain third-party service providers; and allocated overhead. Research and development expenses, other than software development costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards granted to employees and directors by recording compensation expense based on the awards’ estimated fair value.

The Company estimates the fair value of its stock-based compensation awards as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based compensation awards under this model requires judgment, including estimating the value per share of the Company’s common stock, estimated volatility, risk-free rate, expected term and estimated dividend yield. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based compensation awards represents the Company’s best estimates, based on management judgment. The Company uses the average volatility of similar publicly traded companies as an estimate for estimated volatility. For purposes of determining the expected term in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises, the Company applies the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected or contractual life of the option, as applicable, is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted. The estimated dividend yield is zero, as the Company has not declared, and does not currently intend to declare, dividends in the foreseeable future.

Once the Company has determined the estimated fair value of its stock-based compensation awards, it recognizes the portion of that value that corresponds to the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking estimated forfeitures into account. This amount is recognized as

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

an expense over the vesting period of the award using the straight-line method. Estimated forfeitures are based upon the Company’s historical experience and the Company revises its estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates.

Information related to the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions is as follows:

       
  For the Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010
     2007   2008   2009
                    (unaudited)
Risk-free interest rate     3.5%       1.7%       2.9%       2.3%  
Expected term (in years)     5.9       5.8       5.8       5.9  
Estimated dividend yield     0%       0%       0%       0%  
Estimated volatility     64.5%       71.0%       61.6%       59.6%  

Due to the full valuation allowance provided on its net deferred tax assets, the Company has not recorded any tax benefit attributable to stock-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

Capitalized Software Costs

The Company capitalizes the costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use, including costs incurred in connection with the development of the solution, when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has decided to make the project a part of its future solution offering, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. These capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, personnel and related expenses for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to the solution are also capitalized. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use. The Company does not transfer ownership of, or lease its software to its clients.

At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, capitalized software development costs totaled $4.9 million, $6.4 million, and $7.7 million (unaudited), respectively. Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 was $3.5 million, $4.4 million, and $5.3 million (unaudited), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, $0.8 million, $1.1 million, $1.5 million, $1.1 million (unaudited) and $1.3 million (unaudited), respectively, of software development costs was capitalized and $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $0.9 million, $0.7 million (unaudited) and $0.9 million (unaudited), respectively, was amortized. Based on the Company’s capitalized software costs at December 31, 2009, estimated amortization expense of $1.0 million, $0.7 million and $0.3 million is expected to be recognized in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Warrants to Purchase Common and Preferred Stock

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with debt arrangements and the purchase of certain domain names and has accounted for these warrants in stockholders’ equity at fair value upon issuance, based on the specific terms of such warrant arrangements.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

In connection with a five-year global distributor arrangement with a distributor entered in May 2009, the Company entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor (Note 8). As a result, the Company may issue the distributor, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at a price of $0.53 per share based on sales targets achieved each contract year. As of each reporting date, the Company records the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue based on the most probable sales target this distributor is expected to achieve.

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings and has accounted for these warrants as liabilities at fair value at the time of issuance, because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are redeemable or contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may obligate the Company to transfer assets to the warrant holders at some point in the future. The preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value at the time of issuance. Changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants each reporting period are recorded as part of other income (expense) in the Company’s statement of operations until the earlier of: (i) the exercise or expiration of the warrants; or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering. Upon the completion of a merger, change in control or an initial public offering, all the warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. Subsequent to a merger, change in control or an initial public offering, the converted common stock warrants will be classified as equity. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Comprehensive Income or Loss

Comprehensive income encompasses all changes in equity other than those arising from transactions with stockholders, and consists of net loss and currency translation adjustments. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 there were no other comprehensive income (loss) items and accordingly, net loss equaled comprehensive loss. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, accumulated other comprehensive income included a cumulative translation adjustment, which was insignificant.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, the Company considers projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. To date, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to zero, as it has determined that it is not more likely than not that any of the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company has assessed its income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where the Company has determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is determined there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in the value, including investments with original or remaining maturities from the date of purchase of three months or less. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010, cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash balances of $0.7 million, $4.8 million and $5.9 million (unaudited), respectively, and money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and/or certificates of deposit of $2.6 million, $3.2 million and $0 (unaudited), respectively, with maturities within three months from the date of their respective purchase dates. As of December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010, cash equivalents included certificates of deposits in the amount of $0, $1.2 million and $0 (unaudited), respectively. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

Restricted Cash

Included in non-current Other Assets at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited) is restricted cash of $0.2 million for an irrevocable standby letter of credit held at Silicon Valley Bank. In accordance with the Company’s office lease agreement, the Company has secured a letter of credit from Silicon Valley Bank naming the lessor as the beneficiary. The letter of credit is required to fulfill lease requirements in the event the Company should default on its office lease obligation.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company has not historically established an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on its historical collection experience and a review in each period of the status of the then-outstanding accounts receivable. To date, write-offs of accounts receivable have been insignificant.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally two to seven years (Note 4).

The Company leases equipment under capital lease arrangements. The assets and liabilities under capital lease are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the lease.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and improvements are capitalized.

Intangibles Assets, Net

Included in Other Assets are intangible assets comprised of trademarks and a patent license which are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010, intangible assets were $0.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $10,000, $0.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $20,000, and $0.8 million (unaudited), net of accumulated amortization of $30,000 (unaudited), respectively. Useful lives of trademarks and the patent license are estimated at ten years.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Impairment of Long Lived Assets including Capitalized Software Costs

The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Such events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The Company assesses recoverability of a long-lived asset by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized, measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds estimated fair value. An impairment loss is charged to operations in the period in which management determines such impairment. To date, there have been no impairments of long-lived assets identified.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs.

Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, the Company's warrants to purchase preferred stock are measured using unobservable inputs that require a high level of judgment to determine fair value, and thus classified as level 3 (Note 5).

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with two financial institutions which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Accounts receivable include amounts due from clients with principal operations primarily in the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, no single client comprised more than 10% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2008, one client comprised 13% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited), no single client comprised more than 10% of the

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Company’s revenues. No single client had an accounts receivable balance greater than 10% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2008 and 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, one client comprised 13% of total accounts receivable at September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Transaction gains and losses were insignificant and are included in other income (expense), net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In 2010 the Company established international subsidiaries and effective January 2010, for international subsidiaries, local currencies have been determined to be the functional currencies. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with a functional currency other than U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars using period-end exchange rates, while results of operations are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets. Foreign subsidiaries using the U.S. Dollar as the functional currency have been remeasured from the local currency to the U.S. Dollar with exchange differences on remeasurement included in other income (loss).

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements and notes have been revised to conform to the current-year presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13 that amend ASC Subtopic 605-25. The amendments in ASU 2009-13 modify the ability of vendors, upon meeting certain criteria, to account separately for products or services provided in multiple deliverables arrangements rather than as a combined unit and establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of each deliverable. Under ASU 2009-13, a vendor can determine a best estimate of the deliverable’s selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis, even if the vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of selling price otherwise previously required under ASC Subtopic 605-25. ASU 2009-13 also amends ASC 605-25 to eliminate the use of the residual method in determining selling prices and requires a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method for each deliverable.

The amendments in ASU 2009-13 are effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an entity's fiscal year and an option for retrospective adoption. The Company adopted the amendments in ASU 2009-13 retrospectively as of January 1, 2009. Retrospective adoption required the revision of previously issued financial statements as if the amendments in ASU 2009-13 had always been in effect, and the financial statements and notes reflect retrospective adoption for all prior periods. The adoption of the amendments had a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations, as described above in this Note.

In July 2006, the FASB issued guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement principles for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken. This interpretation was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2007 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Effective January 2010, the Company adopted ASU No. 2010-06, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ,” which requires previous fair value hierarchy disclosures to be further disaggregated by class of assets and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the balance sheet. In addition, significant reclassifications between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy are required to be disclosed. These additional requirements became effective January 1, 2010 for quarterly and annual reporting. Their adoption did not have any impact on the Company’s financial statements. In addition, ASU 2010-06 requires more detailed disclosures regarding changes in Level 3 instruments. This disclosure change will be effective January 1, 2011 and is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

3.  NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents our basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share amounts):

         
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (8,338 )     $ (10,520 )     $ (10,464 )     $ (6,630 )     $ (36,184 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding     8,562       8,387       8,467       8,460       8,803  
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted   $ (0.97 )     $ (1.25 )     $ (1.24 )     $ (0.78 )     $ (4.11 )  

The following table presents the weighted average number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for each period presented (in thousands):

         
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Options to purchase common stock     2,937       4,140       4,693       4,736       5,310  
Common stock warrants     470       520       517       519       490  
Preferred stock warrants     2,622       4,062       5,393       5,322       5,602  
Conversion of convertible preferred stock     16,298       18,480       23,319       23,167       23,753  
Total shares excluded from net loss per share attributable to common stockholders     22,327       27,202       33,922       33,744       35,155  

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The balance of property and equipment, net is as follows (in thousands):

       
    December 31,   September 30,
     Useful Life   2008   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Computer equipment and software     2 – 5 years     $ 1,621     $ 3,015     $ 5,672  
Furniture and fixtures     7 years       188       227       238  
Leasehold improvements     2 – 6 years       210       217       217  
             2,019       3,459       6,127  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization           (1,001 )       (1,230 )       (2,056 )  
Total property and equipment, net         $ 1,018     $ 2,229     $ 4,071  

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was $0.2 million, $0.3 million, $0.4 million, $0.3 million (unaudited) and $0.9 million (unaudited), respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, property and equipment includes computer equipment and software under capital leases with a cost basis of $0.8 million, $2.3 million and $4.5 million (unaudited), respectively, and accumulated depreciation of $0.3 million, $0.5 million, and $1.2 million (unaudited), respectively. Depreciation of computer equipment and software under capital leases was $0.1 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.8 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

5.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Account balances measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (in thousands):

       
  December 31, 2008
     Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash)   $ 2,796     $ 2,796     $     $  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities   $ (2,282 )     $     $     $ (2,282 )  

               
  December 31, 2009   September 30, 2010
       (unaudited)
     Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Cash equivalents (including
restricted cash)
  $ 3,407     $ 3,407     $     $     $ 292     $ 292     $     $  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities   $ (5,683 )     $     $     $ (5,683 )     $ (29,760 )     $     $     $ (29,760 )  

Our cash equivalents as of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2010 consisted of money market funds with original maturity dates of three months or less backed by U.S. Treasury bills. Our cash equivalents as of December 31, 2009 consisted of money market funds with original maturity dates of three months or less backed by U.S. Treasury bills and certificates of deposit with maturities within three months from the date of their respective purchase. Cash equivalents are classified as Level 1.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  – (continued)

The Company’s preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value and were determined to be Level 3 fair value items. The changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrants are summarized below based on assumptions summarized in Note 8 as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

         
  December 31, 2009   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Fair value beginning of period   $ 338     $ 1,492     $ 2,282     $ 2,282     $ 5,683  
Changes in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities recorded in the statement of operations     (1,147 )       790       2,147       1,550       24,077  
Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock warrants     2,301                          
Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock warrants                 1,254       1,254        
Fair value end of period   $ 1,492     $ 2,282     $ 5,683     $ 5,086     $ 29,760  

6.  DEBT

Comerica Bank

In September 2007, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with Comerica Bank (“Comerica Bank Credit Facility”) consisting of a $2.5 million working capital line of credit, a $5.0 million growth capital term loan, and a $7.5 million acquisition financing term loan. The working capital line of credit has an interest rate of prime plus 0.5%, payable monthly, and a term of 18 months. The borrowing base for the line includes up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the agreement. The growth capital term loan had an interest rate of prime plus 1.0%, a 1 year interest only period, and expired on September 12, 2008. Advances under the growth capital term loan in increments of $0.3 million up to a total of $5.0 million, were available through September 2008. Any advances under the growth capital loan outstanding in September 2008 were payable in 30 equal installments of principal only, plus all accrued interest. The Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of 1 to 1. The liquidity ratio is defined as the sum of all cash and accounts receivable divided by the indebtedness owed to Comerica Bank. There is no prepayment penalty on the growth capital term loan. The acquisition financing term loan had an interest rate of prime plus 1.3% and a one-year interest only period. Advances under the facility in aggregate up to $7.5 million were available at the sole discretion of the bank and were available until September 12, 2008. The Company did not borrow under this part of the facility. All other terms of the acquisition facility are the same as the growth capital facility. The acquisition facility was strictly for the purpose of financing acquisitions. Comerica Bank has perfected a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company except its intellectual property, as defined in the agreements.

In connection with entering into the Comerica Bank Credit Facility, the Company issued Comerica Bank a warrant to purchase 140,625 shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.60 per share (Note 8). The fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million at issuance is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the related facility. The fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 53%, risk-free rate of 4.3%, expected term of 7 years and zero estimated dividend yield.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.  DEBT  – (continued)

In December 2007, the Company and the lenders amended (the First Amendment) the amount available under the line of credit such that the $2.0 million remaining funds under the term loan was transferred to the line of credit facility for a working capital line of credit totaling $4.5 million. The amount available under the line of credit reverted back to the $2.5 million on April 15, 2008. On April 22, 2009, the Company extended the term of the Comerica Line of Credit through June 7, 2009.

On July 2, 2009, the Company amended the line of credit (the Second Amendment) so that the amount available was increased to $5.0 million and the term was extended through September 5, 2010. In addition, the amendment required that the Company maintain deposits of $4.0 million at Comerica Bank for so long as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) provided an unlimited guarantee of “noninterest-bearing transaction accounts” pursuant to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program and for so long as the account in which the Company maintains its deposits is an Eligible Deposit Account subject to the FDIC Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company is required to maintain unrestricted deposits of $2.0 million. At December 31, 2009, Comerica Bank was a participant of the program.

On October 1, 2009, the amount available under the line of credit was reduced by $0.3 million due to the issuance of an irrevocable standby letter of credit in relation to a sales arrangement with a State agency. The amount available under the line of credit was $4.7 million as of December 31, 2009.

On February 5, 2010, the Company formally amended the line of credit (the Third Amendment) to allow the Company to request commercial or standby letters of credit against the revolving line of credit. The maximum amount of the letter of credit may not exceed $0.3 million and any letter of credit reduces the amount of availability under the revolving line of credit.

On April 6, 2010, the Company further amended the Comerica Bank Credit Facility (the Fourth Amendment). The Fourth Amendment allows for term loan advances in addition to the line of credit from April 6, 2010 through April 6, 2011 for up to $1.0 million in total for the purchase of equipment with a maturity date of October 6, 2013. Advances under the equipment credit facility have an interest rate of prime rate plus 3.8%, payable monthly. Any advances under the equipment credit facility outstanding are to be amortized over the remaining term and payable in equal monthly installments of principal plus accrued interest. All terms of the credit facility, including reporting and other requirements, with Comerica Bank remained the same. As of September 30, 2010, the Company had repaid all outstanding borrowings under the equipment loan (unaudited).

At December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $2.3 million under the working capital line of credit which were fully repaid as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the Company had no outstanding balance under this line of credit. As of September 30, 2010, the Company had repaid all outstanding borrowings under this line of credit (unaudited).

At December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $4.5 million under the growth capital term loan facility, of which $2.0 million and $2.5 million were classified as current debt and long term debt, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $2.5 million under the growth capital term loan facility, of which $2.0 million and $0.5 million were classified as current debt and long term debt, respectively. As of September 30, 2010, the Company had repaid all outstanding borrowings under the growth capital term loan facility (unaudited).

The Comerica Bank Credit Facility was collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants at December 31, 2008 and 2009.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.  DEBT  – (continued)

In August 2010, the Company terminated the Comerica Bank Credit Facility and repaid all outstanding amounts from proceeds from a new credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank as discussed below.

Ironwood Equity Fund LP

In March 2009, the Company entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LP for a total borrowing of $4.0 million, with a maturity date of March 31, 2014. The senior subordinated promissory note calls for interest to be paid at an annual rate of 11.3% on a monthly basis in arrears beginning on April 30, 2009. In connection with the borrowing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 484,849 shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.65 per share. The fair value of the warrants of $0.5 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 66.9%, risk-free rate of 2.2%, expected term of 6.8 years and zero estimated dividend yield. The warrants are exercisable immediately upon issuance and expire on the earlier of March 31, 2019, an initial public offering or, under certain circumstances, a change in control. In August 2010, the Company issued Ironwood Equity Fund LP a fully vested warrant to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share (Note 8) in return for Ironwood Equity LP consenting to the Company entering into the credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank described below. The fair value of the warrants of $11,000 was recorded to other income (expense), net and was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 65.1%, risk-free rate of 0.7%, term of 2.4 years and zero estimated dividend yield. Upon the consummation of an initial public offering or the occurrence of a change of control between March 31, 2010 and March 30, 2011, at the option of the noteholder, the Company may be required to redeem the outstanding principal amount at 103%, together with accrued interest. This contingent interest payment feature represents an embedded derivative. However, based on the insignificant value associated with this feature, no value has been assigned at issuance or as December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited). The outstanding borrowing of $4.0 million was classified as long term debt at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010.

Silicon Valley Bank

In August 2010, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB Credit Facility”) with a maturity of August 2012. Borrowings available under the SVB Credit Facility are determined based on a formula-basis and a non-formula basis. The amount available under the formula-basis is determined based on a multiple of contracted monthly recurring revenues. The contracted monthly recurring revenues is defined as the aggregate total contract value pursuant to eligible recurring contracts less non-recurring contracts related to consulting services allocated for billing purposes on a monthly basis over the duration of the aggregate contract(s) less solution subscription client agreements that expired during the period. Through January 1, 2011 up to $5.0 million is available on a non-formula basis. On January 1, 2011, the non-formula availability will decrease from $5.0 million to $2.5 million and on July 1, 2011, the non-formula availability will decrease to zero. Interest is payable monthly and the principal is due upon maturity. The interest rate is prime plus 1.5% if the debt outstanding is less than or equal to $5.0 million and prime plus 2.5% if the debt outstanding is greater than $5.0 million. The SVB Credit Facility carries certain financial covenants, including maintenance of a minimum unrestricted cash balance, a liquidity coverage ratio and achievement of defined performance criteria. The SVB Credit Facility requires immediate repayment upon an event of default, as defined in the agreement, which includes events such as a payment default, a covenant default or the occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement. The Company believes that an event of default as a result of a material adverse change is remote. In connection with the SVB Credit Facility, the Company issued Silicon Valley Bank a fully vested warrant to purchase 90,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share (Note 8). The fair value of the warrants of $0.2 million was

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.  DEBT  – (continued)

recorded as a debt issuance cost within other assets and was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 65.1%, risk-free rate of 0.7%, term of 2.4 years and zero estimated dividend yield. In August 2010, the Company borrowed $6.4 million against the SVB Credit Facility. In connection with entering into the SVB Credit Facility, the Company repaid all outstanding balances under the Comerica facility and the Comerica facility was terminated. At September 30, 2010, the Company had net outstanding borrowings of $7.7 million, which are classified as long-term debt.

Maturities of outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2009 are as follows for each year ending December (in thousands):

 
2010   $ 2,034  
2011     511  
2012      
2013      
2014     4,000  
Total maturities   $ 6,545  
Less: unamortized debt discount     (486 )  
Total, net of debt discount   $ 6,059  

The Company’s $4.0 million senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LP, which is due in 2014, includes, at the option of the noteholder, a right to require the Company to redeem the outstanding principal at 103%, plus accrued interest, if the consummation of an initial public offering takes place between March 31, 2010 and March 30, 2011.

The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 was 4.3% and 4.4%, respectively.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt was $6.7 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The fair value was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using appropriate current discount rates, taking into consideration the particular terms of the borrowing agreements, at the end of the respective periods. The carrying value of the Company’s line of credit is considered to approximate fair market value, as the interest rates of these instruments are based predominantly on variable reference rates. These estimates involved considerable judgment and changes in those assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Although we have determined the estimated fair value amounts using commonly accepted valuation methodologies, judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, our estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company, or holders of the instruments, could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values. The fair value estimates are based on information available as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. These amounts have not been revalued since those dates, and current estimates of fair value could differ significantly from the amounts presented.

7.  CAPITALIZATION

In January 2009, the Company filed its Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which was subsequently amended in May 2009. Upon this amendment, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, 3,223,640 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), 2,600,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), 2,456,249 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”), 14,416,666 shares of Series D redeemable convertible

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

preferred stock (“Series D Preferred Stock”) and 7,030,204 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series E Preferred Stock”).

The following table summarizes preferred stock share activity for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):

         
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Series D   Series E
Balance as of December 31, 2006     7,724       2,600       2,031              
Issuance of preferred stock                       10,625        
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock     (4,500 )                          
Balance as of December 31, 2007     3,224       2,600       2,031       10,625        
Issuance of preferred stock                              
Balance as of December 31, 2008     3,224       2,600       2,031       10,625        
Issuance of preferred stock                             5,273  
Balance as of December 31, 2009     3,224       2,600       2,031       10,625       5,273  
Issuance of preferred stock (unaudited)                              
Balance as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     3,224       2,600       2,031       10,625       5,273  

The following table summarizes preferred stock amounts for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):

         
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Series D   Series E
Balance as of December 31, 2006   $ 5,119     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $     $  
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs and amounts allocated to preferred stock warrant liabilities                       14,638        
Accretion of preferred stock                       211        
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock     (2,975 )                          
Balance as of December 31, 2007   $ 2,144     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $ 14,849     $  
Accretion of preferred stock                       337        
Balance as of December 31, 2008   $ 2,144     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $ 15,186     $  
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs, and amounts allocated to preferred stock warrant liabilities                           $ 7,952  
Accretion of preferred stock                       1,442       630  
Balance as of December 31, 2009   $ 2,144     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $ 16,628     $ 8,582  
Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)                       3,157       1,567  
Balance as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited)   $ 2,144     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $ 19,785     $ 10,149  

Convertible Preferred Stock Issuances

During May 2007, the Company issued 10,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 3,333,333 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (Note 8), for gross proceeds of $16.0 million. The gross proceeds from the issuance of the preferred stock with warrants were allocated to the fair value of the warrants of $2.1 million and the remaining residual value of $13.9

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

million was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock. The fair value of the warrants of $2.1 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 53%, risk-free rate of 4.6%, expected term of 7 years and zero estimated dividend yield. Subsequently in September 2007, convertible promissory notes issued in September 2006, with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $1.0 million, were converted into 625,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 208,332 shares of Series D Preferred Stock were issued to the shareholders at an estimated fair value of $0.1 million. After allocating the value to the preferred stock warrants, the remaining residual value of $0.9 million was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock. Since the Series D Preferred Stock is redeemable, the Company is accreting the carrying value to its redemption value over the period of issuance to the earliest redemption date using the interest method.

As part of the Series D Preferred Stock issuance in May 2007, the Company redeemed all of Aon Corporation’s 4,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of $5.4 million in cash. The excess of consideration transferred to Aon Corporation over the carrying value of the Series A Preferred Stock of $2.4 million is presented in the consolidated income statement as a deduction from net loss to arrive at net loss attributable to common stockholder for the year ended December 31, 2007.

In January 2009, the Company issued 5,272,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock at $1.65 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $8.7 million. The investors also received warrants to purchase 1,054,543 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (Note 8). The gross proceeds from the issuance of the preferred stock with warrants were allocated to the fair value of the warrants of $0.7 million and the remaining residual value of $8.0 million was allocated to the Series E Preferred Stock. The warrants were fully vested upon issuance and are immediately exercisable and non-forfeitable. The fair value of the warrants at issuance of $0.7 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 67.2%, risk-free rate of 2.2%, expected term of 5.17 years and zero estimated dividend yield. Since the Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable, the Company is accreting the carrying value of the Series E Preferred Stock to its redemption value over the period from issuance to the earliest redemption date using the interest method.

Terms of Common and Preferred Stock

The significant terms of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited) are as follows:

Voting

The holders of preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together and not as separate classes and there is no series voting other than for the election of directors as described below.

Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder could be converted, not including fractional shares, as of the record date. The holders of shares of the preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stock is entitled to vote.

The holders of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors. The holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors. The holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the Board of the Directors. Any additional

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

members of the Board of Directors are elected by the mutual agreement of (i) the holders of a majority of the common stock and (ii) the holders of a majority of the preferred stock, each voting as a separate class.

Dividends

The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends in preference to dividends declared or paid to common stock, when, as and if, declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The payment of any dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock is in proportion to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible; however, any dividends will first be paid to the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock. No dividends may be paid on common stock unless an equivalent dividend is also paid to the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock on an as-converted to common stock basis.

No dividends have been declared or paid since inception.

Liquidation

A “Liquidity Event” includes (i) a sale, acquisition or merger of the Company (in which a change of voting control occurs), (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Upon any Liquidity Event, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on each of the respective shares of preferred stock. The holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock may approve some lesser amount per share of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, respectively. If upon the Liquidity Event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would originally be entitled to receive.

After the liquidation preference of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock has been paid, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount equal to $1.00 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.

After the liquidation preference of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series A Preferred Stock has been paid, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount equal to $1.25 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient to

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.

After the liquidation preferences of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock have been paid, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $1.60 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.

For a Liquidity Event with aggregate consideration at or below $150.0 million in total consideration, after full payment is made to the holders of preferred stock as set forth above, the remaining proceeds will be allocated among the holders of common stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock on a pro-rata as-converted basis.

For a Liquidity Event with aggregate consideration above $150.0 million, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock will receive the greater of (i) the amount of consideration that such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to a total distribution of $150.0 million as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) the amount such holder would receive if such holder had converted such shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to such distribution.

The preferred stock has been presented as mezzanine equity and therefore separately from stockholders’ deficit in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets since redemption and, under certain circumstances, payment of the liquidation preferences to the preferred stock holders is beyond the control of the Company’s management.

Redemption of Series D and Series E Preferred Stock

At any time after May 10, 2014, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, in each case, voting separately, may require the Company to redeem the outstanding shares of Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, for a cash amount per share equal to the greater of (i) original issue price of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock of $1.60 and $1.65, respectively, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, or (ii) the then fair market value of such series of preferred stock as determined by the Board of Directors. The carrying value of the respective Series D and Series E Preferred Stock is being accreted to its redemption value over the period to its earliest redemption date of May 10, 2014 using the interest rate method. The aggregate redemption value of the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2009 was $36.9 million.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the holder’s option at any time into a single share of common stock. The conversion ratio for each respective series of preferred stock is subject to adjustments for stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, reclassification or other similar event.

All of the outstanding shares of preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the then-applicable conversion rate, which is currently 1:1 for each series of preferred stock, immediately prior to the closing of an underwritten public offering at a share price equal to at least $6.40 with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $40.0 million, or upon the written election of the

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D and Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together on an as-converted basis.

At December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company was required to keep available, out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock, the following shares for conversion of the preferred stock (in thousands):

 
Series A     3,224  
Series B     2,600  
Series C     2,031  
Series D     10,625  
Series E     5,273  
Total required availability     23,753  

8.  WARRANTS

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock in connection with debt arrangements and the purchase of certain domain names. All warrants were fully vested, non-forfeitable and immediately exercisable upon issuance and are classified as equity. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), the following warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding (in thousands, except per share data):

           
  Year of
Issuance
  Exercise
Price
per Share
  December 31,   September 30,   Expiration Date
     2008   2009   2010
                         (unaudited)
       1999     $ 0.01       22                   December 2009  
       2000     $ 0.01       22       22             January 2010  
       2005     $ 1.60       125       125       125       June 2012  
       2006     $ 1.60       150       150       150       September 2013  
       2007     $ 1.60       53       53       53       April 2014  
       2007     $ 1.60       146       146       146       May 2014  
    2010     $ 3.50                   95       August 2020  

On May 6, 2009, the Company entered into a five year license agreement that provides a distributor the right to distribute the Company’s software solution to the distributor’s customers under the distributor’s name. In connection with the license agreement, the Company also entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor. The Company may issue the distributor fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share based on the distributor meeting specified sales targets for each contract year until the earlier of the five-year term of our distributor agreement with the distributor or the completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The warrants must be exercised immediately prior to an acquisition of the Company through a reorganization, merger or consolidation; immediately prior to a sale, lease or other disposition of all of our assets; or within three years after an initial public offering. The distributor will no longer be entitled to earn warrants after the completion of an initial public offering. Through September 30, 2010, no warrants had been earned by the distributor (Note 13).

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8.  WARRANTS  – (continued)

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings. The warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock are accounted for as liabilities at fair value upon issuance with changes in fair value recorded in other income (expense) in our statement of operations each reporting period. All warrants are fully vested, non-forfeitable and were immediately exercisable on issuance.

The warrants issued to purchase Series C, Series D and Series E Preferred Stock, with the exception of the warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued during 2004 and 140,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued during 2007, expire on the earliest of their respective expiration dates (as summarized in the table below), an initial public offering or, under certain circumstances, a change in control. The warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued during 2004 expire in June 2011 and the warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued during 2007 expire in September 2014. At December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, the following warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s preferred stock were outstanding (in thousands, except per share amounts):

             
     Warrant of
Preferred
Stock Issued
  Year of
Issuance
  Exercise
Price
Per Share
    
December 31,
  September 30,   Expiration Date
     2008   2009   2010
                              (unaudited)
       Series C       2004     $ 1.60       130       130       130       June 2011  
       Series C       2004     $ 1.60       25       25       25       June 2011  
       Series C       2004     $ 1.60       225       225       225       June 2011  
       Series D       2007     $ 2.40       3,333       3,333       3,333       May 2014  
       Series D       2007     $ 2.40       208       208       208       September 2014  
       Series D       2007     $ 1.60       141       141       141       September 2014  
       Series E       2009     $ 2.40             1,054       1,054       January 2016  
       Series E       2009     $ 1.65             485       485       March 2019  

The fair value of the warrants to purchase the Company’s preferred stock was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

The following weighted average assumptions were used to assess the fair value and the resulting fair value of the Series C, Series D, and Series E Preferred Stock warrants:

               
  Series C   Series D   Series E
     December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009
  September 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
  September 30,
2010
         (unaudited)       (unaudited)     (unaudited)
Risk-free interest rate     0.6 %       0.5 %       0.2 %       2.1 %       1.6 %       0.3 %       2.0 %       0.4 %  
Expected term (in years)     3.0       1.4       0.7       5.5       3.1       1.4       4.1       1.7  
Estimated dividend yield     %       %       %       %       %       %       %       %  
Weighted average estimated volatility     51.0 %       65.0 %       65.1 %       51.0 %       65.0 %       65.1 %       65.0 %       65.1 %  
Fair Value (in thousands)   $ 56     $ 167     $ 2,220     $ 2,226     $ 3,685     $ 19,170     $ 1,831     $ 8,370  

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8.  WARRANTS  – (continued)

At December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 496,875 and 569,375 shares of common stock, respectively, issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock. At December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 380,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 3,682,290 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 1,539,392 shares of Series E Preferred Stock for issuance upon the exercise of warrants to purchase preferred stock.

9.  STOCK OPTION PLAN

In November 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Plan (“1999 Plan”) as amended. In January 2009, the Company created the 2009 Plan (“2009 Plan”). The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2009 Plan is 1,000,000 shares, plus (i) any shares that have been reserved but not issued under the 1999 Plan and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 1999 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full. The shares issued upon exercise may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of common stock. The total shares of common stock available for issuance under the 1999 and 2009 Plans is 5,976,126. As of December 31, 2009, 816,265 shares remained available for the issuance.

In July 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional 2,000,000 shares of common stock to be issued under the 2009 Plan.

Stock options granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The Board of Directors determines the period over which stock options become exercisable. However, except in specific cases of stock options granted to officers, directors and consultants, stock options become exercisable at a rate of not less than 20% per year over 5 years from the date the stock options are granted. Options granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans expire ten years after the grant date and generally vest one-fourth on the first anniversary of the grant and ratably thereafter for the following 36 months. The exercise price of incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options cannot be less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value per share of the Company's common stock on the grant date as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. If an individual owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, the price of each incentive stock option or non-statutory stock option share must be at least 110% of fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors. The term of the stock options is 10 years except for incentive stock options granted to an individual who owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, in which case the term of the stock options is 5 years. The Company may also grant options that are immediately exercisable upon the Board of Directors’ approval. On September 20, 2010, the Company granted a board member immediately exercisable options to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.76 per share (unaudited). One-third of the options granted vest on the first anniversary of the grant and the remaining options vest ratably thereafter for the following 24 months. On September 30, 2010, the option holder elected to early exercise all of the options for a total purchase price of $165,600. The Company has the right to repurchase the unvested shares if the option holder ceases to provide services to the Company. All the shares subject to the Company’s repurchase right were unvested as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited). The proceeds received from the early exercise of these options are recorded as other noncurrent liabilities and will be subsequently reclassified to equity as they vest.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.  STOCK OPTION PLAN  – (continued)

The following table summarizes the activity of the Company's 1999 and 2009 Plans (in thousands, except per share and term information):

       
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding, December 31, 2008     4,872     $ 0.38                    
Granted     581     $ 1.26                    
Exercised     (26 )     $ 0.39                    
Forfeited     (293 )     $ 0.40              
Outstanding, December 31, 2009     5,134     $ 0.48       7.1     $ 3,996  
Granted (unaudited)     1,397     $ 2.14                    
Exercised (unaudited)     (1,754 )     $ 0.44                    
Forfeited (unaudited)     (66 )     $ 1.11              
Outstanding, September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     4,711     $ 0.98       7.9     $ 26,055  
Exercisable at December 31, 2009     3,337     $ 0.37       6.2     $ 2,976  
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009     4,955     $ 0.47       7.1     $ 3,909  
Exercisable at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     2,342     $ 0.45       6.7     $ 14,192  
Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     4,570     $ 0.97       7.9     $ 25,339  

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the following line items in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

         
  Years ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Cost of sales   $ 24     $ 30     $ 27     $ 19     $ 45  
Selling and marketing expense     91       143       221       141       204  
Research and development     16       24       22       9       38  
General and administrative expense     89       45       61       39       85  
Total   $ 220     $ 242     $ 331     $ 208     $ 372  

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):

           
  Options Outstanding at
December 31, 2009
  Options Exercisable at
December 31, 2009
Exercise price   Number   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.34     3,569       6.2     $ 0.34       2,922       5.9     $ 0.34  
$0.50     6       1.5     $ 0.50       6       1.5     $ 0.50  
$0.53     958       9.0     $ 0.53       377       9.0     $ 0.53  
$0.85     20       6.7     $ 0.85       20       6.7     $ 0.85  
$1.26     581       10.0     $ 1.26       12       10.0     $ 1.26  
       5,134       7.1     $ 0.48       3,337       6.2     $ 0.37  

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.  STOCK OPTION PLAN  – (continued)

           
  Options Outstanding at
September 30, 2010
  Options Exercisable at
September 30, 2010
     (unaudited)   (unaudited)
Exercise price   Number   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.34     1,965       6.2     $ 0.34       1,698       6.0     $ 0.34  
$0.50     6       0.8     $ 0.50       6       0.8     $ 0.50  
$0.53     866       8.3     $ 0.53       466       8.3     $ 0.53  
$0.85     20       5.9     $ 0.85       20       5.9     $ 0.85  
$1.26     531       9.2     $ 1.26       111       9.2     $ 1.26  
$1.65     770       9.6     $ 1.65       41       9.6     $ 1.65  
$2.76     553       10.0     $ 2.76                 $ 2.76  
       4,711       7.9     $ 0.98       2,342       6.7     $ 0.45  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was $1,000, $0, $3,000, and $3,000 (unaudited) and $2.6 million (unaudited) respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, the total fair value of shares vested was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.2 million (unaudited) and $0.3 million (unaudited), respectively.

Unrecognized compensation cost was $0.7 million and $3.5 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years and 2.8 years, respectively.

The aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $0.4 million, $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $3.6 million (unaudited), respectively.

In December 2007, the Company modified the terms of outstanding stock options held by certain full time employees and existing directors, such that the original related exercise prices of $0.40 to $0.85 per share were reduced to $0.34 per share. As a result, the Company recorded incremental stock-based compensation in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, of $95,000, $26,000 and $24,000, and $18,000 (unaudited) and $12,000 (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010.

The table below sets forth information regarding stock options granted from January 1, 2009 to September 30, 2010 (shares in thousands):

     
Date of Grant   Number of
shares
  Exercise
price
  Estimated
fair value of
common stock
December 31, 2009     581     $ 1.26     $ 1.26  
April 21, 2010     782     $ 1.65     $ 1.65  
September 20, 2010     615     $ 2.76     $ 6.51  

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.  INCOME TAXES

The components of the Company’s loss before provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

     
  Years Ended
December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
                 
United States   $ (5,682 )     $ (10,121 )     $ (8,320 )  
Foreign                  
Income before income taxes   $ (5,682 )     $ (10,121 )     $ (8,320 )  

The components of the provision for income taxes attributable to continuing operations are as follows (in thousands):

     
  Years Ended
December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
              
Current income tax provision:
                          
Federal   $     $     $  
State                  
Foreign     20       62       72  
Total current income tax provision     20       62       72  
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision:
                          
Federal                  
State                  
Foreign                  
Total deferred income tax provision                  
Total income tax provision   $ 20     $ 62     $ 72  

The Company has incurred operating losses and has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets for all periods to date and, accordingly, has not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented other than provisions for foreign income taxes.

The differences in the total provision for income taxes that would result from applying the 34% federal statutory rate to income before provision for income taxes and the reported provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

     
  Years Ended
December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
                 
U.S. Federal tax expense at statutory rates   $ (1,932 )     $ (3,441 )     $ (2,829 )  
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit     (366 )       (533 )       (335 )  
Permanent differences     (202 )       398       898  
Uncertain tax positions     20       62       72  
Other                 18  
Valuation allowance     2,500       3,576       2,248  
Total income tax provision   $ 20     $ 62     $ 72  

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.  INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

Major components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):

   
  December 31,
     2008   2009
Accrued expenses     197       365  
Long-lived assets — basis difference     1,734       1,966  
Net operating loss carryforwards     12,140       13,762  
Other     227       271  
Total deferred tax assets     14,298       16,364  
Deferred revenue and accounting method change     (1,641 )       (978 )  
Prepaid expenses and deferred commissions     (49 )       (530 )  
Total deferred tax liabilities     (1,690 )       (1,508 )  
Total net deferred tax assets     12,608       14,856  
Valuation allowance     (12,608 )       (14,856 )  
Total net deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance   $     $  

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”). Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one-year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period.

Due to the effects of historical equity issuances, the Company has determined that the future utilization on a portion of its net operating losses is limited annually pursuant to IRC Section 382. The Company believes that none of its net operating losses will expire because of the annual limitation.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had federal and state net operating losses of approximately $34.8 million and $32.7 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2019 and the state net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2010.

The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2009. Management has determined, after evaluating all positive and negative historical and prospective evidence, that it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. The net increase to the valuation allowance of $2.5 million, $3.6 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, was primarily due to additional net operating losses generated by the Company.

In contemplation of inclusion of its financial statements in a public offering, the Company retrospectively adopted the provisions for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes effective January 1, 2007.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.  INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

The following is a rollforward of the Company’s total gross unrecognized tax benefits during 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (in thousands):

 
  Gross
Unrealized
Tax Benefits
Balance at January 1, 2007   $  
Additions for tax positions related to the current year     20  
Balance at December 31, 2007     20  
Additions for tax positions related to the current year     62  
Balance at December 31, 2008     82  
Additions for tax positions related to the current year     72  
Balance at December 31, 2009     154  
Additions for tax positions related to the current nine months (unaudited)     9  
Balance at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)   $ 223  

The Company’s policy is to classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of tax expense. Interest and penalties of $7,000, $ 3,000 and $5,000 (unaudited) on unrecognized tax benefits were accrued as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively. It is not expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will be recognized in the next twelve months. In addition, the Company does not expect the change to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity. If the unrecognized tax benefits are recognized, tax expense will reduce by $0.2 million through September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as to income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. Federal income tax returns of the Company are subject to IRS examination for the 2006 through 2009 tax years. State income tax returns are subject to examination for the 2005 through 2009 tax years.

11.  GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Revenue by geographic region, as determined based on the location of the Company’s clients is set forth below (in thousands):

         
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Revenue
                                            
United States   $ 9,444     $ 16,019     $ 22,415     $ 16,546     $ 23,184  
United Kingdom     903       2,678       4,279       3,085       5,351  
All other countries     629       929       2,628       1,581       4,037  
Total revenue   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 21,212     $ 32,572  

Property and equipment by region is set forth below (in thousands):

     
  December 31,   September 30, 2010
     2008   2009   (unaudited)
Property and equipment, net
                          
United States   $ 999     $ 2,198     $ 3,768  
All other countries     19       31       303  
Total property and equipment, net   $ 1,018     $ 2,229     $ 4,071  

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12.  401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. To date, there have been no contributions made to the plan by the Company.

13.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases its offices under noncancelable operating leases and its managed hosting facility and services under month-to-month operating leases. Total rent expense under operating leases was approximately $0.8 million, $0.9 million, $0.8 million, $0.6 million (unaudited), and $0.7 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The Company leases equipment under capital lease arrangements for the majority of its property and equipment (Note 4).

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases at December 31, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):

   
  Operating Leases   Capital Leases
2010   $ 693     $ 767  
2011     658       706  
2012           484  
2013           11  
2014            
Thereafter            
Total minimum lease payments     1,351       1,968  
Less: Amounts representing interest           (116 )  
Present value of capital lease obligations              1,852  
Less: Current portion           (694 )  
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations         $ 1,158  

In March 2009, the Company entered into an e-learning content reseller agreement with a third-party content provider. The Company is obligated to pay license fees of $0.2 million and $0.2 million in 2010 and 2011, respectively.

During the first nine months of 2010, the Company entered into an amendment to its operating lease to increase its office space in Santa Monica, California, and entered into an operating lease for a foreign office in India. These operating lease agreements increase the Company’s total operating lease commitments by approximately $1.1 million through 2015.

In August 2010, the Company entered into a patent license agreement granting the Company a perpetual license to use a third-party’s e-learning technologies. License fees of $0.2 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million are due in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Company recorded an intangible asset for the patent license of $0.7 million (unaudited) and recorded a current and noncurrent other liability of $0.4 million (unaudited) and $0.6 million (unaudited), respectively, corresponding to the present value of the license fees. The Company recorded expense of $0.3 million relating to the license fees attributable to past use of the third-party’s e-learning technologies.

For the period from January 1, 2010 to September 30, 2010, the Company entered into additional capital lease agreements that increase capital lease commitments by approximately $2.4 million (unaudited) through 2012.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  – (continued)

Guarantees and Indemnifications

The Company has made guarantees and indemnities under which it may be required to make payments to a guaranteed or indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions, including revenue transactions in the ordinary course of business. In connection with certain facility leases, the Company has indemnified its lessors for certain claims arising from the facility or the lease. The Company indemnifies its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. However, the Company has a directors and officers insurance policy that may reduce its exposure in certain circumstances and may enable it to recover a portion of future amounts that may be payable, if any. The duration of the guarantees and indemnities varies and, in many cases, are indefinite but subject to statute of limitations. To date, the Company has made no payments related to these guarantees and indemnities. The Company estimates the fair value of its indemnification obligations as insignificant based on this history and insurance coverage and has therefore, has not recorded any liability for these guarantees and indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. If the Company determines that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonable estimable, the Company will record a liability. The Company has determined that it does not have a potential liability related to any legal proceedings or claims that would individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect its financial conditions or operating results.

ADP Warrants

In conjunction with a distributor agreement with ADP, the Company has an obligation to issue to ADP, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 886,096 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share, upon ADP achieving various tiers of sales targets during each contract year until the earlier of the end of the five-year term of the agreement with ADP or the completion of an initial public offering. The warrants terminate early upon an acquisition of the Company, a disposition of substantially all of the Company’s assets or three years after an initial public offering. Through the first contract year ended June 30, 2010, no warrants have been issued to ADP because the Company has concluded that all defined tiers of sales targets have not been met by ADP. In accordance with the agreement, the Company notified ADP that they had not met such targets. In October 2010, ADP informed the Company that in their view they achieved the lowest tier of sales targets, which would result in ADP earning warrants to purchase 443,048 shares of the Company’s common stock, the estimated fair value of which was approximately $2.7 million at September 30, 2010, based on the Company’s common stock value as of that date. The Company believes ADP’s position is without merit. Discussions with ADP are ongoing. At this time, the Company believes that it is not probable or estimable that the Company will be required to issue warrants for the first contract year. However, this matter is subject to various risks and uncertainties and there can be no assurance that it will be resolved without further costs to the Company, including the potential for arbitration or litigation. If and when this matter becomes both probable and estimable, the Company may be required to record the then fair value of the warrants which could materially negatively impact the Company’s results of operations.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In May 2006, the Company entered into loan agreements with four existing shareholders. The loans, totaling $1.5 million, were repaid on May 10, 2007.

During September 2006, the Company entered into short-term borrowing arrangements with four shareholders for debt totaling $1.0 million. In September 2007, the debt was converted into 625,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. In addition, the note holders were issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of preferred stock.

During 2007, in connection with Series D Preferred Stock issuance, the Company repurchased 650,000 shares of common stock from an executive officer for a total purchase price of $0.7 million. The $0.3 million excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the common stock on the date of repurchase, was recorded as compensation expense. As part of the Series D Preferred Stock issuance in May 2007, the Company redeemed all of Aon Corporation’s (one of the Company’s clients) 4,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of $5.4 million in cash. Revenues related to Aon Corporation for the period from January 2007 through the redemption of the preferred stock were approximately $0.1 million.

During May 2007, the Company entered into employment agreements with two executive officers in which each received a loan from the Company in an aggregate principal amount of $0.3 million at an interest rate of 5% annually. The outstanding principal and accrued interest due under each loan was charged to compensation expense in 2007 and 2008.

During June 2010, an executive officer of an accounting software company joined the Company’s Board of Directors. During the three months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded $12,000 (unaudited) in expenses related to the use of the accounting software.

15.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 27, 2010, the date of the issuance of the financial statements. In connection with the re-issuance of the financial statements and the issuance of the interim consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 8, 2010.

On November 7, 2010 the Board of Directors granted 955,000 stock options and 270,000 restricted stock units to three senior executives of the Company. The stock options were issued at an exercise price of $6.51 per share and vest over a four year term. The restricted stock options vest over a four year term.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

  

 

  
  

          Shares

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

Common Stock

  
  



 

  
  

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

  
  
  



 

  
  

PROSPECTUS

  
  



 

  
  
  
  

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Barclays Capital

 
William Blair & Company
  Piper Jaffray
Pacific Crest Securities   JMP Securities

  
  
  
  

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. All the expenses below will be paid by Cornerstone OnDemand.

 
Item   Amount
SEC registration fee   $ 8,200  
FINRA filing fee     12,000  
Initial NASDAQ Global Market listing fee     *  
Legal fees and expenses     *  
Accounting fees and expenses     *  
Printing and engraving expenses     *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees     *  
Blue sky fees and expenses     *  
Director and Officer Insurance     *  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses        *     
Total   $    

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and some employees containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which, under certain conditions, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of our officers and directors against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since August 31, 2007, we have sold unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below.

Sale of Preferred Stock

In September 2006, we sold and issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 to four accredited investors. In September 2007, these notes were converted into an aggregate of 625,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock.

In January 2009, we sold an aggregate of 5,272,727 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at purchase price per share of $1.65, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,700,000.

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Warrant Issuances

In September 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase 140,625 shares of our Series D preferred stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $1.60 per share and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of our Series D preferred stock to a total of four accredited investors at an exercise price of $2.40 per share.

In January 2009, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,054,543 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at an exercise price of $2.40 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,618,182.

In March 2009, we issued a warrant to purchase 484,849 shares of our Series E preferred stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $1.65 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $800,000.

In August 2010, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 95,000 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at an exercise price of $3.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $332,500.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

From August 31, 2007 through September 30, 2010, we granted to our employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 7,002,768 shares of common stock under our 1999 Stock Plan and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.34 to $2.76 per share.

From August 31, 2007 through September 30, 2010, we sold an aggregate of 1,904,099 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options under our 1999 Stock Plan and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.34 to $2.76 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $884,645.

Securities Law Compliance

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes that (i) the transactions described under the headings “ Sale of Preferred Stock ” and “ Warrant Issuances ” were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under Section 4(2) thereof, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, and (ii) the transactions described under the heading “ Option and Common Stock Issuances ” were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 3(b) thereof, and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in connection with such transactions. All recipients of securities under the headings “ Sale of Preferred Stock ” and “ Warrant Issuances ” were accredited investors and either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through their relationships with the registrant, to such information.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements

Exhibits

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
 1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3.1#   Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.

II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
 3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
 3.3#   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
 3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
 4.1*   Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
 4.2#   Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, Adam Miller and the investors listed on Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached thereto.
 4.3#   Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
 4.4#   Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of August 20, 2010.
 4.5#   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Orix Venture Finance LLC, dated as of June 29, 2004.
 4.6#   Warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated as of September 12, 2007.
 4.7   Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, Adam Miller and the investors listed on Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached thereto.
 5.1*   Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1†*   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2†#   The Registrant’s 1999 Stock Plan, including the form of stock option agreement, as amended and currently in effect.
10.3†#   The Registrant’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, as currently in effect.
10.3A†*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4†*   The Registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
10.5†*   The Registrant’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including form agreements, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.6†   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Adam Miller, dated as of November 8, 2010, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.7†   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Perry Wallack, dated as of November 8, 2010, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.8†   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Seymour, dated as of November 8, 2010, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.9†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David J. Carter, dated as of November 8, 2010, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.10†*   Amended and Restated Unlimited Term Employment Contract between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.11†#   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Goldin, dated as of May 24, 2010.

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
10.12#   Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
10.13#   Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of March 31, 2009.
10.13A   Subordinated Promissory Note issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of March 31, 2009.
10.14   Sublease Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of January 31, 2006.
10.15   First Amendment to Sublease between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of May 25, 2010.
10.16   Sublease II between Accruent, Inc., and the Registrant, dated as of January 25, 2008.
10.17#   Master Service Agreement (United States) between the Registrant and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., dated as of November 6, 2009.
10.18#   Master Service Agreement (United Kingdom) between the Registrant and Equinix (UK) Limited, dated as of November 4, 2009.
21.1#   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.1#   Power of Attorney (see page II-5).

* To be filed by Amendment.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
# Previously filed.

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

II-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, State of California, on the 9th day of November, 2010.

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

By: /s/ Adam L. Miller
Adam L. Miller
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Adam L. Miller

Adam L. Miller
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   November 9, 2010
/s/ Perry A. Wallack

Perry A. Wallack
  Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   November 9, 2010
*

R. C. Mark Baker
  Director   November 9, 2010
*

Harold W. Burlingame
  Director   November 9, 2010
*

Byron B. Deeter
  Director   November 9, 2010
*

James McGeever
  Director   November 9, 2010
*

Neil Sadaranganey
  Director   November 9, 2010
*

Robert D. Ward
  Director   November 9, 2010

*By:

/s/ Adam L. Miller

Adam L. Miller
Attorney in Fact

      

II-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT INDEX

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
 1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3.1#   Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
 3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
 3.3#   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
 3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
 4.1*   Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
 4.2#   Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, Adam Miller and the investors listed on Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached thereto.
 4.3#   Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
 4.4#   Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of August 20, 2010.
 4.5#   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Orix Venture Finance LLC, dated as of June 29, 2004.
 4.6#   Warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated as of September 12, 2007.
 4.7   Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, Adam Miller and the investors listed on Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached thereto.
 5.1*   Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1†*   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2†#   The Registrant’s 1999 Stock Plan, including the form of stock option agreement, as amended and currently in effect.
10.3†#   The Registrant’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, as currently in effect.
10.3A†*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4†*   The Registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
10.5†*   The Registrant’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including form agreements, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.6†   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Adam Miller, dated as of November 8, 2010, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.7†   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Perry Wallack, dated as of November 8, 2010, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.8†   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Seymour, dated as of November 8, 2010, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.9†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David J. Carter, dated as of November 8, 2010, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.

II-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
10.10†*   Amended and Restated Unlimited Term Employment Contract between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.11†#   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Goldin, dated as of May 24, 2010.
10.12#   Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
10.13#   Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of March 31, 2009.
10.13A   Subordinated Promissory Note issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of March 31, 2009.
10.14   Sublease Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of January 31, 2006.
10.15   First Amendment to Sublease between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of May 25, 2010.
10.16   Sublease II between Accruent, Inc., and the Registrant, dated as of January 25, 2008.
10.17#   Master Service Agreement (United States) between the Registrant and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., dated as of November 6, 2009.
10.18#   Master Service Agreement (United Kingdom) between the Registrant and Equinix (UK) Limited, dated as of November 4, 2009.
21.1#   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.1#   Power of Attorney (see page II-5).

* To be filed by Amendment.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
# Previously filed.

II-8


 
Exhibit 3.2

 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:
 
A.           The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “CyberU, Inc.”  The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 24, 1999.
 
B.           Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Existing Certificate ”).
 
C.           The Restated Certificate has been duly approved by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL.
 
D.           The Restated Certificate has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.
 
E.           The Existing Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
The name of the Corporation is Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
 
ARTICLE II
 
The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is the Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
 
ARTICLE III
 
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,050,000,000, consisting of the following:
 
 
 

 
 
1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.
 
50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, privileges, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.
 
The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
 
ARTICLE V
 
The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”). At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation (each, an “ Annual Meeting ”), directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.
 
Effective upon the effective date of the Corporation’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”), the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled Annual Meeting following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second Annual Meeting following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third Annual Meeting following the Effective Date. At each Annual Meeting, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled Annual Meeting following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a class of directors whose term shall have expired at such Annual Meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third Annual Meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
 
 
-2-

 
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
 
Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of each director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
 
The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.
 
 
-3-

 
 
The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.
 
Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the amendment of the Restated Certificate to adopt any provision inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
 
ARTICLE X
 
Except as provided in Article IX above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders of the Corporation herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 70% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Restated Certificate inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Article V, Article VI, Article VIII or this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).
 
 
-4-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation on this ____ day of _________ 20__.
 


By:        ____________________________
Adam Miller
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
-5-

 
 
 
Exhibit 3.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
(as amended and restated on [_________] and effective as of the
closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
     
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES
1
   
1.1
REGISTERED OFFICE
1
1.2
OTHER OFFICES
1
   
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
1
   
2.1
PLACE OF MEETINGS
1
2.2
ANNUAL MEETING
1
2.3
SPECIAL MEETING
1
2.4
ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES
2
2.5
NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
6
2.6
QUORUM
6
2.7
ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
6
2.8
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
6
2.9
VOTING
7
2.10
STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
7
2.11
RECORD DATES
7
2.12
PROXIES
8
2.13
LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE
8
2.14
INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
9
     
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS
9
   
3.1
POWERS
9
3.2
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
9
3.3
ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
9
3.4
RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
10
3.5
PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
10
3.6
REGULAR MEETINGS
10
3.7
SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
11
3.8
QUORUM; VOTING
11
3.9
BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
11
3.10
FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
12
3.11
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
12
     
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES
12
   
4.1
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
12
4.2
COMMITTEE MINUTES
12
4.3
MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
12
4.4
SUBCOMMITTEES
13
     
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS
13
   
5.1
OFFICERS
13
5.2
APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
14
5.3
SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
14

i

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
   
Page
     
5.4
REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
14
5.5
VACANCIES IN OFFICES
14
5.6
REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
14
5.7
AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
15
     
ARTICLE VI — STOCK
15
   
6.1
STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES
15
6.2
SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES
15
6.3
LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES
16
6.4
DIVIDENDS
16
6.5
TRANSFER OF STOCK
16
6.6
STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS
16
6.7
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
17
     
ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER
17
   
7.1
NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
17
7.2
NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION
17
7.3
NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS
18
7.4
NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL
18
7.5
WAIVER OF NOTICE
18
     
ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION
19
   
8.1
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS
19
8.2
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION
19
8.3
SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE
20
8.4
INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
20
8.5
ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
20
8.6
LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION
20
8.7
DETERMINATION; CLAIM
21
8.8
NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS
21
8.9
INSURANCE
21
8.10
SURVIVAL
22
8.11
EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION
22
8.12
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
22
     
ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS
22
   
9.1
EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS
22
9.2
FISCAL YEAR
22
9.3
SEAL
23
9.4
CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
23

ii

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
   
Page
     
ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS
23
     

iii


 
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 


 
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES
 
1.1           REGISTERED OFFICE
 
The registered office of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation.  References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.
 
1.2           OTHER OFFICES
 
The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.
 
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
 
2.1           PLACE OF MEETINGS
 
Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.
 
2.2           ANNUAL MEETING
 
The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting.  At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.
 
2.3           SPECIAL MEETING
 
(i)           A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer).  A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.
 

 
(ii)           The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.
 
2.4           ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES
 
(i)            Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.
 
(a)           To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).
 
(b)           To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).
 
-2-

 
(c)           Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.
 
(ii)            Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.
 
-3-

 
(a)           To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.
 
(b)           To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:
 
(1)           as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and
 
(2)           as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).
 
(c)           At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).
 
-4-

 
(d)           Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
 
(iii)           Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.
 
(a)           For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
 
(b)           The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.
 
(iv)             Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4.  Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:
 
(a)           a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or
 
(b)           the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.
 
-5-

 
2.5           NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
 
Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.
 
2.6           QUORUM
 
The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.  Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws
 
If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.
 
2.7           ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
 
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.
 
2.8           CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
 
The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.  The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.
 
-6-

 
2.9           VOTING
 
The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.
 
Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.
 
Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
 
2.10           STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
 
Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.
 
2.11           RECORD DATES
 
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.
 
If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
 
-7-

 
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.
 
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
 
2.12           PROXIES
 
Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.
 
2.13           LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE
 
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date.  The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.
 
-8-

 
2.14           INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
 
Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.
 
Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots.
 
In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.
 
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS
 
3.1           POWERS
 
The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.
 
3.2           NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
 
The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.
 
3.3           ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
 
Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.
 
-9-

 
3.4           RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
 
Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.
 
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
 
If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.
 
3.5           PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
 
The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.
 
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
 
3.6           REGULAR MEETINGS
 
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.
 
-10-

 
3.7           SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
 
Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.
 
Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:
 
(i)       delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;
 
(ii)      sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;
 
(iii)     sent by facsimile; or
 
(iv)     sent by electronic mail,
 
directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.
 
If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.
 
3.8           QUORUM; VOTING
 
At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.
 
The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
 
If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.
 
3.9           BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
 
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
 
-11-

 
3.10           FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.
 
3.11           REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
 
A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.
 
No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.
 
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES
 
4.1           COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
 
The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.
 
4.2           COMMITTEE MINUTES
 
Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.
 
4.3           MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
 
Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:
 
(i)       Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);
 
-12-

 
(ii)      Section 3.6 (regular meetings);
 
(iii)     Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);
 
(iv)     Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);
 
(v)      Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and
 
(vi)     Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)
 
with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :
 
(i)        the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;
 
(ii)       special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and
 
(iii)      notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.
 
Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
 
4.4           SUBCOMMITTEES
 
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.
 
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS
 
5.1           OFFICERS
 
The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
 
-13-

 
5.2           APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
 
The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.
 
5.3           SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
 
The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.
 
5.4           REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
 
Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.
 
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.
 
5.5           VACANCIES IN OFFICES
 
Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.
 
5.6           REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
 
The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
 
-14-

 
5.7           AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
 
All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.
 
ARTICLE VI — STOCK
 
6.1           STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES
 
The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.
 
The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.
 
6.2           SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES
 
If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.
 
-15-

 
6.3           LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES
 
Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
 
6.4           DIVIDENDS
 
The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.
 
The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.
 
6.5           TRANSFER OF STOCK
 
Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.
 
6.6           STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS
 
The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
 
-16-

 
6.7           REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
 
The corporation:
 
(i)       shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;
 
(ii)      shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and
 
(iii)     shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
 
ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER
 
7.1           NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
 
Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
 
7.2           NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION
 
Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:
 
(i)       the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and
 
(ii)      such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.
 
(2)   However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.
 
Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:
 
 
(i)
if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
 
-17-

 
 
(ii)
if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
 
 
(iii)
if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and
 
 
(iv)
if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
 
An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
 
An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
 
7.3           NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS
 
Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.
 
7.4           NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL
 
Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
 
7.5           WAIVER OF NOTICE
 
Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
 
-18-

 
ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION
 
8.1           INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS
 
Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
8.2           INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION
 
Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
-19-

 
8.3           SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE
 
To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
8.4           INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
 
Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.
 
8.5           ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.
 
8.6           LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION
 
Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):
 
(i)           for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;
 
(ii)           for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
 
(iii)           for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
 
-20-

 
(iv)           initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or
 
(v)           if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.
 
8.7           DETERMINATION; CLAIM
 
If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.
 
8.8           NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS
 
The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.
 
8.9           INSURANCE
 
The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.
 
-21-

 
8.10           SURVIVAL
 
The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
8.11           EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION
 
Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.
 
8.12           CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.
 
ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS
 
9.1           EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS
 
Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
 
9.2           FISCAL YEAR
 
The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.
 
-22-

 
9.3           SEAL
 
The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.
 
9.4           CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
 
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.
 
ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS
 
These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however , that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 70% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw).  The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

-23-

 

Exhibit 4.7

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Voting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of January 30, 2009 by and among Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the individuals and entities listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (each an “ Investor ,” and collectively the “ Investors ”), the individuals and entities listed on Exhibit B hereto (each an “ Existing Investor ,” and collectively the “ Existing Investors ”), and Adam Miller (the “ Founder ”).  The Investors, the Existing Investors and the Founder are referred to herein collectively as the “ Voting Parties .”

WHEREAS , the Company and the Investors have entered into a Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith pursuant to which the Company desires to sell to the Investors and the Investors desire to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock ( “Series E Preferred Stock” ) and Warrants to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock (“ Series E Warrants ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, the Existing Investors and the Founder have previously entered into a Voting Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2007 (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

WHEREAS , a condition to the Investors’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the Company, the Investors, the Founder, and the Existing Investors enter into this Agreement for the purpose of setting forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Founder, Investors, and Existing Investors shall vote their shares of the Company’s voting stock in favor of certain designees to the Company’s Board of Directors.

WHEREAS , the Prior Agreement may be amended and restated in its entirety with the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) the holders of a majority of the Common Stock then outstanding, (iii) a majority-in-interest of the Original Holders, and (iv) a majority-in-interest of the individuals and entities listed on Exhibit A of the Prior Agreement (the “ Series D Investors ”).

WHEREAS , the Company, the Common Group (as defined in Section 2(b)(iv) below), a majority-in-interest of the Original Holders, and a majority-in-interest of the Series D Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights and obligations created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights and obligations created under the Prior Agreement.

WHEREAS , the Company’s Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the  “ Certificate ”) provides that: (i) the holders of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director (the “ Series E Director ”); (ii) the holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors (the “ Series D Directors ”); (iii) the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one director (the “ Preferred Director ”); (iv) the holders of the Company’s Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director (the “ Common Director ”); and (v) the holders of the Company’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect any additional directors by mutual agreement (the “ Additional Directors ”).
 
 
 

 

 
WHEREAS , the Company, the Investors, the Founder, and the Existing Investors desire to facilitate the voting arrangements set forth in this Agreement, and the sale and purchase of shares of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E Warrants pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals, mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.            Shares .  During the term of this Agreement, each Voting Party agrees to vote all shares of the Company’s voting securities now or hereafter owned by it, whether beneficially or otherwise, or as to which it has voting power (the “ Shares ”) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

2.             Election of Boards of Directors .

(a)            Voting .  During the term of this Agreement, each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares in such manner as may be necessary to elect (and maintain in office) as members of the Company’s Board of Directors:

(i)                 The Series E Designee (as defined below) as the Series E Director;

(ii)                 The two (2) Series D Designees (as defined below) as the Series D Directors;

(iii)                 The Preferred Designee (as defined below) as the Preferred Director;

(iv)                 The Common Designee (as defined below) as the Common Director; and

(v)                 The two (2) Mutual Designees (as defined below) as two (2) of the Additional Directors.

(b)            Designation of Directors .   The designees to the Company’s Board of Directors described above (each a “ Designee ”) shall be selected as follows:

(i)                 The “ Series E Designee ” shall be chosen by Meritech Capital Partners, provided that Meritech Capital Partners holds at least 2,000,000 shares in the aggregate of Series E Preferred Stock.

(ii)                 One (1) “ Series D Designee ” shall be chosen by Bessemer Venture Partners, provided that Bessemer Venture Partners holds at least 2,000,000 shares in the aggregate of Series D Preferred Stock; and one (1) “ Series D Designee ” shall be chosen by Bay Partners, provided that Bay Partners holds at least 2,000,000 shares in the aggregate of Series D Preferred Stock.
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
(iii)                 The “ Preferred Designee ” shall be chosen by holders of a majority the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (the “ Preferred Group ”).

(iv)                 The “ Common Designee ” shall be chosen by the holders of a majority of the Company’s Common Stock then outstanding (the “ Common Group ”); provided , however , that the Common Designee shall be Adam Miller.

(v)                 The “ Mutual Designees ” shall be independent, outside individuals chosen by a majority of the other Designees, provided that (i) a majority of the Series D Designee chosen by Bessemer Venture Partners, the Series D Designee chosen by Bay Partners and the Series E Designee and (ii) the Common Designee shall approve each Mutual Designee.

(c)            Current Designees .  For the purpose of this Agreement, the current directors of the Company shall be deemed to be the following Designees: (i) Rob Ward, as a representative of Meritech Capital Partners, shall be deemed to be the Series E Designee upon his election to the Board of Directors in connection with the sale and issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) Byron Deeter, as a representative of Bessemer Venture Partners, and Neil Sadaranganey, as a representative of Bay Ventures, shall be deemed to be the Series D Designees, (iii) the Preferred Designee seat shall initially be vacant, (iv) Adam Miller shall be deemed to be the Common Designee, and (v) Mark Baker and Hal Burlingame shall be the two Mutual Designees.  

(d)            Changes in Designees .  From time to time during the term of this Agreement, Voting Parties who hold sufficient Shares to select a Designee or Designees who are entitled to select a Designee pursuant to this Agreement may, in their sole discretion:

(i)                 notify the Company in writing of an intention to remove from the Company’s Board of Directors any incumbent Designee who occupies a Board seat for which such Voting Parties or Designees are entitled to designate the Designee; or

(ii)                 notify the Company in writing of an intention to select a new Designee for election to a Board seat for which such Voting Parties or Designees are entitled to designate the Designee (whether to replace a prior Designee or to fill a vacancy in such Board seat).

In the event of such an initiation of a removal or selection of a Designee under this section, the Company shall take such reasonable actions as are necessary to facilitate such removals or elections, including, without limitation, soliciting the votes of the appropriate stockholders, and the Voting Parties shall vote their Shares to cause: (a) the removal from the Company’s Board of Directors of the Designee or Designees so designated for removal; and (b) the election to the Company’s Board Directors of any new Designee or Designees so designated in accordance with Section 2(b).

(e)            Size of Board of Directors .  During the term of this Agreement, each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares to maintain the authorized number of members of the Board of Directors of the Company at seven (7) directors and not to vote its Shares for any amendment or change to the Certificate or Bylaws providing for the election of more or less than seven (7) directors, or any other amendment or change to the Restated Certificate or Bylaws inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
(f)            Irrevocable Proxy .  To secure the Voting Parties’ obligations to vote in accordance with this Agreement and to comply with the other terms hereof, each Voting Party hereby appoints the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President of the Company, or either of them from time to time, or their designees, as such Voting Party’s true and lawful proxy and attorney, with the power to act alone and with full power of substitution, to vote all shares of capital stock of the Company held by such holder in favor of the matters set forth in this Agreement and to execute all appropriate instruments consistent with this Agreement on behalf of such holder if, and only if, such holder fails to vote all of such holders shares of capital stock of the Company or execute such other instruments in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement within twenty (20) days of the Company’s written request for such holders’ written consent or signature.  The proxy and power granted by each Voting Party pursuant to this section are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of such party’s duties under this Agreement.  Each such proxy and power will be irrevocable for the term hereof.  The proxy and power, so long as any party hereto is an individual, will survive the death, incompetency and disability of such party or any other individual holder and, so long as any party hereto is an entity, will survive the merger or reorganization of such party or any other entity holding any shares of capital stock of the Company.

(g)            Failure to Designate a Board Member .  In the absence of any designation from the persons or groups with the right to designate a director as specified above, the director previously designated by him, her or them and then serving shall be reelected if still eligible to serve as provided herein; provided , however , if such director is no longer eligible to serve as provided herein or if the person or group with the right to designate a director as specified above elects not to designate a director in writing, the director’s position shall remain vacant until a successor shall have been duly elected and qualified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Certificate, as amended.

(h)            No Liability for Election of Recommended Director .  None of the parties hereto and no officer, director, stockholder, partner, employee or agent of any such party makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the nominee of any party hereunder to serve on the Board of Directors by virtue of such party’s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such party in voting for such nominee pursuant to this Agreement.

3.            Drag-Along Rights .

(a)           If each of (i) the Company’s Board of Directors, (ii) Investors and/or Existing Investors representing at least sixty percent (60%) of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock voting together as a class on an as converted basis and (iii) the Common Group approve a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Certificate), each of the Investors, Existing Investors and the Founder (together the “ Original Holders ”, and each an “ Original Holder ”) agrees (i) to vote all shares held by such Original Holder (whether owned or otherwise exercises voting or disposition authority) in favor of such Change of Control Transaction, and (ii) to sell, transfer, deliver or exchange all shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, then held by such Original Holder pursuant to the terms and conditions of such Change of Control Transaction; subject to the following conditions:
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
(i)                 the Original Holder shall not be required to indemnify the acquirer for the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by any other person in connection with the Liquidity Event, other than the Company, unless all Original Holders are similarly obligated and liability for the Original Holder is capped at the consideration actually paid or payable to such party in connection with the Liquidity Event;

(ii)                 liability shall be limited to the amount of consideration actually paid or payable to such Original Holder in connection with such Liquidity Event, except with respect to (i) representations and warranties of such Original Holder related to authority, ownership and the ability to convey title to the shares of such Original Holder, (ii) any covenants made by such Original Holder with respect to confidentiality or voting related to the Liquidity Event or (iii) claims related to fraud or willful breach by such Original Holder, the liability for which need not be limited;

(iii)                 except for any differences set forth in the Certificate, as amended, or agreed to in writing by the Original Holder as of the date of signing of definitive agreements related to the Liquidity Event, each class and series of capital stock of the Company will be entitled to receive the same form of consideration (and be subject to the same indemnity and escrow provisions) as a result of such Change of Control Transaction; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if any holders of any capital stock of the Company are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received as a result of the Liquidity Event, all holders of such capital stock will be given the same option.; and

(iv)                 the payment with respect to each share of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, is an amount at least equal to the amount payable in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, if such Change of Control Transaction were deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up within the meaning of Article V, Section 3 thereof.

(b)           If a Liquidity Event will be effected as a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (a “ Merger ”) (i) with another entity that does not have a registered class of equity securities, (ii) in which the Company will not be the surviving entity, and (iii) pursuant to which securities of such other entity or the surviving entity will be issued to the Company’s stockholders, then the Company may require any stockholder who is not an accredited investor (an “accredited investor”), as defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), to sell all of its shares of capital stock to the Company, the acquiring entity or the surviving entity (a “ Merger Cash-Out ”) immediately prior to or in connection with the Merger.  The Company may require a Merger Cash-Out of non-accredited investors pursuant to this Section 3 only (x) at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board after taking into consideration the Merger, (y) with respect to all, but not less than all, stockholders who are non-accredited, and (z) if the Board of Directors first determines that the proposed Merger cannot reasonably be structured or effected in a manner that does not materially deprive the Company of the intended benefits of the Merger without the registration under the Securities Act of the securities to be issued in the Merger.  Each stockholder subject to the provisions of this Agreement will promptly provide the Company with any certifications or other evidence as the Company may reasonably request regarding the status of each stockholder as an accredited investor.
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
4.            Cumulative Voting .  In the event that any stockholder of the Company exercises its right to cumulate its votes in connection with any election of directors, the Voting Parties shall coordinate their voting to ensure that the maximum number of Designees is elected to the Board of Directors.  In determining the maximum number of Designees which may be ensured election, the parties hereto shall assume that all outstanding Shares are voted and shall assume that any Shares held by persons who are not parties to this Agreement will vote their Shares for candidates other than the Designees.  If less than all of the Designees can be assured election, then the priority given to the Series D Designees shall be determined by Bessemer Venture Partners, the priority given to the Preferred Designee shall be determined by the Preferred Group, and the priority given to the Mutual Designees shall be determined by the (i) Common Group, and (ii) the holders of a majority of the Company’s Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis.

5.            Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) immediately following a Liquidity Event, and (ii) the consummation of a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock in connection with which all the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Certificate.  

6.            Additional Shares .  In the event that subsequent to the date of this Agreement any shares or other securities (other than pursuant to a Change of Control Transaction) are issued on, or in exchange for, any of the Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification or consolidation involving the Company, such shares or securities shall be deemed to be Shares for purposes of this Agreement.

7.            Restrictive Legend .  Each certificate representing any of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall be marked by the Company with a legend reading as follows:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER) AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON HOLDING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID VOTING AGREEMENT.”

8.            Indemnification   The Company and each member of the Board of Directors of the Company elected pursuant to this Agreement shall execute an indemnification agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

9.            Miscellaneous

(a)            Certain Definitions .  Shares “ held ” by a Voting Party shall mean any Shares directly or indirectly owned (of record or beneficially) by such Voting Party or as to which such Voting Party has voting power.  “ Vote ” shall include any exercise of voting rights whether at an annual or special meeting or by written consent or in any other manner permitted by applicable law.  A “ majority-in-interest ” of either the Founder, the Existing Investors, the Original Holders or the Investors (each, a “ Group ”) shall mean the holders of a majority of the Common Stock (determined on an as-converted basis) then held by such Group.
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
(b)            Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, e-mailed, mailed, or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to a Voting Party, at such Voting Party’s address, facsimile number or e-mail address set forth in the Company’s records, or at such other address, facsimile number or e-mail address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, at 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620, Santa Monica, California, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to the Voting Parties in writing, with a copy to Herbert Fockler, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.  All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile or e-mail (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.  With respect to any notice given by the Company under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s charter or bylaws, each Investor agrees that such notice may be given by facsimile or by electronic mail.  In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error .

(c)            Successors and Assigns .  The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.  The Company shall not permit the transfer of any Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any Shares unless and until the person to whom such security is to be transferred shall have executed a written agreement pursuant to which such person becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all the provisions hereof as if such person was a Voting Party hereunder.

(d)            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

(e)            Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.  All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(f)            Further Assurances .  Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and so all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
(g)            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof.  No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.  As of the date hereof, the Prior Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this agreement.

(h)            Not a Voting Trust .  This Agreement is not a voting trust governed by Section 218 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and should not be interpreted as such.  Except for this Agreement, neither any of the Voting Parties nor any of their affiliates shall deposit any shares of capital stock beneficially owned by such Voting Parties or affiliate in a voting trust or subject any such shares of capital stock to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such shares of capital stock.

(i)            Specific Performance .  It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Agreement by any party, that this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order.  Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach.

(j)            Amendment .  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company, the Common Group, and the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock held by the Investors and Existing Investors voting together as a class on an as converted basis; provided , however , that in connection with the sale and issuance of a new series of preferred stock of the Company following the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement may be amended to increase the size of the Board by one member and to add one new seat designated by the holders of a majority of such series of preferred stock, solely with the consent of the Company and a majority-in-interest of the Investors; provided , however , that Section 2(b)(iv) hereof may not be amended without the consent of the Founder; provided further , that Investors purchasing Shares and Series E Warrants under the Purchase Agreement after the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Voting Party; provided further , that the provisions of Sections 2(a)(i), 2(b)(i), 2(d) and 9(j) may be amended and the observance of any term thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of Meritech Capital Partners if such provision to be amended or term to be waived has an adverse effect on Meritech Capital Partners and does not so affect the other Voting Parties; provided further , that the provisions of Sections 2(a)(ii), 2(b)(ii), 2(d) and 9(j) may be amended and the observance of any term thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of Bessemer Venture Partners if such provision to be amended or term to be waived has an adverse effect on Bessemer Venture Partners and does not so affect the other Voting Parties; provided further , that the provisions of Sections 2(a)(ii), 2(b)(ii), 2(d) and 9(j) may be amended and the observance of any term thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of Bay Partners if such provision to be amended or term to be waived has an adverse effect on Bay Partners and does not so affect the other Voting Parties.  Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Voting Party that has entered into this voting agreement.  Each Voting Party acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the Common Group, the holders of a majority of the Shares held by the Original Holders and the holders of a majority of the Shares held by the Investors will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Voting Party under this Agreement.
 
 
- 8 -

 
 
(k)            Spousal Consent .  If any individual Voting Party signing this agreement as of the date hereof is married on the date of this Agreement, such Voting Party’s spouse shall execute and deliver to the Company a consent of spouse in the form of Exhibit C hereto (“ Consent of Spouse ”), effective on the date hereof.  Notwithstanding the execution and delivery thereof, such consent shall not be deemed to confer or convey to the spouse any rights in such Voting Party’s shares of capital stock of the Company that do not otherwise exist by operation of law or the agreement of the parties.

(l)            No Waiver .  The failure or delay by a party to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement.  The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.

(m)            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision.  The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(n)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.  Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

( signature pages follow )

 
- 9 -

 

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Adam Miller  
  Name:  Adam Miller  
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer  
       
       
  FOUNDER :  
       
       
  /s/ Adam Miller  
  Adam Miller  

 

[ Signature page to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement ]
 

 
 

 


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
  INVESTORS:  
       
 
By:
Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.  
    its General Partner  
       
  By: Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C.  
    a managing member  
       
  By: /s/ Mike Gordon  
 
Name:  Mike Gordon
Title:  Managing Director
 
 
  Address:  
245 Lytton Ave, Suite 350
Palo Alto, CA 94301
 

 
 
  INVESTORS:  
       
 
By:
Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.  
    its General Partner  
       
  By: Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C.  
    a managing member  
       
  By: /s/ Mike Gordon  
 
Name:  Mike Gordon
Title:  Managing Director
 
 
  Address:  
245 Lytton Ave, Suite 350
Palo Alto, CA 94301
 

 
 
[ Signature page to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement ]
 
 
 

 
 
The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
INVESTORS:
 
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VI L.P.
 
 
By:
Deer VI & Co. LLC, General Partner  
       
  By:   /s/ J. Edmund Colloton  
 
Name:  J. Edmund Colloton
Title:  Executive Manager
 
       
 
Notice Address:
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104
Larchmont, NY 10538
 
     
     
  BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS CO-INVESTMENT L.P.  
  By:  Deer VI & Co. LLC, General Partner  
       
       
  By: /s/ J. Edmund Colloton  
 
Name:  J. Edmund Colloton
Title:  Executive Manager
 
     
 
Notice Address:
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104
Larchmont, NY 10538
 
 
 
[ Signature page to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement ]

 
 
 

 

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
INVESTORS:
 
BAY PARTNERS XI, L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
 
   
Its General Partner
 
       
       
  By:   /s/ Neil Sadaranganey  
 
Name: Neil Sadaranganey
Title: Manager
 
       
       
  BAY PARTNERS XI PARALLEL FUND, L.P.  
       
 
By:
Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
 
   
Its General Partner
 
       
       
  By:   /s/ Neil Sadaranganey  
 
Name: Neil Sadaranganey
Title: Manager
 
 

[ Signature page to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement ]
 
 
 

 

 
The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
INVESTORS:
 
ff BLUE PRIVATE EQUITY FUND, L.P.
 
       
 
By:
/s/  John Frankel  
       
  Name:  John Frankel  
       
  Title: Manager, ff Blue Private Equity Fund, LP  
 
[ Signature page to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement ]
 
 
 

 

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
   
INVESTORS:
 
 
Ken Fried
 
       
 
 
/s/ Ken Fried                                                                   
       
   
 
 
Paul Holland
 
 
 
    /s/ Paul Holland  

[ Signature page to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement ]

 
 

 

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
EXISTING INVESTORS:
 
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VI L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VI  INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS CO-INVESTMENT L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Deer VI & Co. LLC, Its General Partner  
       
       
  By: /s/ J. Edmund Colloton  
 
Name: J. Edmund Colloton
Title:  Executive Manager
 
Notice Address:
c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104
Larchmont, NY 10538
 

[ Signature page to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement ]
 
 
 

 

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
 
EXISTING INVESTORS:
 
BAY PARTNERS XI, L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
 
   
Its General Partner
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Neil Sadaranganey  
 
Name: Neil Sadaranganey
Title: Manager
 
       
 
 
BAY PARTNERS XI PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
 
   
Its General Partner
 
       
       
  By:  /s/ Neil Sadaranganey  
 
Name: Neil Sadaranganey
Title: Manager
 
       
 
[ Signature page to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement ]
 
 
 

 


Exhibit A

INVESTORS

Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P.
Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P.
245 Lytton Ave, Suite 350
Palo Alto, CA 94301

Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P.
Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.
1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104
Larchmont, NY 10538

Bay Partners XI, L.P.
Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.
490 S. California Avenue, Suite 200
Palo Alto, CA  94306

ff Blue Private Equity Fund, L.P.

Ken Fried

Paul Holland
 

 
 
 

 
Exhibit B

EXISTING INVESTORS


Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P.
Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.

Bay Partners XI, L.P.
Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.

Ilan Kaufthal

Ivan Lustig

Mark Baker

Paul Gersh

Tri-Gran Investments, Inc.

Ken Fried

CyberU Investment Alliance LLC

Ken Friedman

David Jackson

John Frankel

Oliver Frankel

Paul Holland

Alliance Trust Pensions Limited ATFSIPP

 
 

 


Exhibit C

CONSENT OF SPOUSE


I, ____________________, spouse of ______________, acknowledge that I have read the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January __, 2009, as amended, to which this Consent is attached as Exhibit C (the “ Agreement ”), and that I know the contents of the Agreement.  I am aware that the Agreement contains provisions regarding the voting and transfer of shares of capital stock of the Company that my spouse may own, including any inter­est I might have therein.

I hereby agree that my interest, if any, in any shares of capital stock of the Com­pany subject to the Agreement shall be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further under­stand and agree that any community property interest I may have in such shares of capital stock of the Company shall be similarly bound by the Agreement.

I am aware that the legal, financial and related matters contained in the Agree­ment are complex and that I am free to seek independent professional guidance or counsel with respect to this Consent.  I have either sought such guidance or counsel or determined after reviewing the Agreement carefully that I will waive such right.
 
   
       
 
Dated:
   

 
     
       
 
 
   
    Signature  
       
       
       
    Print Name  


 
 

 
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is effective as of November 8, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Adam Miller (“Executive”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to continue to retain the services of Executive and Executive wishes to remain employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recital and the respective undertakings of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive agree as follows:
 
1.            Duties and Scope of Employment .  Executive will continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer for the Company (“CEO”).  Executive shall have the authority generally allowed to persons discharging the duties of such positions.  Executive shall perform his duties faithfully and satisfactorily to the performance standards reasonably expected of a person in such positions.  Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”).  Executive will devote substantially his full business efforts and time to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, provided however, that Executive may serve on outside board positions that are not competitive with the Company subject to the requirement that such service on outside boards of directors does not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement and the Board approves such board membership (which will not be unreasonably withheld).  The Company shall indemnify Executive to the same extent as it indemnifies all other officers and directors under Delaware law and in accordance with the Company’s bylaws, as same may be amended from time to time (as a Company officer and member of the Board, such indemnification shall include Executive as a beneficiary of any insurance directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company). Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s offices located at 1601 Cloverfield Boulevard., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, California.
 
2.            Board Membership .  Executive will continue to serve as a member of the Board following the Effective Date.  At each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders while Executive is the CEO and/or President of the Company upon which Executive’s term as Board member is scheduled to expire, the Company will nominate Executive to serve as a member of the Board.  Executive’s continued service as a member of the Board will be subject to any required stockholder approval.
 

 
3.            At-Will Employment .  Subject to the terms hereof, Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated by Company at any time with or without cause or with or without notice. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment.
 
4.            Term of Agreement .  Subject to Section 3, this Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years, commencing on the Effective Date.  On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change of Control should occur during the term of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will automatically be extended for eighteen (18) months if there is less than eighteen (18) months remaining on the term of this Agreement at the time of the Change of Control.  If Executive becomes entitled to benefits under Section 10 during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied.
 
5.            Compensation .
 
(a)            Base Salary .  Executive shall receive an annual base salary from the Effective Date until December 31, 2010 of $310,000 (“Base Salary”) payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.  On January 1, 2011 Executive’s Base Salary will be increased to $360,000. In addition, upon the initial listing of any securities of the Company on a national securities exchange, Executive’s base Salary will be increased to $425,000.  Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Company’s Board of Directors at least annually for increase (but not decrease) in light of Executive’s performance of his duties, external market conditions and the Company’s financial condition and performance.
 
(b)            Performance Bonus .  Effective for calendar year 2011, the Executive will qualify for an annual performance bonus with a target level of 100% of Base Salary up to a maximum of 150% of Base Salary based upon performance criteria as established by the Compensation Committee of the Board after consultation with Executive.  The Board or the Compensation Committee will endeavor in good faith to establish the annual performance bonus criteria by February 15th of each calendar year.  Any earned bonus will be paid as soon as practicable after the Board or the Compensation Committee determines that the bonus has been earned, but in no event will the bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned.
 
(c)            Equity Awards .
 
(i)       Effective November 7, 2010, Executive was granted an option to purchase five hundred fifty thousand (550,000) shares of Company common stock (the “Option”) with a per share exercise price equal to $6.51, the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on such date of grant as determined by the Board.  Subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment as set forth herein, the Option will vest over four (4) years at a rate of one forth (1/4 th ) of the total number of shares subject to the Option becoming vested on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the total number of shares subject to the Option becoming vested each month thereafter for the next thirty six (36) months subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each scheduled vesting date.

 
-2-

 
 
(ii)      Effective November 7, 2010, Executive was granted a restricted stock unit covering one hundred fifty thousand (150,000) shares of Company common stock (the “RSU”).  Subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment as set forth herein, the RSU will vest over four (4) years with fifty thousand (50,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2012, fifty thousand (50,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2013, and fifty thousand (50,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2014, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each scheduled vesting date.  Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of Company common stock and the award will be settled in shares of Company common stock upon vesting.
 
(iii)     In the event of a termination of employment either by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason any unvested portion of the Option and RSU as of Executive’s termination date (after taking into account acceleration of vesting) shall remain outstanding but unvested until the three (3) month anniversary of such termination.  In the event a Change in Control occurs during such three (3) month period, the unvested portion of the Option and RSU shall become vested immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control in accordance with Section 10(a).  The Option and RSU will be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2009 Stock Option Plan and the form of Stock Option and Restricted Stock Unit Agreements, as applicable, consistent with terms consistent of this Agreement.
 
(d)            Future Equity Awards .  Executive will be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards covering shares of Company common stock pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time, including but not limited to any focal grants.  The Board or the Compensation Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.
 
6.            Other Benefits .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in Executive benefit plans and programs of the Company, if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in such plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.
 
7.            Vacations; Holidays, Sick Days .  Executive shall be entitled to annual paid vacation (which shall be at least four (4) weeks per year), paid holidays, and paid sick leave in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies, which may change from time to time.  In addition, Executive shall receive Company holidays in accordance with the Company’s then current policies in effect from time to time for its other senior executive officers.  Vacation and sick-pay carry-over from year to year and the other employee benefits offered by the Company shall be subject to those limitations, if any, imposed under the Company’s standard policies governing same.

 
-3-

 
 
8.            Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for standard business expenses pursuant to the Company’s standard policies in effect from time to time.  Executive shall be reimbursed for business-class air fare for all flights in excess of one hour.  The Company will reimburse Executive, or directly pay, reasonable attorney’s fees related to the negotiation and review of this Agreement and related documentation up to a maximum of $10,000 provided Executive submits the invoice for such attorney’s fees no later than February 12, 2011.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for the attorney’s fees within thirty (30) days after Executive submits the invoice for such attorney’s fees to the Company, but in no event later than March 15, 2011.
 
9.            Definitions .
 
(a)            Cause .  “Cause” shall mean (i) an act of material dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s carrying out his job responsibilities to Company intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Executive, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to a felony which the Board reasonably believes had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business, (iii) a willful act by the Executive which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company or its affiliates, (iv) Executive’s willful and material breach of this Agreement, including without limitation his intentional failure to perform his stated duties, and his continued failure to cure such breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board within 10 days following written notice of such breach to Executive from the Company, and (v) Executive’s material violation of a Company policy that results in a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business.
 
(b)            Change of Control .  “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 
(i)       A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or
 
(ii)      A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board (each, a “Director”) is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control; or

 
-4-

 
 
(iii)     A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3).  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
 
For purposes of this definition of Change of Control, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
 
Further and for the avoidance of doubt, the completion of an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock will not constitute a Change of Control and a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.  In addition, a transaction must actually be consummated in order for there to be a Change of Control.
 
(c)            Disability .  “Disability” shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
(d)            Good Reason .  “Good Reason” shall mean without Executive’s express written consent (i) a significant reduction or adverse change in Executive’s duties, position, reporting relationship or responsibilities, or the removal of Executive from such duties, position or responsibilities; (ii) a reduction by the Company in the Base Salary of Executive as in effect immediately prior to such reduction unless (a) such reduction is part of a salary reduction plan across the Company’s entire senior management team, (b) such reduction does not have a disproportionate effect on Executive in comparison to other members of the senior management team of the Company and (c) such reduction is not in excess of 10% of Executive’s Base Salary; (iii) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of benefits to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced disproportionally to other members of senior management; (iv) a material breach by the Company of a term of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive, including the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor; and (v) the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from Executive’s then present employment location.  In addition, Executive must provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the one or more of the above conditions within ninety (90) days of its initial existence and the Company must be provided with thirty (30) days to cure the condition.  If the condition is not cured within such thirty (30) day period, the Executive must terminate employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period in order to qualify as a termination for Good Reason.

 
-5-

 
 
10.            Severance Benefits .
 
(a)            Termination Following a Change of Control .  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated as a result of either (i) termination by the Company without Cause or (ii) termination by Executive for Good Reason during the period beginning three (3) months prior to the consummation of a Change of Control and ending eighteen (18) months following the consummation of a Change of Control (the “Change in Control Severance Period”), then:
 
(1)     Executive will receive: (i) a lump-sum payment equal to the sum of eighteen (18) months of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus 150% of Executive’s full annual bonus for the year of termination at target level for the year in which the termination occurs (less applicable tax withholdings); (ii) 100% Company-paid premiums paid for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Executive (and any eligible dependents) under the Company’s health, dental and vision plans until the earlier of (x) eighteen (18) months, (provided Executive validly elects to continue coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) or (y) the date upon which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans; and (iii) any bonuses earned prior to the termination of employment but not yet paid solely due to Company policy which shall be paid out at the earliest time as would not give rise to additional taxation under Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A, as each may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”);
 
(2)     all then unvested Company stock options, shares of the Company’s common stock granted to or held by Executive under buy-back provisions under the Company’s restricted stock, stock option and/or stock purchase or stock compensation plans and any other equity compensation awards shall become immediately vested and subject to exercise or, in the case of such shares as are subject to repurchase by the Company for the purchase price paid, no longer subject to such repurchase; and
 
(3)     the post-termination exercise period of all stock options shall expire on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the stock option and (ii) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the termination date.
 
(b)            Termination without Cause or for Good Reason .  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated as a result of either (i) termination by the Company without Cause or (ii) termination by Executive for Good Reason at any time other than during the Change in Control Severance Period, then:

 
-6-

 
 
(1)      Executive will receive: (i) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for eighteen (18) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, (ii) 150% of Executive’s average actual annual bonus for the three-year period prior to the year during which the termination occurs (less applicable tax withholdings); (iii) 100% Company-paid premiums paid for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Executive (and any eligible dependents) under the Company’s health, dental and vision plans until the earlier of (x) eighteen (18) months, (provided Executive validly elects to continue coverage under COBRA) or (y) the date upon which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans; and (iv) any bonuses earned prior to the termination of employment but not yet paid solely due to Company policy which shall be paid out at the earliest time as would not give rise to additional taxation under Section 409A; and
 
(2)      Eighteen (18) months of accelerated vesting with respect to all then unvested Company stock options, shares of the Company’s common stock granted to or held by Executive under buy-back provisions under the Company’s restricted stock, stock option and/or stock purchase or stock compensation plans and any other equity compensation awards shall become immediately vested and subject to exercise or, in the case of such shares as are subject to repurchase by the Company for the purchase price paid, no longer subject to such repurchase
 
(c)           Notwithstanding the Sections 10(a)(1)(ii) and 10(b)(1)(iii), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will, in lieu thereof, provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue his group health coverage in effect on the last date of employment with the Company (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence in the month following the month in which the termination date occurs and will end at the times COBRA reimbursements would have otherwise ended.
 
(d)           All benefits described in Sections 10(a) and 10(b) shall be contingent upon Executive’s execution of a full release of claims against the Company in substantially the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (the “Release”), the lapse of any statutory period for revocation of the Release, and the Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms.  In addition, all payments payable pursuant to Sections 10(a)(1)(i) and 10(b)(1)(i) above shall not be paid by the Company until the lapse of any statutory period for revocation of the Release, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date.  Any severance payment to which Executive otherwise would have been entitled during such fifty-two (52) day period shall be paid by the Company in full on the fifty-third (53rd) day following Executive’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A as set forth in Section 12.  In addition, such benefits will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement.

 
-7-

 
 
(e)           For purposes of this Section 10, Base Salary shall mean Executive’s Base Salary immediately prior to the termination date, or, if Executive resigned for Good Reason as a result of a material reduction in his Base Salary, his Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction.  If Executive should die before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid in a lump sum payment (less any withholding taxes) to Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the personal representative of Executive’s estate.
 
(f)            Non-Renewal of Agreement .  In the event that the Company provides notice to Executive pursuant to Section 4 to not extend the term of this Agreement (either the initial term or any automatic one-year extensions thereof) and no new employment agreement or arrangement is agreed upon by the Company and Executive in writing prior to the expiration of this Agreement, then the non-renewal of this Agreement will be treated as a material breach of this Agreement by the Company for purposes of Section 9(d)(iv).  If the Company provides notice of non-renewal to Executive prior to a Change of Control and the primary purpose of the Company providing such notice is to enter into a new written employment agreement or arrangement with Executive, the parties agree to work in good faith through, if necessary, the expiration of the Company’s cure period set forth in Section 9(d), to come to terms and conditions that are market at that time, including with respect to the amount of compensation to be provided to Executive, and that are consistent with good corporate principles at that time.
 
(g)            No Duty to Mitigate .  Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.
 
(h)            Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause Termination as a Result of Death or Disability .  If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated (i) voluntarily by Executive without Good Reason, (ii) for Cause by the Company or (iii) as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, then Executive will be entitled to the following: (a) unpaid Base Salary accrued up to the effective date of termination; (b) unpaid, but earned and accrued annual incentive for any completed fiscal year as of his termination of employment; (c) pay for accrued but unused vacation; (d) benefits or compensation as provided under the terms of any employee benefit and compensation agreements or plans applicable to Executive; (e) unreimbursed business expenses required to be reimbursed to Executive; (f) rights to indemnification Executive may have under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, the Agreement, or separate indemnification agreement, as applicable and (g) any amounts as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.  In addition, (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, and (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned).

 
-8-

 
 
11.            Code Section 280G Best Results .  If any payment or benefit Executive would receive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, including accelerated vesting of any equity compensation (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount.  The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.  If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of stock awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first), with full-value awards reversed before any stock option or stock appreciation rights are reduced; and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.
 
The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder and perform the foregoing calculations.  The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.
 
The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company or Executive.  Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive
 
12.            Section 409A .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits payable under this Agreement will be considered due or payable until and unless Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” other than due to Executive’s death, then any severance benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case when considered together may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) and are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s “separation from service” will accrue during such six (6) month period and will instead become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s “separation from service.”  All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 
-9-

 
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive dies following his “separation from service” but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the date of his “separation from service,” then any Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits delayed in accordance with this Section will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death, but not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Executive’s death, and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.
 
It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted to so comply.  The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.
 
13.            Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  Executive confirms his continuing obligations under the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Confidentiality Agreement”).
 
14.            No Conflict .  Executive represents and warrants that his employment by the Company as described herein shall not conflict with and will not be constrained by any prior employment or consulting agreement or relationship.
 
15.            Miscellaneous .
 
 (a)            Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of law provisions).
 
 (b)            Assignment .  This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees, successors and assigns.  This Agreement is personal in nature, and neither of the parties to this Agreement shall, without the written consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity; except that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or wholly-owned subsidiaries or to any successor-in-interest by virtue of a reorganization, merger or other form of business combination, provided, that such assignment will not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  If Executive should die while any severance amounts are still payable to Executive hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

 
-10-

 
 
(c)            Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally; (b) one (1) day after being sent overnight by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:
 
If to the Company:
Attn : General Counsel
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.,
__________________
__________________
 
If to Executive:
at the last residential address known by the Company
 
(d)            Severability .  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.
 
(e)            Integration .  This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral.  No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by the Company and Executive.
 
(f)            Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement, will be settled by arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement.
 
(g)            Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
 
(h)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, PDF or facsimile, each an original and each having the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 
-11-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
 

 
COMPANY:
 
       
 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
       
 
By:
/s/ Adam Miller
       
 
Name:
Adam Miller
       
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
       
 
EXECUTIVE:
 
     
 
/s/ Adam Miller
 
Signature
 
       
 
Adam Miller
 
Name
 
 
[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

 
 

 
 
Exhibit A
Form of Stock Option Agreement
 
Exhibit B
Release of Claims
 
Exhibit C
Form of Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement
 
 
 

 

 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is effective as of November 8, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Perry Wallack (“Executive”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to continue to retain the services of Executive and Executive wishes to remain employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recital and the respective undertakings of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive agree as follows:
 
1.            Duties and Scope of Employment .  Executive will continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer for the Company.  Executive shall have the authority generally allowed to persons discharging the duties of such positions.  Executive shall perform his duties faithfully and satisfactorily to the performance standards reasonably expected of a person in such positions.  Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  Executive will devote substantially his full business efforts and time to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, provided however, that Executive may serve on outside board positions that are not competitive with the Company subject to the requirement that such service on outside boards of directors does not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approves such board membership (which will not be unreasonably withheld).  The Company shall indemnify Executive to the same extent as it indemnifies all other officers under Delaware law and in accordance with the Company’s bylaws, as same may be amended from time to time (as a Company officer, such indemnification shall include Executive as a beneficiary of any insurance directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company). Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s offices located at 1601 Cloverfield Boulevard., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, California.
 
2.            At-Will Employment .  Subject to the terms hereof, Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated by Company at any time with or without cause or with or without notice. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment.

 

 
 
3.            Term of Agreement .  Subject to Section 2, this Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years, commencing on the Effective Date.  On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change of Control should occur during the term of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will automatically be extended for eighteen (18) months if there is less than eighteen (18) months remaining on the term of this Agreement at the time of the Change of Control.  If Executive becomes entitled to benefits under Section 9 during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied.
 
4.            Compensation .
 
(a)            Base Salary .  Executive shall receive an annual base salary of $240,000 (“Base Salary”) payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.  In addition, upon the initial listing of any securities of the Company on a national securities exchange, Executive’s Base Salary will be increased to $295,000.  Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Company’s Board of Directors at least annually for increase (but not decrease) in light of Executive’s performance of his duties, external market conditions and the Company’s financial condition and performance.
 
(b)            Performance Bonus .  Effective for calendar year 2011, the Executive will qualify for an annual performance bonus with a target level of 70% of Base Salary up to a maximum of 105% of Base Salary based upon performance criteria as established by the Compensation Committee of the Board after consultation with Executive.  The Board or the Compensation Committee will endeavor in good faith to establish the annual performance bonus criteria by February 15th of each calendar year.  Any earned bonus will be paid as soon as practicable after the Board or the Compensation Committee determines that the bonus has been earned, but in no event will the bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned.
 
(c)            Equity Awards .
 
(i)          Effective November 7, 2010, Executive was granted an option to purchase two hundred fifteen thousand (215,000) shares of Company common stock (the “Option”) with a per share exercise price equal to $6.51, the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on such date of grant as determined by the Board.  Subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment as set forth herein, the Option will vest over four (4) years at a rate of one forth (1/4 th ) of the total number of shares subject to the Option becoming vested on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the total number of shares subject to the Option becoming vested each month thereafter for the next thirty six (36) months subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each scheduled vesting date.
 
(ii)         Effective November 7, 2010, Executive was granted a restricted stock unit covering sixty thousand (60,000) shares of Company common stock (the “RSU”).  Subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment as set forth herein, the RSU will vest over four (4) years with twenty thousand (20,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2012, twenty thousand (20,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2013, and twenty thousand (20,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2014, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each scheduled vesting date.  Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of Company common stock and the award will be settled in shares of Company common stock upon vesting.

 
-2-

 
 
(iii)        In the event of a termination of employment either by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason any unvested portion of the Option and RSU as of Executive’s termination date (after taking into account acceleration of vesting) shall remain outstanding but unvested until the three (3) month anniversary of such termination.  In the event a Change in Control occurs during such three (3) month period, the unvested portion of the Option and RSU shall become vested immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control in accordance with Section 10(a).  The Option and RSU will be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2009 Stock Option Plan and the form of Stock Option and Restricted Stock Unit Agreements, as applicable, consistent with terms consistent of this Agreement.
 
(d)            Future Equity Awards .  Executive will be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards covering shares of Company common stock pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time, including but not limited to any focal grants.  The Board or the Compensation Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.
 
5.            Other Benefits .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in Executive benefit plans and programs of the Company, if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in such plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.
 
6.            Vacations; Holidays, Sick Days .  Executive shall be entitled to annual paid vacation (which shall be at least four (4) weeks per year), paid holidays, and paid sick leave in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies, which may change from time to time.  In addition, Executive shall receive Company holidays in accordance with the Company’s then current policies in effect from time to time for its other senior executive officers.  Vacation and sick-pay carry-over from year to year and the other employee benefits offered by the Company shall be subject to those limitations, if any, imposed under the Company’s standard policies governing same.
 
7.            Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for standard business expenses pursuant to the Company’s standard policies in effect from time to time.  Executive shall be reimbursed for business-class air fare for all flights in excess of one hour.  The Company will reimburse Executive, or directly pay, reasonable attorney’s fees related to the negotiation and review of this Agreement and related documentation up to a maximum of $10,000 provided Executive submits the invoice for such attorney’s fees no later than February 12, 2011.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for the attorney’s fees within thirty (30) days after Executive submits the invoice for such attorney’s fees to the Company, but in no event later than March 15, 2011.

 
-3-

 
 
8.            Definitions .
 
(a)            Cause .  “Cause” shall mean (i) an act of material dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s carrying out his job responsibilities to Company intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Executive, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to a felony which the Board reasonably believes had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business, (iii) a willful act by the Executive which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company or its affiliates, (iv) Executive’s willful and material breach of this Agreement, including without limitation his intentional failure to perform his stated duties, and his continued failure to cure such breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board within 10 days following written notice of such breach to Executive from the Company, and (v) Executive’s material violation of a Company policy that results in a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business.
 
(b)            Change of Control .  “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 
(i)          A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or
 
(ii)         A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board (each, a “Director”) is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control; or
 
(iii)        A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3).  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 
-4-

 
 
For purposes of this definition of Change of Control, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
 
Further and for the avoidance of doubt, the completion of an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock will not constitute a Change of Control and a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.  In addition, a transaction must actually be consummated in order for there to be a Change of Control.
 
(c)            Disability .  “Disability” shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
(d)            Good Reason .  “Good Reason” shall mean without Executive’s express written consent (i) a significant reduction or adverse change in Executive’s duties, position, reporting relationship or responsibilities, or the removal of Executive from such duties, position or responsibilities; (ii) a reduction by the Company in the Base Salary of Executive as in effect immediately prior to such reduction unless (a) such reduction is part of a salary reduction plan across the Company’s entire senior management team, (b) such reduction does not have a disproportionate effect on Executive in comparison to other members of the senior management team of the Company and (c) such reduction is not in excess of 10% of Executive’s Base Salary; (iii) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of benefits to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced disproportionally to other members of senior management; (iv) a material breach by the Company of a term of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive, including the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor; and (v) the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from Executive’s then present employment location.  In addition, Executive must provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the one or more of the above conditions within ninety (90) days of its initial existence and the Company must be provided with thirty (30) days to cure the condition.  If the condition is not cured within such thirty (30) day period, the Executive must terminate employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period in order to qualify as a termination for Good Reason.

 
-5-

 
 
9.            Severance Benefits .
 
(a)            Termination Following a Change of Control .  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated as a result of either (i) termination by the Company without Cause or (ii) termination by Executive for Good Reason during the period beginning three (3) months prior to the consummation of a Change of Control and ending eighteen (18) months following the consummation of a Change of Control (the “Change in Control Severance Period”), then:
 
(1)           Executive will receive: (i) a lump-sum payment equal to the sum of twelve (12) months of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus 100% of Executive’s full annual bonus for the year of termination at target level for the year in which the termination occurs (less applicable tax withholdings); (ii) 100% Company-paid premiums paid for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Executive (and any eligible dependents) under the Company’s health, dental and vision plans until the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months, (provided Executive validly elects to continue coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) or (y) the date upon which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans; and (iii) any bonuses earned prior to the termination of employment but not yet paid solely due to Company policy which shall be paid out at the earliest time as would not give rise to additional taxation under Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A, as each may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”);
 
(2)           all then unvested Company stock options, shares of the Company’s common stock granted to or held by Executive under buy-back provisions under the Company’s restricted stock, stock option and/or stock purchase or stock compensation plans and any other equity compensation awards shall become immediately vested and subject to exercise or, in the case of such shares as are subject to repurchase by the Company for the purchase price paid, no longer subject to such repurchase; and
 
(3)           the post-termination exercise period of all stock options shall expire on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the stock option and (ii) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the termination date.
 
(b)            Termination without Cause or for Good Reason .  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated as a result of either (i) termination by the Company without Cause or (ii) termination by Executive for Good Reason at any time other than during the Change in Control Severance Period, then:
 
(1)           Executive will receive: (i) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for twelve (12) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, (ii) 100% of Executive’s average actual annual bonus for the three-year period prior to the year during which the termination occurs (less applicable tax withholdings); (iii) 100% Company-paid premiums paid for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Executive (and any eligible dependents) under the Company’s health, dental and vision plans until the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months, (provided Executive validly elects to continue coverage under COBRA) or (y) the date upon which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans; and (iv) any bonuses earned prior to the termination of employment but not yet paid solely due to Company policy which shall be paid out at the earliest time as would not give rise to additional taxation under Section 409A; and

 
-6-

 
 
(2)           Twelve (12) months of accelerated vesting with respect to all then unvested Company stock options, shares of the Company’s common stock granted to or held by Executive under buy-back provisions under the Company’s restricted stock, stock option and/or stock purchase or stock compensation plans and any other equity compensation awards shall become immediately vested and subject to exercise or, in the case of such shares as are subject to repurchase by the Company for the purchase price paid, no longer subject to such repurchase
 
(c)           Notwithstanding the Sections 9(a)(1)(ii) and 9(b)(1)(iii), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will, in lieu thereof, provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue his group health coverage in effect on the last date of employment with the Company (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence in the month following the month in which the termination date occurs and will end at the times COBRA reimbursements would have otherwise ended.
 
(d)           All benefits described in Sections 9(a) and 9(b) shall be contingent upon Executive’s execution of a full release of claims against the Company in substantially the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (the “Release”), the lapse of any statutory period for revocation of the Release, and the Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms.  In addition, all payments payable pursuant to Sections 9(a)(1)(i) and 9(b)(1)(i) above shall not be paid by the Company until the lapse of any statutory period for revocation of the Release, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date.  Any severance payment to which Executive otherwise would have been entitled during such fifty-two (52) day period shall be paid by the Company in full on the fifty-third (53rd) day following Executive’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A as set forth in Section 11.  In addition, such benefits will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(e)           For purposes of this Section 9, Base Salary shall mean Executive’s Base Salary immediately prior to the termination date, or, if Executive resigned for Good Reason as a result of a material reduction in his Base Salary, his Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction.  If Executive should die before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid in a lump sum payment (less any withholding taxes) to Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the personal representative of Executive’s estate.

 
-7-

 
 
(f)            Non-Renewal of Agreement .  In the event that the Company provides notice to Executive pursuant to Section 3 to not extend the term of this Agreement (either the initial term or any automatic one-year extensions thereof) and no new employment agreement or arrangement is agreed upon by the Company and Executive in writing prior to the expiration of this Agreement, then the non-renewal of this Agreement will be treated as a material breach of this Agreement by the Company for purposes of Section 8(d)(iv).  If the Company provides notice of non-renewal to Executive prior to a Change of Control and the primary purpose of the Company providing such notice is to enter into a new written employment agreement or arrangement with Executive, the parties agree to work in good faith through, if necessary, the expiration of the Company’s cure period set forth in Section 8(d), to come to terms and conditions that are market at that time, including with respect to the amount of compensation to be provided to Executive, and that are consistent with good corporate principles at that time.
 
(g)            No Duty to Mitigate .  Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.
 
(h)            Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause Termination as a Result of Death or Disability .  If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated (i) voluntarily by Executive without Good Reason, (ii) for Cause by the Company or (iii) as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, then Executive will be entitled to the following: (a) unpaid Base Salary accrued up to the effective date of termination; (b) unpaid, but earned and accrued annual incentive for any completed fiscal year as of his termination of employment; (c) pay for accrued but unused vacation; (d) benefits or compensation as provided under the terms of any employee benefit and compensation agreements or plans applicable to Executive; (e) unreimbursed business expenses required to be reimbursed to Executive; (f) rights to indemnification Executive may have under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, the Agreement, or separate indemnification agreement, as applicable and (g) any amounts as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.  In addition, (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, and (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned).
 
10.            Code Section 280G Best Results .  If any payment or benefit Executive would receive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, including accelerated vesting of any equity compensation (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount.  The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.  If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of stock awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first), with full-value awards reversed before any stock option or stock appreciation rights are reduced; and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.

 
-8-

 
 
The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder and perform the foregoing calculations.  The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.
 
The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company or Executive.  Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive
 
11.            Section 409A .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits payable under this Agreement will be considered due or payable until and unless Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” other than due to Executive’s death, then any severance benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case when considered together may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) and are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s “separation from service” will accrue during such six (6) month period and will instead become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s “separation from service.”  All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive dies following his “separation from service” but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the date of his “separation from service,” then any Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits delayed in accordance with this Section will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death, but not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Executive’s death, and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

 
-9-

 
 
It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted to so comply.  The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.
 
12.            Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  Executive confirms his continuing obligations under the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement dated November 8, 1999 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”).
 
13.            No Conflict .  Executive represents and warrants that his employment by the Company as described herein shall not conflict with and will not be constrained by any prior employment or consulting agreement or relationship.
 
14.            Miscellaneous .
 
(a)            Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of law provisions).
 
(b)            Assignment .  This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees, successors and assigns.  This Agreement is personal in nature, and neither of the parties to this Agreement shall, without the written consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity; except that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or wholly-owned subsidiaries or to any successor-in-interest by virtue of a reorganization, merger or other form of business combination, provided, that such assignment will not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  If Executive should die while any severance amounts are still payable to Executive hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.
 
(c)            Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally; (b) one (1) day after being sent overnight by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:
Attn : General Counsel
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.,
   
   

 
-10-

 
 
If to Executive:
at the last residential address known by the Company
 
(d)            Severability .  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.
 
(e)            Integration .  This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral.  No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by the Company and Executive.
 
(f)            Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement, will be settled by arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement.
 
(g)            Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
 
(h)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, PDF or facsimile, each an original and each having the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 
-11-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:
 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
   
By:
/s/ Adam Miller
   
Name: 
Adam Miller
   
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
EXECUTIVE:
 
/s/ Perry Wallack
Signature
 
Perry Wallack
Name
 
 
[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]
 
 

 
 
Exhibit A
Form of Stock Option Agreement
 
Exhibit B
Release of Claims
 
Exhibit C
Form of Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

 

 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is effective as of November 8, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Steven Seymour (“Executive”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to continue to retain the services of Executive and Executive wishes to remain employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recital and the respective undertakings of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive agree as follows:
 
1.            Duties and Scope of Employment .  Executive will continue to serve as Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts for the Company.  Executive shall have the authority generally allowed to persons discharging the duties of such positions.  Executive shall perform his duties faithfully and satisfactorily to the performance standards reasonably expected of a person in such positions.  Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  Executive will devote substantially his full business efforts and time to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, provided however, that Executive may serve on outside board positions that are not competitive with the Company subject to the requirement that such service on outside boards of directors does not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approves such board membership (which will not be unreasonably withheld).  The Company shall indemnify Executive to the same extent as it indemnifies all other officers under Delaware law and in accordance with the Company’s bylaws, as same may be amended from time to time (as a Company officer, such indemnification shall include Executive as a beneficiary of any insurance directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company). Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s offices located at 1601 Cloverfield Boulevard., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, California.
 
2.            At-Will Employment .  Subject to the terms hereof, Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated by Company at any time with or without cause or with or without notice. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment.

 
 

 
 
3.            Term of Agreement .  Subject to Section 2, this Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years, commencing on the Effective Date.  On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change of Control should occur during the term of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will automatically be extended for eighteen (18) months if there is less than eighteen (18) months remaining on the term of this Agreement at the time of the Change of Control.  If Executive becomes entitled to benefits under Section 9 during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied.
 
4.            Compensation .
 
(a)            Base Salary .  Executive shall receive an annual base salary of $285,000 (“Base Salary”) payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.  In addition, upon the initial listing of any securities of the Company on a national securities exchange, Executive’s base Salary will be increased to $305,000.  Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Company’s Board of Directors at least annually for increase (but not decrease) in light of Executive’s performance of his duties, external market conditions and the Company’s financial condition and performance.
 
(b)            Performance Bonus .  Effective for calendar year 2011, the Executive will qualify for an annual performance bonus with a target level of 70% of Base Salary up to a maximum of 105% of Base Salary based upon performance criteria as established by the Compensation Committee of the Board after consultation with Executive.  The Board or the Compensation Committee will endeavor in good faith to establish the annual performance bonus criteria by February 15th of each calendar year.  Any earned bonus will be paid as soon as practicable after the Board or the Compensation Committee determines that the bonus has been earned, but in no event will the bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned.
 
(c)            Equity Awards .
 
(i)                 Effective November 7, 2010, Executive was granted an option to purchase one hundred ninety thousand (190,000) shares of Company common stock (the “Option”) with a per share exercise price equal to $6.51, the fair market value of a share of Company common stock on such date of grant as determined by the Board.  Subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment as set forth herein, the Option will vest over four (4) years at a rate of one forth (1/4 th ) of the total number of shares subject to the Option becoming vested on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the total number of shares subject to the Option becoming vested each month thereafter for the next thirty six (36) months subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each scheduled vesting date.

 
-2-

 

 
(ii)                 Effective November 7, 2010, Executive was granted a restricted stock unit covering sixty thousand (60,000) shares of Company common stock (the “RSU”).  Subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment as set forth herein, the RSU will vest over four (4) years with twenty thousand (20,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2012, twenty thousand (20,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2013, and twenty thousand (20,000) RSUs becoming vested on November 7, 2014, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each scheduled vesting date.  Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of Company common stock and the award will be settled in shares of Company common stock upon vesting.
 
(iii)                 In the event of a termination of employment either by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason any unvested portion of the Option and RSU as of Executive’s termination date (after taking into account acceleration of vesting) shall remain outstanding but unvested until the three (3) month anniversary of such termination.  In the event a Change in Control occurs during such three (3) month period, the unvested portion of the Option and RSU shall become vested immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control in accordance with Section 10(a).  The Option and RSU will be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2009 Stock Option Plan and the form of Stock Option and Restricted Stock Unit Agreements, as applicable, consistent with terms consistent of this Agreement.
 
(d)            Future Equity Awards .  Executive will be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards covering shares of Company common stock pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time, including but not limited to any focal grants.  The Board or the Compensation Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and the terms of any such award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.
 
5.            Other Benefits .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in Executive benefit plans and programs of the Company, if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in such plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.
 
6.            Vacations; Holidays, Sick Days .  Executive shall be entitled to annual paid vacation (which shall be at least four (4) weeks per year), paid holidays, and paid sick leave in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies, which may change from time to time.  In addition, Executive shall receive Company holidays in accordance with the Company’s then current policies in effect from time to time for its other senior executive officers.  Vacation and sick-pay carry-over from year to year and the other employee benefits offered by the Company shall be subject to those limitations, if any, imposed under the Company’s standard policies governing same.
 
7.            Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for standard business expenses pursuant to the Company’s standard policies in effect from time to time.  Executive shall be reimbursed for business-class air fare for all flights in excess of one hour.  The Company will reimburse Executive, or directly pay, reasonable attorney’s fees related to the negotiation and review of this Agreement and related documentation up to a maximum of $10,000 provided Executive submits the invoice for such attorney’s fees no later than February 12, 2011.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for the attorney’s fees within thirty (30) days after Executive submits the invoice for such attorney’s fees to the Company, but in no event later than March 15, 2011.

 
-3-

 
 
8.            Definitions .
 
(a)            Cause .  “Cause” shall mean (i) an act of material dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s carrying out his job responsibilities to Company intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Executive, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to a felony which the Board reasonably believes had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business, (iii) a willful act by the Executive which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company or its affiliates, (iv) Executive’s willful and material breach of this Agreement, including without limitation his intentional failure to perform his stated duties, and his continued failure to cure such breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board within 10 days following written notice of such breach to Executive from the Company, and (v) Executive’s material violation of a Company policy that results in a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business.
 
(b)            Change of Control .  “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 
(i)         A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or
 
(ii)        A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board (each, a “Director”) is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control; or
 
(iii)       A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3).  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 
-4-

 
 
For purposes of this definition of Change of Control, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
 
Further and for the avoidance of doubt, the completion of an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock will not constitute a Change of Control and a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.  In addition, a transaction must actually be consummated in order for there to be a Change of Control.
 
(c)            Disability .  “Disability” shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
(d)            Good Reason .  “Good Reason” shall mean without Executive’s express written consent (i) a significant reduction or adverse change in Executive’s duties, position, reporting relationship or responsibilities, or the removal of Executive from such duties, position or responsibilities; (ii) a reduction by the Company in the Base Salary of Executive as in effect immediately prior to such reduction unless (a) such reduction is part of a salary reduction plan across the Company’s entire senior management team, (b) such reduction does not have a disproportionate effect on Executive in comparison to other members of the senior management team of the Company and (c) such reduction is not in excess of 10% of Executive’s Base Salary; (iii) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of benefits to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced disproportionally to other members of senior management; (iv) a material breach by the Company of a term of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive, including the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor; and (v) the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from Executive’s then present employment location.  In addition, Executive must provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the one or more of the above conditions within ninety (90) days of its initial existence and the Company must be provided with thirty (30) days to cure the condition.  If the condition is not cured within such thirty (30) day period, the Executive must terminate employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period in order to qualify as a termination for Good Reason.

 
-5-

 
 
9.            Severance Benefits .
 
(a)            Termination Following a Change of Control .  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated as a result of either (i) termination by the Company without Cause or (ii) termination by Executive for Good Reason during the period beginning three (3) months prior to the consummation of a Change of Control and ending eighteen (18) months following the consummation of a Change of Control (the “Change in Control Severance Period”), then:
 
(1)      Executive will receive: (i) a lump-sum payment equal to the sum of twelve (12) months of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus 100% of Executive’s full annual bonus for the year of termination at target level for the year in which the termination occurs (less applicable tax withholdings); (ii) 100% Company-paid premiums paid for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Executive (and any eligible dependents) under the Company’s health, dental and vision plans until the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months, (provided Executive validly elects to continue coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) or (y) the date upon which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans; and (iii) any bonuses earned prior to the termination of employment but not yet paid solely due to Company policy which shall be paid out at the earliest time as would not give rise to additional taxation under Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A, as each may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”);
 
(2)      all then unvested Company stock options, shares of the Company’s common stock granted to or held by Executive under buy-back provisions under the Company’s restricted stock, stock option and/or stock purchase or stock compensation plans and any other equity compensation awards shall become immediately vested and subject to exercise or, in the case of such shares as are subject to repurchase by the Company for the purchase price paid, no longer subject to such repurchase; and
 
(3)      the post-termination exercise period of all stock options shall expire on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the stock option and (ii) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the termination date.
 
(b)            Termination without Cause or for Good Reason .  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated as a result of either (i) termination by the Company without Cause or (ii) termination by Executive for Good Reason at any time other than during the Change in Control Severance Period, then:
 
(1)      Executive will receive: (i) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for twelve (12) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, (ii) 100% of Executive’s average actual annual bonus for the three-year period prior to the year during which the termination occurs (less applicable tax withholdings); (iii) 100% Company-paid premiums paid for continued health, dental and vision benefits for Executive (and any eligible dependents) under the Company’s health, dental and vision plans until the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months, (provided Executive validly elects to continue coverage under COBRA) or (y) the date upon which Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans; and (iv) any bonuses earned prior to the termination of employment but not yet paid solely due to Company policy which shall be paid out at the earliest time as would not give rise to additional taxation under Section 409A; and

 
-6-

 
 
(2)      Twelve (12) months of accelerated vesting with respect to all then unvested Company stock options, shares of the Company’s common stock granted to or held by Executive under buy-back provisions under the Company’s restricted stock, stock option and/or stock purchase or stock compensation plans and any other equity compensation awards shall become immediately vested and subject to exercise or, in the case of such shares as are subject to repurchase by the Company for the purchase price paid, no longer subject to such repurchase
 
(c)           Notwithstanding the Sections 9(a)(1)(ii) and 9(b)(1)(iii), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will, in lieu thereof, provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue his group health coverage in effect on the last date of employment with the Company (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence in the month following the month in which the termination date occurs and will end at the times COBRA reimbursements would have otherwise ended.
 
(d)           All benefits described in Sections 9(a) and 9(b) shall be contingent upon Executive’s execution of a full release of claims against the Company in substantially the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (the “Release”), the lapse of any statutory period for revocation of the Release, and the Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms.  In addition, all payments payable pursuant to Sections 9(a)(1)(i) and 9(b)(1)(i) above shall not be paid by the Company until the lapse of any statutory period for revocation of the Release, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date.  Any severance payment to which Executive otherwise would have been entitled during such fifty-two (52) day period shall be paid by the Company in full on the fifty-third (53rd) day following Executive’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A as set forth in Section 11.  In addition, such benefits will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(e)           For purposes of this Section 9, Base Salary shall mean Executive’s Base Salary immediately prior to the termination date, or, if Executive resigned for Good Reason as a result of a material reduction in his Base Salary, his Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction.  If Executive should die before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid in a lump sum payment (less any withholding taxes) to Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the personal representative of Executive’s estate.

 
-7-

 
 
(f)            Non-Renewal of Agreement .  In the event that the Company provides notice to Executive pursuant to Section 3 to not extend the term of this Agreement (either the initial term or any automatic one-year extensions thereof) and no new employment agreement or arrangement is agreed upon by the Company and Executive in writing prior to the expiration of this Agreement, then the non-renewal of this Agreement will be treated as a material breach of this Agreement by the Company for purposes of Section 8(d)(iv).  If the Company provides notice of non-renewal to Executive prior to a Change of Control and the primary purpose of the Company providing such notice is to enter into a new written employment agreement or arrangement with Executive, the parties agree to work in good faith through, if necessary, the expiration of the Company’s cure period set forth in Section 8(d), to come to terms and conditions that are market at that time, including with respect to the amount of compensation to be provided to Executive, and that are consistent with good corporate principles at that time.
 
(g)            No Duty to Mitigate .  Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.
 
(h)            Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause Termination as a Result of Death or Disability .  If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated (i) voluntarily by Executive without Good Reason, (ii) for Cause by the Company or (iii) as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, then Executive will be entitled to the following: (a) unpaid Base Salary accrued up to the effective date of termination; (b) unpaid, but earned and accrued annual incentive for any completed fiscal year as of his termination of employment; (c) pay for accrued but unused vacation; (d) benefits or compensation as provided under the terms of any employee benefit and compensation agreements or plans applicable to Executive; (e) unreimbursed business expenses required to be reimbursed to Executive; (f) rights to indemnification Executive may have under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, the Agreement, or separate indemnification agreement, as applicable and (g) any amounts as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.  In addition, (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, and (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned).
 
10.            Code Section 280G Best Results .  If any payment or benefit Executive would receive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, including accelerated vesting of any equity compensation (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount.  The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.  If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of stock awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first), with full-value awards reversed before any stock option or stock appreciation rights are reduced; and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.

 
-8-

 
 
The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder and perform the foregoing calculations.  The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.
 
The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company or Executive.  Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive
 
11.            Section 409A .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits payable under this Agreement will be considered due or payable until and unless Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” other than due to Executive’s death, then any severance benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case when considered together may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) and are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s “separation from service” will accrue during such six (6) month period and will instead become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s “separation from service.”  All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive dies following his “separation from service” but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the date of his “separation from service,” then any Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits delayed in accordance with this Section will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death, but not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Executive’s death, and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

 
-9-

 
 
It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted to so comply.  The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.
 
12.            Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  Executive confirms his continuing obligations under the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement dated November 8, 1999 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”).
 
13.            No Conflict .  Executive represents and warrants that his employment by the Company as described herein shall not conflict with and will not be constrained by any prior employment or consulting agreement or relationship.
 
14.            Miscellaneous .
 
(a)            Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of law provisions).
 
(b)            Assignment .  This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees, successors and assigns.  This Agreement is personal in nature, and neither of the parties to this Agreement shall, without the written consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity; except that the Company may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or wholly-owned subsidiaries or to any successor-in-interest by virtue of a reorganization, merger or other form of business combination, provided, that such assignment will not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  If Executive should die while any severance amounts are still payable to Executive hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.
 
(c)            Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally; (b) one (1) day after being sent overnight by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:
 
If to the Company:
Attn : General Counsel
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.,
__________________
__________________

 
-10-

 

If to Executive:
at the last residential address known by the Company
 
(d)            Severability .  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.
 
(e)            Integration .  This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral.  No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by the Company and Executive.
 
(f)            Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement, will be settled by arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement.
 
(g)            Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
 
(h)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, PDF or facsimile, each an original and each having the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 
-11-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
COMPANY:
     
 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
     
 
By: 
/s/ Adam Miller
     
 
Name: 
Adam Miller
     
 
Title: 
Chief Executive Officer
     
 
EXECUTIVE:
     
  /s/ Steven Seymour
 
Signature
     
 
Steven Seymour
 
Name
 

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]
 
 
 

 
Exhibit A
Form of Stock Option Agreement
 
Exhibit B
Release of Claims
 
Exhibit C
Form of Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement
 
 
 

 

 
Exhibit 10.9
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
 
This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), is entered into and is effective as of November 8, 2010, (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Dave Carter (“ Executive ”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive previously entered into an certain Employment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2008 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive wish to supersede the Prior Agreement and further desire that this Agreement amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety;
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to retain the services of Executive as its Vice President of Sales, and Executive desires and is willing to continue employment with the Company in that capacity; and
 
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to embody the terms and conditions of Executive’s continued employment in this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein and the performance of each, it is hereby agreed as follows:
 
1.       Duties and Scope of Employment .
 
(a)            Positions and Duties .  As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as Vice President of Sales of the Company.  Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) .  The Board or CEO may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time.   The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”
 
(b)            Obligations .  During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company.  For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.
 
2.       At-Will Employment .   The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice.  Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.   However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 
 

 
 
3.       Compensation .
 
(a)            Base Salary .  During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $230,000 as compensation for his services (the “ Base Salary ”).  The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding.  Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s standard practices.
 
(b)            Bonus .  Executive will be entitled to participate in the applicable commission plan adopted by the Company for its employees or executive officers on such terms as the Board may determine in its discretion.   
 
(c)             Equity Awards .  The parties acknowledge that the Executive has previously been granted options to purchase 275,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The options were granted under the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in the Company’s standard form of option agreement.
 
4.       Employee Benefits .  During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.
 
5.       Vacation .  Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of three (3) weeks per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy (including, without limitation, its policy related to maximum accrual), with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.
 
6.       Attendance at Company Headquarters . The parties hereby agree that regular attendance at Company Headquarters is reasonable and expected. In addition, Executive will be required to be in attendance at Company Headquarters at times and as requested by the CEO.
 
7.       Expenses .  Subject to Section 6 above, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.
 
8.       Severance .
 
(a)            Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability .
 
(i)                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company on or after the Effective Date, other than for Cause, death or disability , then, subject to Section 8, Executive will be entitled to (i) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of four (4) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies , and (ii)  Company-paid coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans (as defined herein) for three (3) months following such termination.   Subject to Section 8(a)(iii), upon such termination, all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards.

 
-2-

 

 
(ii)                 Should the Company be acquired and the Executive be terminated within six months of such sale, or should the Executive’s position be materially diminished with six months following such sale, then the unvested portion of the Executive’s Option shall immediately vest.
 
(b)            Termination for Cause; Voluntary Termination .  If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive, for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.
 
9.       Conditions to Receipt of Severance .
 
(a)            Separation Agreement and Release of Claims .  The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 8 will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline ”).  If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance payment or benefits under this Agreement.  No severance will be paid or provided until the separation agreement and release agreement becomes effective and irrevocable, and any such severance payments and benefits otherwise payable between the date of Executive’s termination of employment and the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable will be paid on the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.
 
(b)            Noncompete .  Executive acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if Executive were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a competitor of the Company following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, it would be very difficult for Executive not to rely on or use the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information.  Thus, to avoid the inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 8 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) will be conditioned upon Executive not directly or indirectly engaging in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, proprietor, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or otherwise), nor having any ownership interest in or participating in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that competes with Company or is a customer of the Company.  Upon any breach of this section, all severance payments pursuant to this Agreement will immediately cease.
 
(c)            Nonsolicitation .  The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 8 will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 12.  In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 12, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 8 will immediately cease (including Executive’s ability to exercise any outstanding stock options).

 
-3-

 
 
10.            Definitions .
 
(a)            Benefit Plans .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Benefit Plans ” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits.  Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits).  The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for his and his eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable or by paying Executive a lump-sum payment which is, on an after-tax basis, sufficient to provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with equivalent coverage under a third party plan that is reasonably available to Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.
 
(b)            Cause .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means a termination by the Company because of any one of the following events: (i) Executive’s breach of this Agreement that results in material injury to the Company which, if capable of cure, has not been cured by Executive within ten (10) days after receipt by Executive of written notice from the CEO of such breach; (ii) Executive’s misconduct, fraud, dishonesty, or malfeasance that results in material injury to the Company; (iii) Executive’s willful or intentional failure to (a) perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement, (b) follow the reasonable and legal direction of the Board or CEO, or (c) follow the policies, procedures, and rules of the Company, or (iv) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony.  For any such failure listed in clause (iii), the CEO shall first give Executive written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the CEO believes Executive is failing, and ten (10) days to cure such failure.
 
For purposes of this definition, Executive’s failure to achieve certain results, such as those set forth in a business plan of the Company, that is not the result of Executive’s demonstrating willful and deliberate dereliction of duty will not constitute Cause;
 
11.            Confidential Information .  Executive agrees to enter into the Company’s standard Employment, Non-Disclosure and Invention Assignment Agreement   (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) upon commencing employment hereunder.
 
12.            Non-Solicitation .  Until the date two (2) years after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person.  Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

 
-4-

 

 
13.            Term of Agreement .  This Agreement will have a term of two (2) years commencing on the Effective Date.
 
14.            Assignment .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company.  Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes.  For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.
 
15.            Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:
 
If to the Company:
 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa Monica, CA 90404
Attn: Adam Miller
 
If to Executive:
 
at the last residential address known by the Company.
 
16.            Severability .  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.
 
17.            Arbitration .
 
(a)            General.   In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to California law.  Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims.  Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

 
-5-

 

 
(b)            Procedure .  Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes.  The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or California Code of Civil Procedure .  Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing.  Executive agrees that the arbitrator will issue a written decision on the merits.  Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law.  Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive will pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates.  Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence.
 
(c)            Remedy .  Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company.  Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration.  Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.
 
(d)            Availability of Injunctive Relief .  In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code §2870.  In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.
 
(e)            Administrative Relief .  Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board.  This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

 
-6-

 

 
(f)            Voluntary Nature of Agreement .  Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial.  Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.
 
18.            Integration .  This Agreement, together with the Confidential Information Agreement, represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the Prior Agreement.  No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.
 
19.            Waiver of Breach .  The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.
 
20.            Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
 
21.            Tax Withholding .  All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.
 
22.            Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).
 
23.            Acknowledgment .  Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.
 
24.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.
 
25.            Section 409A .
 
(a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A (“ Section 409A ”) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).  Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 
-7-

 

 
(b)           Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 25(c).  Except as required by Section 25(c), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided in this Agreement .
 
(c)           Further, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), any Deferred Payments that otherwise are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service.  All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of Executive’s death following Executive’s separation from service but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of Executive’s separation from service (or any later delay date), then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  Each payment and benefit payable under the Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
 
(d)           Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.  Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (a) above.   Section 409A Limit ” means the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.
 
(e)           The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided under the Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt.  Executive and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to the Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.  In no event will the Company reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as result of Section 409A.
 
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 
-8-

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.
 
COMPANY:
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 

By:
/s/ Adam Miller
 
Date: November 8, 2010
     
Adam Miller
   
President and CEO
   
     
     
EXECUTIVE:
   
     
/s/ Dave Carter
 
Date: November 8, 2010
Dave Carter
   
     





[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 
-9-

 

 
Exhibit 10.13A
   
THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT”   FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC. WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER HEREOF INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE DATE, ISSUE PRICE, YIELD TO MATURITY, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND, AS APPROPRIATE, THE COMPARABLE YIELD AND PROJECTED PAYMENT SCHEDULE OF THIS NOTE, UPON THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF SUCH HOLDER DIRECTED TO CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC. AT 1601 CLOVERFIELD BLVD., SUITE 620, SANTA MONICA, CA 90404.

SENIOR SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.

THIS NOTE AND THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBORDINATED IN THE MANNER AND TO THE EXTENT SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (THE “SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT” ) DATED AS OF MARCH 31, 2009 (AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, RESTATED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED AFTER THE DATE HEREOF) AMONG IRONWOOD EQUITY FUND LP, CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC. AND COMERICA BANK, AND EACH HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, SHALL BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.


11.25% SENIOR SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

DUE MARCH 30, 2014

$4,000,000.00

March 31, 2009

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC. (the “Company” ), a Delaware corporation, hereby promises to pay to the order of IRONWOOD EQUITY FUND LP ( “IEF” ), a Delaware limited partnership, or its registered assigns (the “Holder” ) , the principal sum of FOUR MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($4,000,000.00) (or such lesser amount as may then be outstanding) on March 30, 2014 (the “Maturity Date” ), with interest thereon from time to time as provided herein.


 
 

 

-2-

1.              Purchase Agreement . This Senior Subordinated Promissory Note (individually and collectively with each other Senior Subordination Promissory Note that may be issued pursuant to this Note, the “Note” ) is issued by the Company, on the date hereof, pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement” ), dated as of the date hereof by and between the Company and IEF, and is subject to the terms thereof. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Note and the Purchase Agreement, as it relates to this Note, and may enforce the agreements of the Obligors contained herein and therein and exercise the remedies provided for hereby and thereby or otherwise available in respect hereto and thereto. Capitalized terms used herein without being defined herein are used herein with the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

2.              Interest . The Company promises to pay interest ( “Interest” ) on the outstanding principal amount of this Note at the rate of 11.25% per annum (the “Interest Rate” ), payable as specified below. Interest on this Note shall accrue from and including the date of issuance through and until repayment of the principal amount of this Note and payment of all Interest in full, and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve (12) 30-day months. Interest shall be paid as follows:

(a)             Payment . The Company shall pay Interest in cash on the outstanding principal amount of this Note at the Interest Rate, monthly in arrears on the last day of each calendar month or, if any such date shall not be a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day to occur after such date (each date upon which interest shall be so payable, an “Interest Payment Date” ), beginning on April 30, 2009, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank designated in writing by the Holder. In the absence of any such written designation, any such Interest payment shall be deemed made on the date a check in the applicable amount payable to the order of Holder is received by the Holder at its last address as reflected in the Note Register (as defined in Section 11(b) below); if no such address appears in the Note Register, then to such Holder in care of the last address in the Note Register of any predecessor holder of this Note (or its predecessor). Each Interest Payment Date shall be considered the last day of an accrual period with respect to the Company for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

(b)             Default Rate of Interest . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, but subject to applicable law, any overdue principal of and overdue Interest on this Note shall bear interest, payable on demand in immediately available funds, for each day from the date payment thereof was due to the date of actual payment, at a rate equal to the sum of (i) the Interest Rate, and (ii) an additional 2.75% per annum (the “Default Rate” ), and, upon and during the occurrence of an Event of Default, this Note shall bear interest, from the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default until such Event of Default is cured or waived, payable on demand in immediately available funds, at a rate equal to the Default Rate. Subject to applicable law, any interest that shall accrue on overdue interest on this Note as provided in the preceding sentence and shall not have been paid in full on or before the next Interest Payment Date to occur after the date on which the overdue interest became due and payable shall itself be deemed to be overdue interest on this Note to which the preceding sentence shall apply.

 
 

 

-3-

(c)             No Usurious Interest . The rate of interest payable on this Note or other amount shall in no event exceed the maximum rate permissible under Requirements of Law. If the rate of interest payable on this Note or other amount is ever reduced as a result of this Section 2(c) and at any time thereafter the maximum rate permitted by Requirements of Law shall exceed the rate of interest provided for in this Note, then the rate provided for in this Note shall be increased to the maximum rate provided by Requirements of Law for such period as is required so that the total amount of interest received by the Holder is that which would have been received by the Holder but for the operation of the first sentence of this Section 2(c). Any payment by the Company of any interest amount in excess of that permitted by law shall be considered a mistake, with the excess being applied to the principal amount of this Note without prepayment premium or penalty; if no such principal amount is outstanding, such excess shall be returned to Company.

3.             Mandatory Prepayment/Redemption .

(a)             Initial Public Offering/Change of Control . Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, including any consents required thereby, upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering (as defined below) or the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall, at the election of the Holder, redeem this Note at the applicable redemption price set forth below for the period in which such Initial Public Offering consummates or Change of Control occurs (the “Mandatory Redemption Prices” ), which Mandatory Redemption Prices are expressed as a percentage of the then outstanding principal amount of this Note; together with Interest accrued on the then outstanding principal amount of this Note through the date of such redemption, and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel), if any, associated with such redemption.

 
Period
Mandatory Redemption Price
 
March 31, 2009
 
 
through March 30, 2010
105%
     
 
March 31, 2010
 
 
through March 30, 2011
103%
     
 
On or after March 31, 2011
100%

The Company shall pay the Mandatory Redemption Price, together with Interest accrued thereon, upon receipt by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Holding Companies of the proceeds of such Initial Public Offering or upon the occurrence of such Change of Control (as applicable). As used herein, “Initial Public Offering”   means the underwritten public offering by either the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Holding Companies of its Capital Securities pursuant to a registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or S-4 or any successor form thereto) that has been filed under the Securities Act and declared effective by the Commission; provided , however , that, for this purpose, any offering under Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any similar rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act shall not be deemed to be an Initial Public Offering.


 
 

 

-4-

(b)             Notice . The Company shall give written notice to the Holder of any mandatory prepayment pursuant to this Section 3 at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Such notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 14.03 of the Purchase Agreement.

4.             Optional Prepayment/Redemption .

(a)            Upon notice given to the Holder as provided in Section 4(b), the Company, at its option, may prepay all (but not less than all) of the then outstanding principal amount of this Note at any time, by paying to the Holder an amount equal to the applicable redemption price set forth below for the period in which such prepayment occurs (the “Optional Redemption Prices” ), which Optional Redemption Prices are expressed as a percentage of the then outstanding principal amount; together with Interest accrued and unpaid thereon to the date fixed for such prepayment, and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel), if any, associated with such prepayment.

 
Period
Optional Redemption Price
 
March 31, 2009
 
 
through March 30, 2010
105%
     
 
March 31, 2010
 
 
through March 30, 2011
103%
     
 
On or after March 31, 2011
100%

The Company may prepay all accrued and unpaid Interest at anytime without penalty or premium.

(b)            The Company shall give written notice of prepayment of this Note pursuant to this Section 4 not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Such notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section 4 shall be given in the manner specified in Section 14.03 of the Purchase Agreement. Upon notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section 4 being given by the Company, the Company covenants and agrees that it will prepay, on the date therein fixed for prepayment, this Note at the applicable Optional Redemption Price set forth above with respect to the then outstanding principal amount of this Note, together with Interest accrued and unpaid thereon to the date fixed for such prepayment, and the costs and expenses referred to in Section 4(a), unless such notice of prepayment is revoked in writing at least three (3) days prior to the date specified for prepayment.

(c)            All optional prepayments under this Section 4 shall include payment of accrued Interest on the principal amount of this Note so prepaid and shall be applied first to all costs, expenses and indemnities payable under the Purchase Agreement, then to payment of default interest, if any, then to payment of Interest, and thereafter to principal.

5.              Amendment . Amendments and modifications of this Note may be made only in the manner provided in Section 14.05 of the Purchase Agreement.


 
 

 

-5-

6.              Defaults and Acceleration . If an Event of Default occurs under Section 12.07 of the Purchase Agreement, then the outstanding principal of and all accrued Interest on this Note shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Holder, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, by written notice to the Company, may declare the principal of and accrued Interest on this Note to be immediately due and payable. Upon such declaration, such principal and Interest shall become immediately due and payable. The Holder(s) may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived, except nonpayment of principal or Interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, and if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree. Any notice or rescission shall be given in the manner specified in Section 14.03 of the Purchase Agreement.

7.              Use of Proceeds . The Company shall use the principal amount of this Note in accordance with the permitted uses described in Section 8.10 of the Purchase Agreement.

8.             Suits for Enforcement .

(a)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, any Holder of this Note may proceed to protect and enforce its rights hereunder by suit in equity, action at law or by other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in the Purchase Agreement or this Note or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in the Purchase Agreement or this Note, or may proceed to enforce the payment of this Note, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right of the Holders of this Note.

(b)            In case of any default under this Note, the Obligors will pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of such Holder due to such default, as provided in Article 7 and Section 14.12 of the Purchase Agreement.

9.              Remedies Cumulative . No remedy herein conferred upon the Holder, or conferred upon the Holder under the Purchase Agreement, is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.

10.             Remedies Not Waived . No course of dealing between the Company and the Holder or any delay on the part of the Holder in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right.

11.            Transfer .

(a)            The term “Holder”   as used herein shall also include any transferee of all of this Note whose name has been recorded by the Company in the Note Register (as defined in Section 11(b) below).  Each transferee of this Note acknowledges that this Note has not been registered


 
 

 

-6-

under the Securities Act, and may be transferred only pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(b)            The Company shall maintain a register (the “Note Register” ) in its principal offices for the purpose of registering this Note and any transfer hereof and thereof, which register shall reflect and identify, at all times, the ownership of record of any interest in this Note. Upon the issuance of this Note, the Company shall record the name and address of the initial purchaser of this Note in the Note Register as the first Holder. Upon surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of this Note at the principal offices of the Company, the Company shall, at its expense, execute and deliver one Note of like tenor and of a like aggregate principal amount, registered in the name of the Holder or a transferee. Every Note surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instrument of transfer duly executed by the Holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

(c)            This Note may be transferred or assigned, in whole (but not in part), by the Holder at any time; provided that the Holder shall not transfer or assign this Note to a competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries without the prior written consent of the Company.

12.             Replacement of Note . On receipt by the Company of an affidavit of an authorized representative of the Holder stating the circumstances of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note (and in the case of any such mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of such Note), the Company, at the expense of the Holder, will promptly execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of like tenor. If required by the Company, such Holder must provide indemnity sufficient in the reasonable judgment of the Company to protect the Company from any loss which they may suffer if a lost, stolen or destroyed Note is replaced and is subsequently found or discovered.

13.             Covenants Bind Successors and Assigns . All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Note made by or on behalf of the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

14.             Notices . All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 14.03 of the Purchase Agreement.

15.             GOVERNING LAW . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND ENFORCED UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF ANY OTHER LAW.

16.             WAIVERS . EACH OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT THE ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE, THE WARRANT, ANY INVESTMENT DOCUMENT OR ANY AGREEMENT(S) OR TRANSACTION(S) CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE DISTRICT OF CONNECTICUT AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF

 
 

 

-7-

SUCH COURTS FOR THE PURPOSES THEREOF AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM OF IMPROPER VENUE AND ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH COURTS ARE AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.03 OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 10 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.

EACH OBLIGOR HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE, THE WARRANT OR ANY OF THE OTHER INVESTMENT DOCUMENT, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS. EACH OBLIGOR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE HOLDER HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE HOLDER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE HOLDER HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, AND THE OTHER INVESTMENT DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS PARTY, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

17.             Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions hereof.

18.             Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires, “or” is not exclusive, “including” is not limiting, and references to sections or subsections refer to sections or subsections of this Note. References to any section include all subsections, unless otherwise expressly stated. References in this Note to any agreement, other document or law “as amended” or “as amended from time to time,” or to amendments of any document or law, shall include any amendments, supplements, replacements, renewals, waivers or other modifications. References in this Note to any law (or any part thereof) include any successor law and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (or with respect to such part) by the relevant Governmental Authority, as amended from time to time. The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. Whenever the context so requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine and feminine, the single number includes the plural, and vice versa. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Note shall refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Note.

19.             Headings . The headings in this Note are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.


 
 

 

[Signature Page to Senior Subordinated Note]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first set forth above.


CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.


By:   /s/ Adam Miller                        
 
Name:
Adam Miller
 
Title:
CEO


 
 

 


Exhibit 10.14

Sapient Corporation,
a Delaware corporation
 
and
 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

 
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
 
 
Dated
 
January 31, 2006

 
 

 

SUBLEASE

Table of Contents

Recitals
 
2
Section 1. Capitalized Terms
 
2
Section 2. Sublease   
2
Section 3. Representations and Warranties by Sublandlord
 
3
Section 4. Sublease Term
 
3
Section 5. Rent
 
5
Section 6. Security Deposit
 
7
Section 7. Use of Premises
 
8
Section 8. Assignment and Subletting
 
8
Section 9. Other Provisions of the Master Lease
 
8
Section 10. Attorney Fees
 
9
Section 11. Broker
 
9
Section 12. Notices
 
10
Section 13. Successors and Assigns
 
11
Section 14. Attornment
 
11
Section 15. Right of First Offer
 
11
Section 16. Entry
 
11
Section 17. Late Charge and Interest
 
12
Section 18. Entire Agreement
 
12
Section 19.Time of Essence
 
12
Section 20. Consent by Master Landlord
 
12
Section 21. Governing Law
 
12
 

  
Schedule of Exhibits:
 
Exhibit A:
Master Lease
Exhibit B:
Sublease Premises
Exhibit B-l:     
Offer Space
Exhibit C:
Sublandlord Improvements
Exhibit D:
Subtenant Alterations

 
1

 

SUBLEASE
 
This Sublease (“Sublease”) dated as of January 31, 2006, is made between Sapient Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”), and Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. a Delaware (“Subtenant”).
 
Recitals
 
A. Sublandlord is the tenant under that certain Watergarden II Office Lease dated as of May 8, 2000 (“Master Lease”), pursuant to which CST Water Garden II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company leased to Sublandlord the real property located in the City of Santa Monica, State of California, described as the fourth, fifth and sixth floors in the South Tower of that building (the “Building”) located at 1601 Cloverfield Avenue, Santa Monica, California (“Master Premises”). Water Garden Company L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Master Landlord”) is successor in interest to CST Water Garden II, L.L.C.
 
B. A copy of the Master Lease is attached and incorporated in this Sublease as Exhibit A. Except as otherwise specifically defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have same meaning set forth under the Master Lease.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agrees as follows:
 
Section 1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless otherwise defined in this Sublease.
 
Section 2. Sublease.
 
(a) Sublease Premises. Sublandlord subleases to Subtenant on the terms and conditions in this Sublease approximately eleven thousand seven hundred sixty-six (11,766) rentable square feet of space on a portion of the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Master Premises as shown on attached Exhibit B and the built-in fixtures and improvements located therein (the “Sublease Premises”). Sublandlord shall deliver the Sublease Premises to Subtenant broom clean and free of all personal property.
 
(b) Parking. During the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall rent (36) unreserved parking passes on a monthly basis during the Sublease Term subject to all the terms and conditions of the Master Lease with respect to parking. Subtenant shall have the right to rent an additional (12) unreserved parking passes, in the parking facility servicing the Building on a monthly basis during the Sublease Term subject to all the terms and conditions of the Master Lease (including but not limited to Article 28) with respect to such parking.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
2

 
 
Section 3. Representations and Warranties by Sublandlord. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that: (a) the Master Lease attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete copy thereof, that the Master Lease is in full force and effect, has not been amended or modified, nor has Sublandlord entered into any other agreement with respect to the Sublease Premises that could adversely effect Subtenant’s occupancy or that would impose any greater obligation on Subtenant than as set forth in this Sublease; (b) no Default has occurred under Master Lease, Sublandlord has not received any notice of default under the Master Lease and that other than Sublandlord’s periodic vacancy of portions of the Master Premises, Sublandlord is not aware of any act or omission of Sublandlord which with notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute a default under the Master Lease; (c) that Sublandlord has no knowledge of any claim by Master Landlord that a Default has occurred under any of the provisions of the Master Lease; (d) to Sublandlord’s knowledge, Master Landlord is not in default under the Master Lease; (e) Sublandlord shall deliver the Transfer Notice in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Master Lease and provide Subtenant with a copy thereof, and (f) Sublandlord shall pay any Transfer Premium required by this Sublease to Subtenant under the Master Lease.. Subtenant acknowledges that: Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Sublease Premises which Subtenant accepts in their “AS-IS” condition with all faults; and that Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to current compliance or non compliance of the Sublease Premises, or contemplated use of the Sublease Premises, with applicable laws, codes and regulations including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act except as follows: Sublandlord has not received any notice of violation of any applicable laws, codes or regulations regarding the Sublease Premises nor is Sublandlord aware, without review or inquiry, of any such violation.
 
Section 4. Sublease Term.
 
(a) Sublease Term. The term of this Sublease (the “Sublease Term”) will commence (the “Commencement Date”) on the earlier to occur of: (i) April 1, 2006, and (ii) the date of Subtenant’s occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of Subtenant’s business (as opposed to “Possession” as described below). The foregoing notwithstanding, the Commencement Date shall not occur prior to the later to occur of: (A) substantial completion of the Sublandlord Improvements (defined herein); (B) Master Landlord’s written consent to this Sublease; and (C) February 1, 2006. For purposes of determining the Commencement Date, the date that the Sublandlord Improvements are substantially complete shall be deemed the date on which Sublandlord provides written notice to Subtenant of substantial completion of the Sublandlord Improvements, or the date the Sublandlord Improvements would have been completed but for any Subtenant Delays (as defined below). As used herein, a “Subtenant Delay” shall mean actual delays caused by Subtenant’s interference with Sublandlord’s completion of the Sublandlord Improvements as documented by Sublandlord’s contractor including, but not limited to, interference resulting from Subtenant’s early occupancy of the Sublease Premises. The Sublease Term will expire at 11:59pm on November 30, 2011 (“Expiration Date”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease. Possession of the Sublease Premises (“Possession”) will be delivered to Subtenant no later than March 15, 2006. If for any reason Sublandlord does not deliver Possession to Subtenant on or before March 15, 2006, Sublandlord will not be subject to any liability for this failure, the Expiration Date will not be extended by the delay, and the validity of this Sublease will not be impaired. Rent will be abated after the Commencement Date by one day for each day of delay after March 15, 2006 that Possession is delayed (such abatement to be in addition to any abatement due Subtenant under Section 5(d) below. However, Rent will not be abated for any day of delay that is caused by Subtenant Delay. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if Sublandlord has not delivered Possession to Subtenant on or before May 1, 2006, plus any noticed days of Subtenant Delay, Subtenant may give written notice to Sublandlord of Subtenant’s intention to cancel this Sublease (the “Termination Notice”) at any time thereafter and before Possession is delivered to Subtenant. The Termination Notice will set forth an effective date for the cancellation (the “Cancellation Date”), which date shall be at least ten (10) days after delivery of the Termination Notice to Sublandlord. If Sublandlord delivers Possession to Subtenant on or before the Cancellation Date, this Sublease will remain in full force and effect. If Sublandlord fails to deliver Possession to Subtenant on or before the Cancellation Date, this Sublease will be canceled. Within ten (10) business days following the Cancellation Date, all consideration previously paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord on account of this Sublease will be returned to Subtenant, this Sublease will have no further force or effect, Sublandlord will have no further liability to Subtenant because of this delay or cancellation and all obligations of the parties to each other under this Sublease Agreement shall cease except as may be specifically identified herein to survive termination.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
3

 
 
(b) Preparation of the Sublease Premises. Prior to the Commencement Date, Sublandlord shall, at Sublandlord’s cost, install a corridor on the sixth floor of the Building demising the Sublease Premises as described in attached Exhibit C (the “Sublandlord Improvements”), which Sublandlord Improvements are hereby approved by Subtenant. Sublandlord shall complete the Sublandlord Improvements in compliance with all applicable building codes and permitting requirements for such construction. Sublandlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Sublandlord Improvements prior to March 15, 2006. The Sublandlord Improvements shall be deemed substantially complete upon Sublandlord’s notice to Subtenant that the Sublease Premises are ready for occupancy, subject to the completion of any punch list items that do not affect Subtenant’s installation of the Subtenant Alterations. Sublandlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the preparation of the Sublease Premises and makes no warranty nor representation with respect to the condition or repair of the Sublease Premises nor the suitability of the Sublease Premises for Subtenant’s use. Subtenant’s occupancy shall constitute Subtenant’s acceptance of the Sublease Premises in their “as is” condition subject to Sublandlord’s completion of any punch list items required to complete the Sublandlord Improvements. Sublandlord hereby consents to Subtenant’s installation in the Sublease Premises of the alterations in strict compliance with the plans attached as Exhibit D (the “Subtenant Alterations”). Subtenant’s installation of the Subtenant Alterations shall comply with all provisions of Sections 8.2, 8.4, and 8.5 of the Master Lease including necessary Master Landlord approval. Except as set forth in Exhibit D, Subtenant shall not install any alterations or improvements in the Sublease Premises without: (i) the prior written consent of Sublandlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld conditioned or delayed; and, (ii) the consent of Master Landlord, to the extent required under the Master Lease.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
4

 
 
(c) Early Entry. In the event the Sublease has been fully executed by all parties, including receipt of the consent from the Master Landlord, Subtenant shall be permitted to occupy the Sublease Premises prior to the Commencement Date of the Sublease Term for the installation of the Subtenant Alterations (“Early Occupancy”). No work by Subtenant shall unreasonably interfere with or delay completion of the Sublandlord Improvements; and any such interference shall constitute a Subtenant Delay. In the event of such Early Occupancy, Subtenant shall perform all of the obligations of Subtenant applicable under this Sublease during the Sublease Term (excluding the obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent). Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord with two (2) business day’s notice of Subtenant’s intent to exercise any right to such Early Occupancy which notice shall include Subtenant’s evidence that the foregoing requirements have been achieved (including, but not limited to, delivery of applicable insurance certificates, required under Article 10 of the Master Lease to the extent incorporated herein). Such Early Occupancy shall not constitute “occupancy for the conduct of Subtenant’s business” as described in Section 4(a)(ii).
 
Section 5. Rent.
 
(a) Monthly Base Rent. Commencing on the Commencement Date Subtenant will pay to Sublandlord as rent, without deduction, setoff, notice, or demand to Sapient Corporation, c/o MacMunnis, Inc., 1840 Oak Ave., Suite 300, Evanston, IL 60201, or to any other place Sublandlord designates by written notice to Subtenant, Monthly Base Rent in the following amounts in advance of the first day of each month of the Term.
 
Lease Year
 
Monthly Base Rent
 
       
1
  $ 30,591.60  
2
  $ 31,509.35  
3
  $ 32,454.63  
4
  $ 33,428.27  
5
  $ 34,431.12  
6
      $ 35,464.05  
 
If the Term begins or ends on a day other than the first or last day of a month, the Rent for the partial months will be prorated on a per diem basis.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
5

 
 
(b) Direct Expenses. Commencing with the thirteenth calendar month following the Commencement Date, Subtenant will pay to Sublandlord as additional rent the Excess of Direct Expenses over Direct Expenses for calendar year 2006 allocable to the Sublease Premises incurred during the Sublease Term. The Master Lease provides for payment by Sublandlord of Direct Expenses on the basis of an estimate. Sublandlord shall promptly provide Subtenant copies of the Estimate Statement provided Sublandlord by Master Landlord under the Master Lease along with a calculation, based upon square footage, of the portion of the estimate to be paid by Subtenant. This estimated additional rent will be payable as and when Estimated Direct Expenses are payable by Sublandlord to Master Landlord. Similarly, Sublandlord shall promptly provide Subtenant copies of the Statement provided Sublandlord by Master Landlord under the Master Lease along with a calculation, based upon square footage, of any adjustment between estimated and actual Direct Expenses. As such adjustments are made under the Master Lease, the obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant will be adjusted in the same manner and paid as and when such adjustments are payable by Sublandlord to Master Landlord under the Master Lease. If this adjustment occurs after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, the obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant under this Subsection will survive this expiration or termination. Sublandlord will, on request by Subtenant, furnish Subtenant with copies of all statements submitted by Master Landlord of the actual or estimated Direct Expenses during the Term.
 
(c) Additional Costs and Expenses. Subtenant will pay to Sublandlord (or directly to Master Landlord upon Master Landlord’s request and Sublandlord’s consent thereto) as additional rent, any and all sums charged or due Master Landlord or Sublandlord for overstandard Subtenant use of services and utilities provided to the Sublease Premises, and as requested by Subtenant for associated Common Areas, in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease incurred by Subtenant during the Sublease Term. Subtenant shall pay such overstandard expenses ten (10) days after Subtenant receives an invoice therefore. Overstandard charges paid by Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s server room (located on the fifth floor of the Building) shall be paid by Sublandlord and not Subtenant.
 
(d) Abated Rent. Provided Subtenant is not in Default under this Sublease, Subtenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Monthly Base Rent in the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, thirteenth and twenty-fifth Sublease Months (the “Abated Monthly Base Rent”). If Subtenant Defaults at any time during the Sublease Term, and any notice for such Default references the potential loss of Abated Rent and is addressed to Subtenant’s Chief Executive Officer in addition to the parties listed in Section 12 below, then a proportion of the Abated Monthly Base Rent shall immediately become due and payable (“Forfeited Abated Rent”). For purposes of this Sublease, Forfeited Abated Rent shall be calculated by multiplying the sum of all Abated Monthly Base Rent provided for under this Section 5(d) for the entire Sublease Term,  multiplied by the number of remaining months in the Sublease Term following the Default which results in such forfeit, and divided over the total number of months in the Sublease Term. The payment by Subtenant of the Forfeited Abated Monthly Base Rent in the event of a Default shall not limit or affect any of Sublandlord’s other rights or remedies available to Sublandlord pursuant to this Sublease or at law or in equity. Only Monthly Base Rent shall be abated, and all Additional Rent and other costs and charges specified in this Sublease shall remain due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Sublease.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
6

 
 
(e) Upon the Commencement Date of this Sublease by Subtenant, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord the amount due for the first month’s rent hereunder, provided such amount shall be applied to the first month of rent due and which has not been abated pursuant to Section 5(d) above.
 
Section 6. Letter of Credit Security Deposit. Subtenant agrees that within five (5) business days of Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord and maintain throughout the Sublease Term as a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) an irrevocable standby letter(s) of credit, totaling One Hundred Eighty-five Thousand Dollars ($185,000) in form and substance and issued by bank(s) reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord naming Sublandlord as beneficiary in the following cumulative amounts on or before the following respective dates:
 
Date
    
Sum of Letter(s) of Credit Deposited
 
       
Upon Lease Execution
  $ 46,250  
Six (6) Months After the Commencement Date
  $ 92,500  
Twelve (12) Months After the   Commencement Date
  $ 185,000  
 
(the “Letter of Credit”). The Security Deposit will secure the full and faithful performance of each and every provision of this Sublease to be performed by Subtenant. If Subtenant fails to pay rent or other charges when due under this Sublease, or to perform any of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, or if Subtenant fails to renew the Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days before its expiration, Sublandlord shall have the absolute right to draw down all or any portion of the Letter of Credit on Sublandlord’s sworn statement of any such failure by Subtenant for the payment of any rent or other amount then due and unpaid, or to hold as a cash Security Deposit for the payment of any other sum for which Subtenant may become obligated, or for any loss sustained by Sublandlord as a result of Subtenant’s failure. If Sublandlord does apply the Security Deposit, Subtenant must within ten (10) days written demand either replenish the Letter of Credit or cause a new letter of credit to be issued in the full amount of the Letter of Credit as required hereunder (in either case, less the amount of any cash security deposit held and not applied by Sublandlord). Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has the right to transfer its interest in the Sublease and Subtenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Sublandlord shall have the right to transfer or assign the Sublandord’s interest in the Letter of Credit to the transferee or mortgagee. In the event of such transfer, Subtenant shall be responsible for any transfer fees imposed by the issuing bank, and Subtenant shall look solely to such transferee or mortgagee for the return of the Letter of Credit. The Sublease Security Deposit shall be maintained by Sublandlord and returned under the same terms and conditions as provided under Section 21.1 of the Master Lease, as incorporated pursuant to Section 9 hereof. Subtenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Sublandlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Subtenant or to clean the Sublease Premises; it being agreed that Sublandlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Sublandlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Subtenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Subtenant.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
7

 
 
Section 7. Use of Premises. Use of Sublease Premises. The Sublease Premises will be used and occupied solely for the “Permitted Use” as set forth in Section 5.1 of the Master Lease and for no other use or purpose.
 
Section 8. Assignment and Subletting. Subtenant will not assign this Sublease or further sublet all or any part of theSublease Premises without the prior written consent of Sublandlord and the Master Landlord as required under the Master Lease. In addition, the parties agree that: (i) Subtenant shall not be entitled to any Transfer Premium under Section 14.3 of the Master Lease; and (ii) Sublandlord shall have the right under Section 14.4 of the Master Lease to terminate this Sublease with respect to any portion of the Sublease Premises which Subtenant seeks to Transfer regardless of the proposed sublease term or portion of the Sublease Premises to be sublet.
 
Section 9. Other Provisions of the Master Lease.
 
(a) Incorporation of Master Lease. All applicable terms and conditions of the Master Lease are incorporated into and made a part of this Sublease as if Sublandlord were the landlord, Subtenant the tenant, and the Sublease Premises the Master Premises, and the Lease Term the Sublease Term, except for the following: (i) Summary of Basic Lease Information, Sections 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.3, 7, 8 ,9, 10, and 12; (ii) Sections 1.1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, Article 3, Article 4 (except as specifically incorporated pursuant to Section 5 above). Section 7.2, Article 8 (except to the extent specifically incorporated herein under Section 3(b) above), Sections 14.3, 14.8, Article 21 (except specifically as incorporated pursuant to Section 6), Article 22, Sections 23.1, 23.5, Article 25, Sections 29.14 and 29.20 of the Master Lease and (iii) Exhibits A, C, D and F attached to the Master Lease. Subtenant assumes and agrees to perform the tenant’s obligations under the Master Lease incorporated herein during the Sublease Term to the extent that these obligations are applicable to the Sublease Premises. However, the obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent and Direct Expenses to Master Landlord under the Master Lease will be considered performed by Subtenant to the extent and in the amount such rent and expenses are paid to Sublandlord in accordance with Section 5 of this Sublease. Subtenant will not commit or suffer any act or omission that will violate any of the provisions of the Master Lease to the extent incorporated herein. Sublandlord will exercise commercially reasonable efforts in attempting to cause Master Landlord to perform its obligations under the Master Lease for the benefit of Subtenant and Subtenant shall be afforded any abatement of rent received from Master Landlord with respect to the Sublease Premises as a result of a Master Landlord default. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this paragraph 9(a), Sublandlord shall not be liable for the performance of the obligations of the Master Landlord under the Master Lease (including, but not limited to Master Landlord’s obligations under Articles 6, 11, 13 and 19.6 of the Master Lease) except as may be specifically set forth in this Sublease. If the Master Lease terminates, at the option of Master Landlord, this Sublease will terminate and the parties will be relieved of any further liability or obligation under this Sublease. However, if the Master Lease terminates as a result of a default or breach by Subtenant under this Sublease or the Master Lease, Subtenant will be liable to Sublandlord for the damage suffered as a result of the termination. Regardless, if the Master Lease gives Sublandlord any right to terminate the Master Lease in the event of the partial or total damage, destruction, or condemnation of the Master Premises or the Building or Project of which the Master Premises are a part, the exercise of this right by Sublandlord will not constitute a default or breach hereunder.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
8

 
 
(b) Changes in Calculation of Days. The following references to numbers of days in the Master Lease are changed as follows with respect to the relationship between Sublandlord and Subtenant:
 
 
(i)
In Section 19.1.1 the phrase “five (5) business days” is changed to “three business (3) days”.
 
 
(ii)
In Section 19.1.2 the phrase “thirty (30) days” is changed to “twenty (20) days”.
 
 
(iii)
In Section 19.1.4 the phrase “fourteen (14) days” is changed to “ten (10) days”
 
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1 of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall not make or perform any Alteration without Sublandlord’s and Master Landlord’s prior written consent. Subtenant shall further obtain the consent of Master Landlord prior to the construction of any Alterations as required under Article 8 which construction shall be at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense.
 
Section 10. Attorney Fees. If either party commences an action against the other in connection with this Sublease, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover costs of suit and reasonable attorney fees.
 
Section 11. Broker. Sublandlord and Subtenant each warrant that they have not dealt with any real estate broker in connection with this transaction other than Richards Barry Joyce & Partners, LLC and Madison Partners representing Sublandlord exclusively and CRESA Partners representing Subtenant exclusively. Sublandlord shall pay the broker commission due Sublandlord’s broker under Sublandlord’s separate agreement with Sublandlord’s broker which agreement provides for payment of a commission to Subtenant’s broker as a cooperating broker through agreement with Sublandlord’s broker. Sublandlord and Subtenant each agree to indemnify, defend, and hold the other harmless against any damages incurred as a result of the breach of the warranty contained in this Sublease.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
9

 
 
Section 12. Notices. All notices and demands that may be required or permitted (other than courtesy notices) by either party to the other will be in writing. All notices and demands by the Sublandlord to Subtenant will be delivered: in person, by nationally-recognized overnight courier service which obtains confirmation of receipt (such as Federal Express) or by United States Mail, postage prepaid, addressed; to the Subtenant at the Premises, and, prior to the Commencement Date to the address in this Sublease below, or to any other place that Subtenant may from time to time designate in a notice to the Sublandlord. All notices and demands by the Subtenant to Sublandlord will be: in person, by nationally recognized overnight courier service which obtains confirmation of receipt (such as Federal Express) or by United States Mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Sublandlord at the address in this Sublease, and to any other person or place that the Sublandlord may from time to time designate in a written notice to the Subtenant.
 
               To Sublandlord:
Sapient Corporation
 
25 First Street
 
Cambridge, MA 02141
 
Attn: Controller
 
With copy to:
 
 
Mackenzie & Albritton LLP
 
One Post Street, Suite 500
 
San Francisco, CA 94104
 
Attn: Paul B. Albritton, Esq.
 
               To Subtenant:
Prior to the Commencement Date
 
 
Cornerstone OnDemand
 
2850 Ocean Park Blvd., Suite 225
 
Santa Monica, CA 90405
 
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
 
Following the Commencement Date: The Sublease Premises, Attn: Chief Financial Officer
 
In each case (before and following the Commencement Date ) with copy to:
 
Barry Weisz, Esq.
Silver & Freedman, APLC
2029 Century Park East, 19th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067-3005

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
10

 

Section 13. Successors and Assigns. This Sublease will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties to it, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors in interest, and assigns.
 
Section 14. Attornment. If the Master Lease terminates, Subtenant, if requested, will attorn to Master Landlord and recognize Master Landlord as Sublandlord under this Sublease. However, Subtenant’s obligation to attorn to Master Landlord will be conditioned on Subtenant’s receipt of a non-disturbance agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Subtenant.
 
Section 15. Right of First Offer. Sublandlord grants to Subtenant a right of first offer to sublease that portion of the sixth (6th) floor of the Building adjacent to the Premises and leased to Sublandlord under the Master Lease and shown in attached Exhibit B-1 (the “Offer Space”) for a term expiring on the Expiration Date. Sublandlord currently occupies the Offer Space. If Sublandlord should elect to vacate and offer the Offer Space for sublet, subject to Master Landlord’s exercise of its recapture rights under the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant of the terms under which Sublandlord intends to offer all or any portion the Offer Space for sublease. Provided Subtenant is not then in material default or breach of this Sublease, Subtenant shall have ten business (10) days from receipt of Sublandlord’s notification in which to notify Sublandlord, in writing, of its election to sublease the portion of the Offer Space that is the subject of Sublandlord’s notice upon the terms and conditions contained in Sublandlord’s notice and for a term expiring on the Expiration Date. If Subtenant accepts Sublandlord’s offer, this Sublease shall be amended to incorporate the Offer Space that is the subject of Sublandlord’s notice under the terms and conditions contained in said Sublandlord’s notice for a term expiring on the Expiration Date. Such amendment shall be subject to the approval of the Master Landlord as provided in the Master Lease. Should Subtenant reject or fail to timely respond to Sublandlord’s notice, or should Master Landlord reject the proposed amendment to this Sublease, Subtenant’s Right of First Offer as granted by this Section shall be extinguished with respect to the portion of the Offer Space which was the subject of Sublandlord’s notice. The foregoing notwithstanding, Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with a second notice of offer in the event the Offer Space is to be separately subleased to a third party subtenant at a Base Rent (adjusted for any abated rent) which is more than ten percent (10%) less than the Base Rent (adjusted for any abated rent) offered to Subtenant in the initial Offer Notice. Subtenant shall have ten business (10) days from receipt of Sublandlord’s notification to accept such terms as set forth above, and thereafter Subtenant’s Right of First Offer shall forever be extinguished. Nothing in this Section shall restrict Sublandlord’s right to enter into a termination agreement with Master Landlord to terminate Sublandlord’s obligations with respect to the Offer Space under the Master Lease; nor shall Sublandlord be obligated to offer to sublease the Offer Space in the event of any such agreement which substantially reduces or eliminates Sublandlord’s obligations under the Master Lease.
 
Section 16. Entry. Sublandlord reserves the right to enter the Premises as provided in the Master Lease after reasonable advance courtesy notice to Subtenant to inspect the Premises or the performance by Subtenant of the terms and conditions of this Sublease and to show the Sublease Premises to prospective subtenants. In an emergency, no notice will be required for entry.

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
11

 
 
Section 17. Late Charge and Interest. The late payment of any Rent will cause Sublandlord to incur additional costs, including the cost to maintain in full force the Master Lease, administration and collection costs, and processing and accounting expenses. If Sublandlord has not received any installment of Rent within five (5) days after that amount is due, Subtenant will pay five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount, which is agreed to represent a reasonable estimate of the cost incurred by Sublandlord. In addition, all delinquent amounts will bear interest from the date the amount was due until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the Default Interest Rate. Sublandlord and Subtenant recognize that the damage Sublandlord will suffer in the event of Subtenant’s failure to pay this amount is difficult to ascertain and that the late charge and interest are the best estimate of the damage that Sublandlord will suffer. If a late charge becomes payable for any three (3) installments or Rent within any twelve (12) month period, the Rent will automatically become payable quarterly in advance.
 
Section 18. Entire Agreement. This Sublease and the Master Lease sets forth all the agreements between Sublandlord and Subtenant concerning the Premises, and there are no other agreements either oral or written other than as set forth in this Sublease.
 
Section 19. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in this Sublease.
 
Section 20. Consent by Master Landlord. THIS SUBLEASE WILL HAVE NO EFFECT AFTER THE NINETIETH (90) TH DAY FOLLOWING THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE UNLESS CONSENTED TO BY MASTER LANDLORD PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH NINETY DAY PERIOD.
 
Section 21. Governing Law. This Sublease will be governed by and construed in accordance with California law.
 
In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the date first set forth above.
 
Subtenant: Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation

By:
/s/ Adam Miller
 
     
Its:
CEO
 

Sublandlord: SAPIENT CORPORATION, a Delaware Corporation

By:
/s/ Scott Krenz
 
 
Scott Krenz
 
Its:
Chief Financial Officer
 

Cornerstone OnDemand Sublease
January 31, 2006
 
12

 

 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Exhibit 10.15

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into effective as of May 25, 2010 (“Effective Date”), by and between SAPIENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”), and CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC, a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”).

Recitals

A. Sublandlord and Subtenant entered into that certain Sublease dated January 31, 2006, approved by Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, a California limited liability company (“Master Landlord”) by that certain Consent to Sublease dated February 14, 2006 (collectively, the “Sublease”) for sublease premises consisting of approximately eleven thousand seven hundred sixty-six (11,766) rentable square feet of the Master Premises located on the sixth floor of the Building and shown in Exhibit B to the Sublease (the “Initial Premises”), with a term expiring November 30, 2011.

B. The parties now seek, subject to Master Landlord consent, to expand the Sublease Premises to include approximately thirteen thousand two hundred twenty-two (13,222) rentable square feet of the Master Premises on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit B-1 to this Amendment (the “Expansion Premises”), and to establish the rent for the Expansion Premises to be occupied by Subtenant from the Expansion Date, defined below, through the remainder of the Sublease Term. Following the Expansion Date, the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises shall be together referred to as the Sublease Premises.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Sublease (and the Master Lease as incorporated therein) unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Amendment.

Section 2. Expansion Premises . A new Subsection 2(c) is hereby added to the Sublease as follows:

(c) Expansion of the Sublease Premises.

(i)
Effective as of the date that Sublandlord delivers possession of the Expansion Space to Subtenant (the “Expansion Date”), Sublandlord subleases to Subtenant on the terms set forth herein, the Expansion Premises. From and after the Expansion Date the term “Sublease Premises” as used in the Sublease shall reference collectively the Initial Premises and Expansion Premises. The Term of the Sublease for the collective Sublease Premises shall expire on November 30, 2011. It is anticipated that Sublandlord shall be ready to deliver possession the Expansion Premises to Subtenant on or about August 1, 2010, provided, however, if, Sublandlord is unable for any reason to deliver possession of the Expansion Premises by such date, Sublandlord shall not have any liability whatsoever to Subtenant on account of Sublandlord’s inability to deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Subtenant, and this Amendment shall not be rendered void or voidable as a result of such delay.
 
1
 

 
(ii)
Condition of the Expansion Premises. The Expansion Premises shall be delivered to Subtenant vacant and broom clean, except for the wiring referenced in Section 6. Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Expansion Premises, which Subtenant accepts in their “AS-IS” condition with all faults; and Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to current compliance or non-compliance of the Expansion Premises, or contemplated use of the Expansion Premises, with applicable laws, codes and regulations.

(iii)
Parking. Following the Expansion Date, Subtenant shall rent a total of (76) unreserved parking passes, and shall have the right to rent an additional (25) unreserved parking passes, in the parking facility servicing the Building on a monthly basis during the Sublease Term (“Parking”) subject to the parking terms and conditions of the Sublease and the Master Lease as incorporated therein.

Section 3. Expansion Premises Monthly Base Rent . A new Section 5(e) is hereby added to the Sublease to read as follows:

(e) Expansion Premises Monthly Base Rent. Subtenant will pay to Sublandlord as rent, in advance, without deduction, setoff, notice, or demand to Sapient Corporation, c/o MacMunnis, Inc., 1840 Oak Ave., Suite 300, Evanston, IL 60201 or to any other place Sublandlord designates by written notice to Subtenant, Monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space in the following amounts commencing the earlier of 15 days following the Expansion Date or when Cornerstone completes its technology/wiring connectivity, and continuing on the first day of each month of the Sublease Term thereafter, provided, however, that the Expansion Space Monthly Base Rent for the first full month of the Expansion Term shall be due and payable upon full execution of this Amendment by the parties.
   
Lease Period
Monthly Base Rent
   
Expansion Date Dec. 31 2010
$29,088.40
        Jan. 1, 2011 Nov. 30, 2011
$44,954.80

Payment of said Expansion Space Base Rent shall cover any Excess of Direct Expenses (as that term is defined in the Sublease) applicable to the Expansion Space. Base Rent and Excess of Direct Expenses for the Initial Space shall continue to be due as provided in the Sublease. Any Overstandard Expenses and other Additional Rent due under the Sublease shall apply to both the Initial Space and the Expansion Space.
 
2
 

 
Section 4. Security Deposit . Upon execution of this Amendment Subtenant shall increase the amount of the Letter of Credit described in Section 6 of the Sublease to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), which Letter of Credit Sublandlord may continue to hold or apply as provided in Section 6 of the Sublease through the remainder of the Lease Term.

Section 5. Temporary Expansion Premises . Sublandlord shall allow Subtenant to occupy a certain portion of the Master Premises consisting of approximately 13,054 rentable square feet located on the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building immediately adjacent to Subtenant’s current space on the 5 th   floor and depicted on Exhibit B-2 hereto (the “Temporary Expansion Premises”), from the earlier of: (i) the date that Subtenant takes possession of the Temporary Expansion Premises; or (ii) July 1, 2010, until the Expansion Date. Sublandlord shall not be obligated (and, subject to the terms of Section 6, below, except for reasonable telecommunication and internet access systems or devices, Subtenant shall not be permitted) to install any improvements in the Temporary Expansion Premises. Subtenant shall accept the Temporary Expansion Space in their “AS IS” condition. Subtenant’s occupancy of the Temporary Expansion Premises shall be on the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, parking obligations) applicable to the Expansion Space Premises under the terms of this Amendment, the Sublease and the Master Lease, as incorporated therein, except that Subtenant shall not be obligated to pay any Monthly Base Rent for the Temporary Expansion Premises. Subtenant shall vacate the Temporary Expansion Premises no later than three (3) business days immediately following the Expansion Date (the “Vacation Date”) and failure to vacate the Temporary Expansion Premises by such date shall constitute a Default under the Sublease. Notwithstanding the holdover provisions of the Sublease and Master Lease, Subtenant may not hold over in the Temporary Expansion Premises after the Vacation Date. Subtenant shall repair any damage done to the Temporary Expansion Premises and shall leave the Temporary Expansion Premises in broom clean condition. Subtenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the move into and out of the Temporary Expansion Premises.

Section 6. Server Room . The server room located on the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building is exclusively for the use of Sublandlord, subject to Subtenant’s existing use thereof. Subtenant, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense shall provide for its own telephone, internet and other data requirements in conjunction with its occupancy of the Temporary Expansion Space and the Expansion Space. Sublandlord shall make best efforts to give Subtenant at least ten (10) business days notice prior to Sublandlord relocating to the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building. On the Expansion Date, Sublandlord shall transfer to Subtenant exclusive rights to any and all then-existing telephone and data wiring located in the Expansion Space Premises. Following such transfer, Subtenant may relocate to the Expansion Space Premises any wiring that previously ran from the 5 th   floor server room to the Expansion Space Premises.

Section 7. Notices . Sublandlord’s address for notices as set forth in Section 12 of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

To Sublandlord:Sapient Corporation
 
3
 

 
131 Dartmouth Street 3 rd Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
Attn: Andrea Jeffrey

With copy to:

Mackenzie & Albritton LLP
423 Washington Street, 6 th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attn: Paul B. Albritton, Esq.

Section 8. Brokers . Subtenant warrants that it has not communicated with any real estate broker in connection with this transaction other than CRESA Partners. Sublandlord warrants that it has not communicated with any real estate broker in connection with this transaction other than L.A. Realty Partners and Richards Barry Joyce & Partners. Sublandlord shall be obligated for any commission due Sublandlord’s brokers under Sublandlord’s separate agreement with its brokers. Sublandlord and Subtenant each agree to indemnify, defend, and hold the other harmless against any damages incurred as a result of the breach of the warranties set forth in this section.

Section 9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Power and Authority. Each of the persons executing this Amendment on behalf of Subtenant and Sublandlord respectively warrant and represent to the other that they have full power and authority to execute this Sublease and bind their respective parties hereto.

(b) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(c) Consent of Master Landlord. THIS AMENDMENT WILL HAVE NO EFFECT UNLESS AND UNTIL MASTER LANDLORD’S WRITTEN CONSENT HERETO IS RECEIVED; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF MASTER LANDLORD’S CONSENT IS NOT RECEIVED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THIS AMENDMENT IS SUBMITTED TO MASTER LANDLORD FOR ITS CONSENT, FOR ANY REASON, THEN EITHER SUBLANDLORD OR SUBTENANT SHALL BE PERMITTED TO CANCEL THIS AMENDMENT UPON WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE OTHER PARTY GIVEN PRIOR TO THE RECEIPT OF MASTER LANDLORD’S CONSENT TO THIS AMENDMENT. PROMPTLY FOLLOWING THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY HEREOF, SUBLANDLORD WILL SUBMIT THIS AMENDMENT TO MASTER LANDLORD FOR SUCH CONSENT.

(d) Approval of Sublandlord Modifications. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Amendment is contingent on Sublandlord receiving Master Landlord’s approval, on terms and conditions satisfactory to Sublandlord in its sole discretion, of Sublandlord’s proposed modifications to its 4 th   floor space. This amendment will have no force and effect until Sublandlord obtains such approval in writing from Master Landlord.
 
4
 


Section 10. No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this Amendment all of the terms and provisions of the Sublease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

Subtenant: Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation

By: 
/s/ Perry A. Wallack  
Its:
CFO  
Date: 
May 25, 2010
 

Sublandlord: Sapient Corporation, a Delaware corporation

By: 
   
Its:
   
Date: 
 
 
 
5
 

 
Exhibit 10.16
 
SUBLEASE II

This Sublease ( “Sublease II” ) is made as of the 25th day of January, 2008, (the “Effective Date”) by and between ACCRUENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “ACC” ), and CORNERSTONE OnDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “CSOD” ), with regard to the following facts.
 
RECITALS
 
A.           Sapient Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “SAP” ), and Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, a California limited liability company (successor-in-interest to CST Water Garden II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company), as landlord ( “Water Garden” or “Landlord” ), are parties to that certain Office Lease Agreement dated May 8, 2000 (the “Lease” ), whereby SAP leased from Water Garden those certain premises described as the fourth, fifth, and sixth floors in the South Tower (the “Master Premises” ), located in the office building located at 1601 Cloverfield Avenue, Santa Monica. California (the “Building” ) and more particularly described in the Lease, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.
 
B.             ACC (successor-in-interest to MyContracts, Inc., a Delaware corporation), as subtenant, and SAP, as sublandlord, are parties to that certain sublease dated October 12, 2001, ( “Original Sublease” ) as amended by that certain (i) First Amendment to Sublease dated March 24, 2006 (the “First Sublease Amendment” ); and (ii) Second Amendment to Sublease dated July 23, 2007 (the “Second Sublease Amendment” ). The Original Sublease, First Sublease Amendment, and Second Sublease Amendment are collectively referred to as the “Sublease I”, whereby ACC subleased from SAP approximately 27,444 rentable square feet, (the “Original Sublease Premises” ). A copy of Sublease I is attached hereto as Exhibit B.
 
C.             CSOD desires to sublease from ACC a portion of the entire Original Sublease Premises, measuring approximately 4,600 rentable square feet, and shown in attached Exhibit C (which shall be hereafter be referred to as the “Subleased Premises” ), and ACC has agreed to sublease the Subleased Premises to CSOD upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth.
 
D.            Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed in the Lease .
 
AGREEMENT
 
In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.
 
1.            Sublease II . ACC hereby leases and demises to CSOD and CSOD hereby hires and leases from ACC the Subleased Premises (“Sublease II”). ACC shall deliver the Subleased Premises broom-clean and free of all personal property, subject to Section 19(2) below.

 
 

 
 
2.             Term .
 
2.1           Sublease II Term . The term of this Sublease II   (the “Sublease II Term” ) shall commence (the “Commencement Date” ) on the later of: (i) the date that SAP provides written consent to this Sublease II or (ii) the date that Water Garden provides written consent to this Sublease II.
 
2.2          The Sublease II Term shall expire on the first to occur of (x) November 30, 2011, (y) the expiration or termination of Sublease I, and (z) the expiration or termination of the Lease , unless terminated earlier as set forth in this Sublease II   (the “Expiration Date” ). CSOD shall have no right to exercise any renewal rights (if any) set forth in the Lease or Sublease I .
 
2.3          Possession of the Subleased Premises (“Possession”) will be delivered to CSOD upon completion of the ACC Improvements (defined herein).
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, CSOD, at its option, may occupy the Subleased Premises prior to the delivery of Possession (as set forth in herein). Should CSOD exercise this option, CSOD shall begin paying rent on the day it begins to occupy the Subleased Premises. Early occupancy of the Subleased Premises shall not relieve ACC of its obligation to complete the ACC Improvements, which shall be performed in a commercially reasonable and diligent manner.
 
3.             Rent .
 
3.1          Base Rent . CSOD shall pay base rent ( “Base Rent” ) during the Sublease II Term in the following amounts:
 
Period of Time
 
Monthly Base Rent
 
Commencement Date – Month 12
   
$21,850.00
 
Month 13 – Month 24
   
$22,833.25
 
Month 25 – Month 36
   
$23,860.75
 
Month 37 – November 30, 2011
   
$24,934.48
 
 
Base Rent shall be payable monthly in advance on the first day of each month during the Sublease II Term and shall be pro rated for any partial month; CSOD shall pay ACC the Base Rent for the first full month of the Sublease II Term in the amount of $21,850.00 on the earlier of: (a) the date that Possession is delivered to CSOD; and (b) the date that CSOD occupies the Subleased Premises.
 
3.2           Additional Rent . In addition to monthly installments of Base Rent payable by CSOD with respect to the Subleased Premises, CSOD shall pay to ACC as Additional Rent, the share of any “Expense Excess” and any “Tax Excess” (as those terms are defined in the Lease ) allocable to the Subleased Premises only (as opposed to the Original Sublease Premises), provided that for purposes of calculating the Expense Excess and Tax Excess, the Base Year shall be calendar year 2008. Such Additional Rent shall be payable as and when the Expense Excess and Tax Excess are payable by ACC and/or SAP to Landlord. If the Lease provides for the payment by ACC and/ or SAP of Expense Excess and Tax Excess on the basis of an estimate thereof, then as and when adjustments between estimated and actual Expense Excess and Tax Excess are made under the Lease, the obligations of ACC and CSOD hereunder shall be adjusted in a like manner; and if any such adjustment shall occur after the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease II, then the obligations of ACC and CSOD under this SubSection 3.2 shall survive such expiration or termination. ACC shall, upon request by CSOD, furnish CSOD with copies of all relevant statements submitted by Landlord and/or SAP of actual or estimated Expense Excess and Tax Excess during the Sublease II Term. All amounts payable by CSOD under this Sublease shall be collectively referred to herein as “Rent.”
 
 

 
4.             Use . CSOD covenants and agrees to use the Subleased Premises in accordance with the provisions of the Lease and Sublease I and for no other purpose and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease , Sublease I and this Sublease II .
 
5.             Lease . As applied to this Sublease II , the words “Sublandlord” and “Subtenant” as used in Sublease I shall be deemed to refer to ACC and CSOD hereunder, respectively. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 7 hereof, the covenants, agreements, terms, rights, obligations, provisions and conditions of Sublease I insofar as they relate to the Subleased Premises and insofar as they are not inconsistent with the terms of this Sublease II are made a part of and incorporated into this Sublease II as if recited herein in full. As between the parties hereto only, in the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and/or Sublease I and the terms of this Sublease II , the terms of this Sublease II shall control.
 
6.             Landlord’s Performance Under Lease .
 
6.1          [Intentionally deleted.]
 
6.2          Whenever the consent of Landlord or SAP shall be required by, or Landlord or SAP shall fail to perform their respective obligations under, the Lease or Sublease I , ACC agrees to use its diligent good faith efforts to obtain such consent and/or performance on behalf of CSOD , provided that ACC shall not be required to (i) commence legal action; (ii) expend its own funds; or (iii) prejudice any of its rights, except where necessary to perform its obligations under this Sublease II.
 
6.3           ACC covenants as follows: (i) not to voluntarily terminate this Sublease II except in the event of casualty or condemnation, (ii) not to modify Sublease I so as to materially adversely affect CSOD ’s rights hereunder, and (iii) to take all actions reasonably necessary to preserve Sublease I and Sublease II.
 
6.4          ACC represents and warrants to CSOD that: (i) Exhibit A is a true, correct, and complete copy of the Lease, and that the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended or modified (except as set forth in the exhibit); (ii) Exhibit B is a true, correct, and complete copy of Sublease I, and that Sublease I is in full force and effect and has not been amended or modified (except as set forth in the exhibit); (iii) ACC has not entered into any other agreement with respect to the Subleased Premises that could adversely affect CSOD’s occupancy or that would impose any greater obligation on CSOD than as set forth in this Sublease II; (iv) no default has occurred under Sublease I, ACC has not received any notice of default under Sublease I, and that other than ACC’s periodic vacancy of portions of the Original Sublease Premises, ACC is not aware of any act or omission of ACC which, with the notice or passage of time or both, would constitute a default under Sublease I; (v) ACC has no knowledge of any claim by SAP that a default has occurred under any of the provisions of the Lease or Sublease I; (vi) to ACC’s knowledge, SAP is not in default under Sublease I; (vii) ACC shall cause to be delivered the Transfer Notice in accordance with Section 7 of Sublease I and Section 14.1 of the Lease and provide CSOD with a copy thereof; (viii) ACC shall pay any Transfer Premium required either by the Lease or Sublease I; and (ix) ACC has not received any notice of violation of any applicable laws, codes or regulations regarding the Subleased Premises nor is ACC aware of any such violation.
 
 

 
7.             Variations from Lease .
 
7.1          The term of this Sublease II and Rent payable under this Sublease II   and the amount of the Security Deposit required of CSOD shall be as set forth in Sections 2, 3, and 20.
 
7.2          As between ACC and CSOD only: (i) all insurance proceeds or condemnation awards received by ACC under the Lease or Sublease I shall be deemed to be the property of ACC ; and (ii) in the event of damage or destruction of the Subleased Premises , ACC shall have no obligation to rebuild and may terminate the Sublease II   without any liability to CSOD .
 
7.3          Any notice which may or shall be given by either party hereunder shall be either delivered personally or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the party for whom it is intended at 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620, Santa Monica, CA 90404, to the attention of Perry Wallack (if to CSOD ), or to ACC , 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 500, Santa Monica, CA 90404, to the attention of Robert Pape (if to ACC ), or to such other address as may have been designated in a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.3.
 
7.4          All applicable terms and conditions of the Lease are incorporated into and made a part of this Sublease II as if ACC were the landlord and CSOD the tenant, and the Subleased Premises the Master Premises, except for the following: (i) Summary of Basic Lease Information, Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 6.3, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 12; (ii) Sections 1.1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, Article 3, (except as specifically incorporated pursuant to Section 3 above), 7.2, Article 8 (except to the extent specifically incorporated herein under Section 19 below), Sections 14.3, 14.8, 19.6, Article 21, Article 22, Sections 23.1, 23.5, Article 25, Sections 29.14 and 29.20 of the Lease and (iii) Exhibits A, C, D and F attached to the Lease. All applicable terms and conditions of Sublease I are incorporated into and made a part of this Sublease II as if ACC were the landlord and CSOD the tenant, and the Subleased Premises the Original Sublease Premises, except for the following: (i) Sections 1(a), 1(c), 3, 4, 5, and 7. ACC will exercise commercially reasonable efforts in attempting to cause SAP to perform its obligations under Sublease I, and Water Garden to perform its obligations under the Lease, for the benefit of CSOD, and CSOD shall be afforded any abatement of rent received from SAP or Water Garden with respect to the Subleased Premises as a result of an SAP or Water Garden default. Subject to Section 13 of Sublease I, if the Lease or Sublease I terminates, at the option of Water Garden or SAP, respectively, this Sublease II will terminate and the parties will be relieved of any further liability or obligation under this Sublease II. However, if either the Lease or Sublease I terminates as a result of a default or breach by ACC under the Lease, Sublease I, or this Sublease II, ACC will be liable to CSOD for the damage suffered as a result of the termination. Regardless, if Sublease I gives ACC any right to terminate Sublease I in the event of the partial or total damage, destruction, or condemnation of the Building, Master Premises, Original Sublease Premises, or Subleased Premises, the exercise of this right by ACC will not constitute a default or breach hereunder.

 

 
 
7.5          If CSOD desires to install improvements to the Subleased Premises (the “Tenant Improvements” ): (i) CSOD shall construct the Tenant Improvements pursuant to plans and specifications approved by ACC , Landlord and SAP , if applicable, and in compliance with the terms of the Lease and Sublease I , if applicable, and applicable laws and codes; (ii) CSOD shall pay for the cost of the Tenant Improvements and any supervision fee required by ACC, Landlord or SAP ; and (iii) CSOD shall be responsible for removing the Tenant Improvements at the end of the Sublease II Term if required by ACC, Landlord or SAP .
 
8.             Indemnity .
 
Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless against all claims, suits, losses, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for bodily injury, personal injury, death and tangible property damage as a result of the negligence, intentional wrongful acts or omissions, misrepresentations, and/or illegal acts of the indemnifying party or any person for whose actions it is legally liable, provided that the indemnifying party is promptly notified, rendered reasonable assistance by the indemnified party as required, and permitted to direct the defense or settlement negotiations.
 
9.              Insurance . Prior to commencement of the Sublease II Term , CSOD shall deliver to ACC the policies of insurance specified in Article 10 of the Lease, naming each of ACC, SAP and Landlord as additional named insureds thereunder.
 
10.            Assignment or Subletting . Subject further to all of the rights of the Landlord and/or SAP under the Lease or Sublease I , as applicable, and the restrictions contained in the Lease and/or Sublease I , CSOD shall not be entitled to assign this Sublease II or to sublet all or any portion of the Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of ACC , which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by ACC .
 
11.            Parking . CSOD shall have the right to use 3.96 unreserved parking spaces per 1,000 square feet leased, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease , as assigned to ACC under Sublease I . Based on the 4,600 square feet to be leased under this Sublease II , CSOD shall have the right to use eighteen (18) parking spaces. CSOD elects to use such eighteen (18) parking spaces and shall pay ACC directly for such parking spaces at the prevailing rate charged by Landlord .
 
12.            Severability .   If any term or provision of this Sublease II or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid and unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease II or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each term or provision of this Sublease II   shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 

 
13.           Entire Agreement; Waiver . This Sublease II , together with the Lease and Sublease I attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Any agreement hereinafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an abandonment hereof, in whole or in part, unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
 
14.            Captions and Definitions . Captions to the Sections in this Sublease II are included for convenience only and are not intended and shall not be deemed to modify or explain any of the terms of this Sublease II .
 
15.            Further Assurances . The parties hereto agree that each of them, upon the request of the other party, shall execute and deliver such further documents, instruments or agreements and shall take such further action that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purposes of this Sublease II .
 
16.            Governing Law . This Sublease II shall be governed by and in all respects construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California.
 
17.            Brokers . ACC and CSOD represent to one another that each has dealt with no broker in connection with this Sublease II other than Cresa Partners on behalf of CSOD and Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc. on behalf of ACC . ACC and CSOD shall indemnify, defend and hold one another harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, expense, claim, action, demand, suit or obligation arising out of or relating to a breach by the indemnifying party of such representation.
 
18.            Consent of Landlord . The validity of this Sublease II shall be subject to the Landlord ’s prior written consent hereto pursuant to the terms of the Lease and SAP ’s prior written consent hereto pursuant to the terms of Sublease I .
 
19.            Condition of Subleased Premises . CSOD shall accept the Subleased Premises in their currently existing “as-is” condition and none of Landlord , SAP or ACC shall not be responsible for making any alterations or improvements to the Subleased Premises or for providing any improvement allowance to CSOD , provided that ACC shall conduct the following ACC Improvements at no cost to CSOD other than that which is detailed in sub-point 4, below:
 
(1)           Separately demise the Subleased Premises from the Original Sublease Premises by building a wall (in a location to be mutually agreed upon by CSOD and ACC), at no additional cost to CSOD , as described in Exhibits C and D herein,
 
(2)           Grant CSOD the use of any furniture ACC elects, in its sole discretion, to leave on the Subleased Premises for the Sublease II Term , at no charge to CSOD . ACC will provide an inventory of all such items that will be made available to CSOD as soon as practicable before the Commencement Date. Any furniture left on the Subleased Premises which CSOD does not wish to use will be removed by ACC at its own cost in a commercially reasonable time,
 
 

 
(3)           Secure the conference room door leading from ACC conference room to Sublease Premises, which shall remain secured during the Term of this Sublease II, and
 
(4)           CSOD shall be permitted to use the data and voice cabling, rack and patch panels located within the Sublease Premises as of the Commencement Date (“Cabling”). CSOD shall be able to modify the Cabling for its own use, upon the prior mutual agreement between both parties, at CSOD’s expense.
 
20.           Security Deposit. Subject to review and approval of CSOD ’s financials, CSOD shall deposit with ACC, concurrently with the execution of this Sublease II , the sum of Twenty-Four Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty-Four Dollars and Forty-Eight cents ($24,934.48) (the “Security Deposit” ) as security for the full and faithful performance by CSOD of its obligations under this Sublease II . If CSOD fully and faithfully performs all of its obligations under this Sublease II , the Security Deposit or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by ACC and is not due to ACC , shall be returned to CSOD at the expiration of the Sublease II Term . ACC shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general account nor shall ACC be required to pay CSOD any interest on the Security Deposit.
 
21.           Notice and Payments .
 
To ACC :
Accruent
 
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 500
 
Santa Monica, CA 90404
 
Attn: Michael Cordova
 
Telephone No: (310) 526-5707
 
Facsimile No: (310) 526-6300
 
E-mail: michaelc@accruent.com
   
To CSOD :
Cornerstone OnDemand
 
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
 
Santa Monica, CA 90404
 
Attn: Perry Wallack
 
Telephone No: (310) 752-0200
 
Facsimile No: (310) 752-0199
 
E-mail: pwallack@cornerstoneondemand.com

 

 
 
22.            Right of First Offer . ACC grants to CSOD a right of first offer to sublease all or part of the remaining Original Sublease Premises (i.e., excluding the Subleased Premises) (the “Offer Space”) for a term expiring on the Expiration Date. ACC currently occupies the Offer Space. If ACC should elect to vacate and offer any or all of the Offer Space for sublet, subject to SAP’s exercise of its recapture rights under Sublease I, ACC shall notify CSOD of the terms under which ACC intends to offer all or any portion of the Offer Space for sublease. Provided CSOD is not then in material default or breach of this Sublease II, CSOD shall have ten (10) business days from receipt of ACC’s notification in which to notify ACC, in writing, of its election to sublease the portion of the Offer Space that is the subject of ACC’s notice upon the terms and conditions contained in ACC’s notice for a term expiring on the Expiration Date. If CSOD accepts ACC’s offer, this Sublease II shall be amended to incorporate the Offer Space that is the subject of ACC’s notice under the terms and conditions contained in said ACC’s notice for a term expiring on the Expiration Date. Such amendment shall be subject to the approval of SAP and Water Garden as provided in Sublease I and the Lease. Should CSOD reject or fail to timely respond to ACC’s notice, or should Water Garden or SAP reject the proposed amendment to this Sublease II, CSOD’s Right of First Offer as granted by this section shall be extinguished with respect to the portion of the Offer Space which was the subject of ACC’s notice. The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event that ACC receives a bona fide offer to sublease the “Offer Space,” then CSOD shall be presented with written notice of said offer and shall have two (2) business days to match said offer. If CSOD does match the offer, CSOD shall be entitled to lease the Offer Space subject to the terms of that offer. If CSOD does not match the offer, then ACC will have no further obligation to sublease the Offer Space to CSOD. Nothing in this section shall restrict ACC’s right to enter into a termination agreement with SAP to terminate ACC’s obligations with respect to the Offer Space under Sublease I; nor shall ACC be obligated to offer to sublease the Offer Space in the event of any such agreement which substantially reduces or eliminates ACC’s obligations under Sublease I.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sublease II to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

ACCRUENT, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
   
By:
/s/ Robert G. Pape
 
Robert G. Pape, CFO
 
[Printed Name and Title]
   
CORNRESTONE ONDEMAND,
a
/s/ Adam Miller
   
By:
Adam Miller
 
CEO
 
[Printed Name and Title]
 

 
Exhibit 23.2


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated September 27, 2010 relating to the financial statements of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
November 8, 2010